EvameEvame
AboutPrivacy PolicyTerms of Service
3
0
0
View
Like
Share

Comments

Say Hello!

Atthakanipatapali

E
evame12/20/2025

. Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.

Aṭṭhakanipātapāḷi

1. Paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ

1. Mettāvaggo

1. Mettāsuttaṃ

Atthakadinipata Atthakatha

. Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.

Aṭṭhakanipāta-aṭṭhakathā

1. Paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ

1. Mettāvaggo

1. Mettāsuttavaṇṇanā

Atthakadinipata Tika

. Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.

Aṭṭhakanipāta-ṭīkā

1. Paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ

1. Mettāvaggo

1. Mettāsuttavaṇṇanā

1. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

a. ni. 11.15 ‘‘Mettāya, bhikkhave, cetovimuttiyā āsevitāya bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya aṭṭhānisaṃsā pāṭikaṅkhā. Katame aṭṭha? Sukhaṃ supati, sukhaṃ paṭibujjhati, na pāpakaṃ supinaṃ passati, manussānaṃ piyo hoti, amanussānaṃ piyo hoti, devatā rakkhanti, nāssa aggi vā visaṃ vā satthaṃ vā kamati, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto brahmalokūpago hoti. Mettāya, bhikkhave, cetovimuttiyā āsevitāya bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya yānīkatāya vatthukatāya anuṭṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya ime aṭṭhānisaṃsā pāṭikaṅkhā’’ti.

‘‘Yo ca mettaṃ bhāvayati, appamāṇaṃ paṭissato patissato (sī.);

Tanū saṃyojanā honti, passato upadhikkhayaṃ.

‘‘Ekampi ce pāṇamaduṭṭhacitto,

Mettāyati kusalī tena hoti;

Sabbe ca pāṇe manasānukampī,

Pahūtamariyo pakaroti puññaṃ.

‘‘Ye sattasaṇḍaṃ pathaviṃ vijetvā,

Rājisayo yajamānā anupariyagā;

Assamedhaṃ purisamedhaṃ,

Sammāpāsaṃ vājapeyyaṃ niraggaḷaṃ.

‘‘Mettassa cittassa subhāvitassa,

Kalampi te nānubhavanti soḷasiṃ;

Candappabhā tāragaṇāva sabbe,

Yathā na agghanti kalampi soḷasiṃ ayaṃ pādo bahūsu na dissati.

‘‘Yo na hanti na ghāteti, na jināti na jāpaye;

Mettaṃso sabbabhūtānaṃ, veraṃ tassa na kenacī’’ti. paṭhamaṃ;

1. Aṭṭhakanipātassa paṭhame āsevitāyāti ādarena sevitāya. Bhāvitāyāti vaḍḍhitāya. Bahulīkatāyāti punappunaṃ katāya. Yānikatāyāti yuttayānasadisakatāya. Vatthukatāyāti patiṭṭhānaṭṭhena vatthu viya katāya. Anuṭṭhitāyāti paccupaṭṭhitāya. Paricitāyāti samantato citāya upacitāya. Susamāraddhāyāti suṭṭhu samāraddhāya sukatāya. Ānisaṃsāti guṇā. Sukhaṃ supatītiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ ekādasakanipāte vakkhāma.

Appamāṇanti pharaṇavasena appamāṇaṃ. Tanū saṃyojanā honti, passato upadhikkhayanti mettāpadaṭṭhānāya vipassanāya anukkamena upadhikkhayasaṅkhātaṃ arahattaṃ pattassa dasa saṃyojanā pahīyantīti attho. Atha vā tanū saṃyojanā hontīti paṭighañceva paṭighasampayuttasaṃyojanā ca tanukā honti. Passato upadhikkhayanti tesaṃyeva kilesūpadhīnaṃ khayasaṅkhātaṃ mettaṃ adhigamavasena passantassa. Kusalī tena hotīti tena mettāyanena kusalo hoti. Sattasaṇḍanti sattasaṅkhātena saṇḍena samannāgataṃ, sattabharitanti attho. Vijetvāti adaṇḍena asatthena dhammeneva vijinitvā. Rājisayoti isisadisā dhammikarājāno. Yajamānāti dānāni dadamānā. Anupariyagāti vicariṃsu.

Assamedhantiādīsu porāṇakarājakāle kira sassamedhaṃ, purisamedhaṃ, sammāpāsaṃ, vācāpeyyanti cattāri saṅgahavatthūni ahesuṃ, yehi rājāno lokaṃ saṅgaṇhiṃsu. Tattha nipphannasassato dasamabhāgaggahaṇaṃ sassamedhaṃ nāma, sassasampādane medhāvitāti attho. Mahāyodhānaṃ chamāsikaṃ bhattavetanānuppadānaṃ purisamedhaṃ nāma, purisasaṅgaṇhane medhāvitāti attho. Daliddamanussānaṃ hatthato lekhaṃ gahetvā tīṇi vassāni vinā vaḍḍhiyā sahassadvisahassamattadhanānuppadānaṃ sammāpāsaṃ nāma. Tañhi sammā manusse pāseti hadaye bandhitvā viya ṭhapeti, tasmā sammāpāsanti vuccati. ‘‘Tāta, mātulā’’tiādinā nayena pana saṇhavācābhaṇanaṃ vācāpeyyaṃ nāma, piyavācāti attho. Evaṃ catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi saṅgahitaṃ raṭṭhaṃ iddhañceva hoti, phītañca, bahuannapānaṃ, khemaṃ, nirabbudaṃ. Manussā mudā modamānā ure putte naccentā apārutagharā viharanti. Idaṃ gharadvāresu aggaḷānaṃ abhāvato niraggaḷanti vuccati. Ayaṃ porāṇikā paveṇi.

Aparabhāge pana okkākarājakāle brāhmaṇā imāni cattāri saṅgahavatthūni imañca raṭṭhasampattiṃ parivattetvā uddhaṃmūlakaṃ katvā assamedhaṃ purisamedhantiādike pañca yaññe nāma akaṃsu. Tesu assamettha medhanti vadhentīti assamedho. Dvīhi pariyaññehi yajitabbassa ekavīsatiyūpassa ekasmiṃ pacchimadivaseyeva sattanavutipañcapasusataghātabhiṃsanassa ṭhapetvā bhūmiñca purise ca avasesasabbavibhavadakkhiṇassa yaññassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Purisamettha medhantīti purisamedho. Catūhi pariyaññehi yajitabbassa saddhiṃ bhūmiyā assamedhe vuttavibhavadakkhiṇassa yaññassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sammamettha pāsantīti sammāpāso. Divase divase yugacchiggaḷe pavesanadaṇḍakasaṅkhātaṃ sammaṃ khipitvā tassa patitokāse vediṃ katvā saṃhārimehi yūpādīhi sarassatīnadiyā nimuggokāsato pabhuti paṭilomaṃ gacchantena yajitabbassa satrayāgassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vājamettha pivantīti vājapeyyo. Ekena pariyaññena sattarasahi pasūhi yajitabbassa beluvayūpassa sattarasakadakkhiṇassa yaññassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Natthi ettha aggaḷāti niraggaḷo. Navahi pariyaññehi yajitabbassa saddhiṃ bhūmiyā ca purisehi ca assamedhe vuttavibhavadakkhiṇassa sabbamedhapariyāyanāmassa assamedhavikappassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.

2. Paññāsuttaṃ

2. ‘‘Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, hetū aṭṭha paccayā ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattanti. Katame aṭṭha? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthāraṃ upanissāya viharati aññataraṃ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ, yatthassa tibbaṃ hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti pemañca gāravo ca. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo hetu paṭhamo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

‘‘So taṃ satthāraṃ upanissāya viharanto aññataraṃ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ, yatthassa tibbaṃ hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti pemaṃ gāravo ca, te kālena kālaṃ upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati paripañhati – ‘idaṃ, bhante, kathaṃ; imassa ko attho’ti? Tassa te āyasmanto avivaṭañceva vivaranti, anuttānīkatañca uttānī karonti, anekavihitesu ca kaṅkhāṭhāniyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṃ paṭivinodenti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo hetu dutiyo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

‘‘So taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā dvayena vūpakāsena sampādeti – kāyavūpakāsena ca cittavūpakāsena ca. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo hetu tatiyo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

‘‘Sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho hetu catuttho paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

‘‘Bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ satthā sabyañjanā (ka. sī.) kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā dhatā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.) vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamo hetu pañcamo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

‘‘Āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, chaṭṭho hetu chaṭṭho paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

‘‘Saṅghagato kho pana anānākathiko hoti atiracchānakathiko. Sāmaṃ vā dhammaṃ bhāsati paraṃ vā ajjhesati ariyaṃ vā tuṇhībhāvaṃ nātimaññati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sattamo hetu sattamo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

‘‘Pañcasu kho pana upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati – ‘iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo; iti vedanā, iti vedanāya samudayo, iti vedanāya atthaṅgamo; iti saññā…pe… iti saṅkhārā…pe… iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo’ti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati.

‘‘Tamenaṃ sabrahmacārī evaṃ sambhāventi – ‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā satthāraṃ upanissāya viharati aññataraṃ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ, yatthassa tibbaṃ hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti pemañca gāravo ca. Addhā ayamāyasmā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passatī’ti! Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya piyatāya garutāya (syā.) bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘‘Taṃ kho panāyamāyasmā satthāraṃ upanissāya viharanto aññataraṃ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ, yatthassa tibbaṃ hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti pemañca gāravo ca, te kālena kālaṃ upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati paripañhati – idaṃ, bhante, kathaṃ; imassa ko atthoti? Tassa te āyasmanto avivaṭañceva vivaranti, anuttānīkatañca uttānī karonti, anekavihitesu ca kaṅkhāṭhāniyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṃ paṭivinodenti. Addhā ayamāyasmā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passatī’ti! Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘‘Taṃ kho panāyamāyasmā dhammaṃ sutvā dvayena vūpakāsena sampādeti – kāyavūpakāsena ca cittavūpakāsena ca. Addhā ayamāyasmā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passatī’ti! Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘‘Sīlavā kho panāyamāyasmā pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Addhā ayamāyasmā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passatī’ti! Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘‘Bahussuto kho panāyamāyasmā sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manasānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. Addhā ayamāyasmā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passatī’ti! Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘‘Āraddhavīriyo kho panāyamāyasmā viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. Addhā ayamāyasmā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passatī’ti! Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘‘Saṅghagato kho panāyamāyasmā anānākathiko hoti atiracchānakathiko. Sāmaṃ vā dhammaṃ bhāsati paraṃ vā ajjhesati ariyaṃ vā tuṇhībhāvaṃ nātimaññati. Addhā ayamāyasmā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passatī’ti! Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘‘Pañcasu kho panāyamāyasmā upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassī viharati – iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo; iti vedanā…pe… iti saññā…pe… iti saṅkhārā…pe… iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamoti. Addhā ayamāyasmā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passatī’ti! Ayampi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha hetū aṭṭha paccayā ādibrahmacariyikāya paññāya appaṭiladdhāya paṭilābhāya, paṭiladdhāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattantī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

2. Dutiye ādibrahmacariyikāyāti maggabrahmacariyassa ādibhūtāya. Paññāyāti vipassanāya. Garuṭṭhāniyanti gāravuppattipaccayabhūtaṃ garubhāvanīyaṃ. Tibbanti bahalaṃ. Paripucchatīti atthapāḷianusandhipubbāparaṃ pucchati. Paripañhatīti pañhaṃ karoti, idañcidañca paṭipucchissāmīti vitakketi. Dvayenāti duvidhena. Anānākathikoti anānattakathiko hoti. Atiracchānakathikoti nānāvidhaṃ tiracchānakathaṃ na katheti. Ariyaṃ vā tuṇhībhāvanti ariyatuṇhībhāvo nāma catutthajjhānaṃ, sesakammaṭṭhānamanasikāropi vaṭṭati. Jānaṃ jānātīti jānitabbakaṃ jānāti. Passaṃ passatīti passitabbakaṃ passati. Piyattāyāti piyabhāvatthāya. Garuttāyāti garubhāvatthāya. Bhāvanāyāti bhāvanatthāya guṇasambhāvanāya vā. Sāmaññāyāti samaṇadhammatthāya. Ekībhāvāyāti nirantarabhāvatthāya.

3. Paṭhamaappiyasuttaṃ

3. ‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu appiyapasaṃsī ca hoti, piyagarahī ca, lābhakāmo ca, sakkārakāmo ca, ahiriko ca, anottappī ca, pāpiccho ca, micchādiṭṭhi ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca.

‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na appiyapasaṃsī ca hoti, na piyagarahī ca, na lābhakāmo ca, na sakkārakāmo ca, hirīmā ca hoti, ottappī ca, appiccho ca, sammādiṭṭhi ca. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Dutiyaappiyasuttaṃ

4. ‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu lābhakāmo ca hoti, sakkārakāmo ca, anavaññattikāmo ca, akālaññū ca, amattaññū ca, asuci ca, bahubhāṇī ca, akkosakaparibhāsako ca sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca.

‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na lābhakāmo ca hoti, na sakkārakāmo ca, na anavaññattikāmo ca, kālaññū ca, mattaññū ca, suci ca, na bahubhāṇī ca, anakkosakaparibhāsako ca sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

3-4. Tatiye appiyapasaṃsīti appiyajanassa pasaṃsako vaṇṇabhāṇī. Piyagarahīti piyajanassa nindako garahako. Catutthe anavaññattikāmoti ‘‘aho vata maṃ aññena avajāneyyu’’nti anavajānanakāmo. Akālaññūti kathākālaṃ na jānāti, akāle katheti. Asucīti asucīhi kāyakammādīhi samannāgato.

2-4. Dutiye ādibrahmacariyikāyāti ādibrahmacariyameva ādibrahmacariyikā. Tenāha **‘‘maggabrahmacariyassa ādibhūtāyā’’**ti. Ariyoti niddoso parisuddho. Tuṇhībhāvo na titthiyānaṃ mūgabbatagahaṇaṃ viya aparisuddhoti ariyo tuṇhībhāvo. Catutthajjhānanti ukkaṭṭhaniddesenetaṃ vuttaṃ, paṭhamajjhānādīnipi ariyo tuṇhībhāvotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti. Jānanti idaṃ kammasādhananti āha **‘‘jānitabbakaṃ jānātī’’**ti. Yathā vā ekacco viparītaṃ gaṇhanto jānantopi na jānāti, passantopi na passati, na evamayaṃ. Ayaṃ pana jānanto jānāti, passanto passatīti evamettha daṭṭhabbo. Tatiyādīni suviññeyyāni.

Paññāsuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

5. Paṭhamalokadhammasuttaṃ

5. ‘‘Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, lokadhammā lokaṃ anuparivattanti, loko ca aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattati. Katame aṭṭha? Lābho ca, alābho ca, yaso ca, ayaso ca, nindā ca, pasaṃsā ca, sukhañca, dukkhañca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha lokadhammā lokaṃ anuparivattanti, loko ca ime aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattatī’’ti.

‘‘Lābho alābho ca yasāyaso ca,

Nindā pasaṃsā ca sukhaṃ dukhañca;

Ete aniccā manujesu dhammā,

Asassatā vipariṇāmadhammā.

‘‘Ete ca ñatvā satimā sumedho,

Avekkhati vipariṇāmadhamme;

Iṭṭhassa dhammā na mathenti cittaṃ,

Aniṭṭhato no paṭighātameti.

‘‘Tassānurodhā atha vā virodhā,

Vidhūpitā atthaṅgatā na santi;

Padañca ñatvā virajaṃ asokaṃ,

Sammappajānāti bhavassa pāragū’’ti. pañcamaṃ;

5. Pañcame lokassa dhammāti lokadhammā. Etehi muttā nāma natthi, buddhānampi honti. Tenevāha – lokaṃ anuparivattantīti anubandhanti nappajahanti, lokato na nivattantīti attho. Loko ca aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattatīti ayañca loko ete anubandhati na pajahati, tehi dhammehi na nivattatīti attho.

Lābho alābhoti lābhe āgate alābho āgatoyevāti veditabbo. Ayasādīsupi eseva nayo. Avekkhati vipariṇāmadhammeti ‘‘vipariṇāmadhammā ime’’ti evaṃ avekkhati. Vidhūpitāti vidhamitā viddhaṃsitā. Padañca ñatvāti nibbānapadaṃ jānitvā. Sammappajānāti bhavassa pāragūti bhavassa pāraṃ gato nipphattiṃ matthakaṃ patto, nibbānapadaṃ ñatvāva taṃ pāraṃ gatabhāvaṃ sammappajānātīti. Imasmiṃ sutte vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ.

5. Pañcame lokassa dhammāti sattalokassa avassaṃbhāvidhammā. Tenāha **‘‘etehi muttā nāma natthi’’**tiādi. Ghāsacchādanādīnaṃ laddhi lābho, tāni eva vā laddhabbato lābho, tadabhāvo alābho, lābhaggahaṇena cettha tabbisayo anurodho gahito, alābhaggahaṇena virodho. Yasmā lohite sati tadupaghātavasena pubbo viya anurodho laddhāvasaro eva hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ **‘‘lābhe āgate alābho āgatoyevā’’**ti. Esa nayo yasādīsupi. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.

Paṭhamalokadhammasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

6. Dutiyalokadhammasuttaṃ

6. ‘‘Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, lokadhammā lokaṃ anuparivattanti, loko ca aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattati. Katame aṭṭha? Lābho ca, alābho ca, yaso ca, ayaso ca, nindā ca, pasaṃsā ca, sukhañca, dukkhañca. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha lokadhammā lokaṃ anuparivattanti, loko ca ime aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattati.

‘‘Assutavato, bhikkhave, puthujjanassa uppajjati lābhopi alābhopi yasopi ayasopi nindāpi pasaṃsāpi sukhampi dukkhampi. Sutavatopi, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa uppajjati lābhopi alābhopi yasopi ayasopi nindāpi pasaṃsāpi sukhampi dukkhampi. Tatra, bhikkhave, ko viseso ko adhippayāso adhippāyo (sī.), adhippāyaso (syā. kaṃ.) adhi + pa + yasu + ṇa = adhippayāso kiṃ nānākaraṇaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanenā’’ti? ‘‘Bhagavaṃmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṃnettikā bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṃyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī’’ti.

‘‘Tena hi, bhikkhave, suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘assutavato, bhikkhave, puthujjanassa uppajjati lābho. So na iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘uppanno kho me ayaṃ lābho; so ca kho anicco dukkho vipariṇāmadhammo’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. Uppajjati alābho…pe… uppajjati yaso… uppajjati ayaso… uppajjati nindā… uppajjati pasaṃsā… uppajjati sukhaṃ… uppajjati dukkhaṃ. So na iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘uppannaṃ kho me idaṃ dukkhaṃ; tañca kho aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhamma’nti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti’’.

‘‘Tassa lābhopi cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, alābhopi cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, yasopi cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, ayasopi cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, nindāpi cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, pasaṃsāpi cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, sukhampi cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, dukkhampi cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. So uppannaṃ lābhaṃ anurujjhati, alābhe paṭivirujjhati; uppannaṃ yasaṃ anurujjhati, ayase paṭivirujjhati; uppannaṃ pasaṃsaṃ anurujjhati, nindāya paṭivirujjhati; uppannaṃ sukhaṃ anurujjhati, dukkhe paṭivirujjhati. So evaṃ anurodhavirodhasamāpanno na parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi. ‘Na parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi’’.

‘‘Sutavato ca kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa uppajjati lābho. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘uppanno kho me ayaṃ lābho; so ca kho anicco dukkho vipariṇāmadhammo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Uppajjati alābho…pe… uppajjati yaso… uppajjati ayaso… uppajjati nindā… uppajjati pasaṃsā… uppajjati sukhaṃ… uppajjati dukkhaṃ. So iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘uppannaṃ kho me idaṃ dukkhaṃ; tañca kho aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhamma’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti’’.

‘‘Tassa lābhopi cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, alābhopi cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, yasopi cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, ayasopi cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, nindāpi cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, pasaṃsāpi cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, sukhampi cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati, dukkhampi cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. So uppannaṃ lābhaṃ nānurujjhati, alābhe nappaṭivirujjhati; uppannaṃ yasaṃ nānurujjhati, ayase nappaṭivirujjhati; uppannaṃ pasaṃsaṃ nānurujjhati, nindāya nappaṭivirujjhati; uppannaṃ sukhaṃ nānurujjhati, dukkhe nappaṭivirujjhati. So evaṃ anurodhavirodhavippahīno parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi. ‘Parimuccati dukkhasmā’ti vadāmi. Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, viseso ayaṃ adhippayāso idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ sutavato ariyasāvakassa assutavatā puthujjanenā’’ti.

‘‘Lābho alābho ca yasāyaso ca,

Nindā pasaṃsā ca sukhaṃ dukhañca;

Ete aniccā manujesu dhammā,

Asassatā vipariṇāmadhammā.

‘‘Ete ca ñatvā satimā sumedho,

Avekkhati vipariṇāmadhamme;

Iṭṭhassa dhammā na mathenti cittaṃ,

Aniṭṭhato no paṭighātameti.

‘‘Tassānurodhā atha vā virodhā,

Vidhūpitā atthaṅgatā na santi;

Padañca ñatvā virajaṃ asokaṃ,

Sammappajānāti bhavassa pāragū’’ti. chaṭṭhaṃ;

6. Chaṭṭhe ko visesoti kiṃ visesakāraṇaṃ. Ko adhippayāsoti ko adhikappayogo. Pariyādāyāti gahetvā pariniṭṭhapetvā. Idhāpi vaṭṭavivaṭṭameva kathitaṃ.

7. Devadattavipattisuttaṃ

7. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte. Tatra bhagavā devadattaṃ ārabbha bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ attavipattiṃ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ paravipattiṃ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ attasampattiṃ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ parasampattiṃ paccavekkhitā hoti. Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, asaddhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho’’.

cūḷava. 348 ‘‘Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Lābhena hi, bhikkhave, abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho. Alābhena, bhikkhave…pe… yasena, bhikkhave… ayasena, bhikkhave… sakkārena, bhikkhave… asakkārena, bhikkhave… pāpicchatāya, bhikkhave… pāpamittatāya, bhikkhave, abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi asaddhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho.

‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uppannaṃ lābhaṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya, uppannaṃ alābhaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ yasaṃ… uppannaṃ ayasaṃ… uppannaṃ sakkāraṃ … uppannaṃ asakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ pāpicchataṃ… uppannaṃ pāpamittataṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya.

‘‘Kiñca kathañca (ka.), bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca uppannaṃ lābhaṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya, uppannaṃ alābhaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ yasaṃ… uppannaṃ ayasaṃ… uppannaṃ sakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ asakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ pāpicchataṃ… uppannaṃ pāpamittataṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya?

‘‘Yaṃ hissa, bhikkhave, uppannaṃ lābhaṃ anabhibhuyya anabhibhūyya anabhibhūyya (ka.) viharato uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, uppannaṃ lābhaṃ abhibhuyya abhibhūyya abhibhūyya (ka.) viharato evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. Yaṃ hissa, bhikkhave, uppannaṃ alābhaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ yasaṃ… uppannaṃ ayasaṃ… uppannaṃ sakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ asakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ pāpicchataṃ… uppannaṃ pāpamittataṃ anabhibhuyya viharato uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, uppannaṃ pāpamittataṃ abhibhuyya viharato evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca uppannaṃ lābhaṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya, uppannaṃ alābhaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ yasaṃ… uppannaṃ ayasaṃ … uppannaṃ sakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ asakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ pāpicchataṃ… uppannaṃ pāpamittataṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya.

‘‘Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘uppannaṃ lābhaṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharissāma, uppannaṃ alābhaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ yasaṃ… uppannaṃ ayasaṃ… uppannaṃ sakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ asakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ pāpicchataṃ… uppannaṃ pāpamittataṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharissāmā’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabba’’nti. Sattamaṃ.

7. Sattame acirapakkanteti saṅghaṃ bhinditvā na cirapakkante. Ārabbhāti āgamma paṭicca sandhāya. Attavipattinti attano vipattiṃ vipannākāraṃ. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Abhibhuyyāti abhibhavitvā madditvā.

8. Uttaravipattisuttaṃ

8. Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā uttaro mahisavatthusmiṃ viharati saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṃ dhavajālikāyaṃ (sī.), vaṭṭajālikāyaṃ (syā.). Tatra kho āyasmā uttaro bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ attavipattiṃ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ paravipattiṃ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ attasampattiṃ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ parasampattiṃ paccavekkhitā hotī’’ti.

Tena kho pana samayena vessavaṇo mahārājā uttarāya disāya dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ gacchati kenacideva karaṇīyena. Assosi kho vessavaṇo mahārājā āyasmato uttarassa mahisavatthusmiṃ saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ dhammaṃ desentassa – ‘‘sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ attavipattiṃ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ paravipattiṃ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ attasampattiṃ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ parasampattiṃ paccavekkhitā hotī’’ti.

Atha kho vessavaṇṇo mahārājā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ sammiñjitaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.) vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya sammiñjeyya (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.), evamevaṃ mahisavatthusmiṃ saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṃ antarahito devesu tāvatiṃsesu pāturahosi. Atha kho vessavaṇṇo mahārājā yena sakko devānamindo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yagghe mārisa, jāneyyāsi! Eso āyasmā uttaro mahisavatthusmiṃ saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ dhammaṃ deseti – ‘sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ attavipattiṃ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ paravipattiṃ…pe… attasampattiṃ… parasampattiṃ paccavekkhitā hotī’’’ti.

Atha kho sakko devānamindo seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evamevaṃ devesu tāvatiṃsesu antarahito mahisavatthusmiṃ saṅkheyyake pabbate vaṭajālikāyaṃ āyasmato uttarassa sammukhe pāturahosi. Atha kho sakko devānamindo yenāyasmā uttaro tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ uttaraṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho sakko devānamindo āyasmantaṃ uttaraṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Saccaṃ kira, bhante, āyasmā uttaro bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ dhammaṃ desesi – ‘sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ attavipattiṃ paccavekkhitā hoti, sādhāvuso, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ paravipattiṃ…pe… attasampattiṃ… parasampattiṃ paccavekkhitā hotī’’’ ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, devānamindā’’ti. ‘‘Kiṃ panidaṃ kiṃ pana (syā.), bhante, āyasmato uttarassa sakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ sakapaṭibhānaṃ upādāya (ka.), udāhu tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’’ti? ‘‘Tena hi, devānaminda, upamaṃ te karissāmi. Upamāya midhekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājāna’’nti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, devānaminda, gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidūre mahādhaññarāsi. Tato mahājanakāyo dhaññaṃ āhareyya – kājehipi piṭakehipi ucchaṅgehipi añjalīhipi. Yo nu kho, devānaminda, taṃ mahājanakāyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ puccheyya – ‘kuto imaṃ dhaññaṃ āharathā’ti, kathaṃ byākaramāno nu kho, devānaminda, so mahājanakāyo sammā byākaramāno byākareyyā’’ti? ‘‘‘Amumhā mahādhaññarāsimhā āharāmā’ti kho, bhante, so mahājanakāyo sammā byākaramāno byākareyyā’’ti. ‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, devānaminda, yaṃ kiñci subhāsitaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. Tato upādāyupādāya mayaṃ caññe ca bhaṇāmā’’ti.

‘‘Acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ bhante! Yāva subhāsitaṃ cidaṃ āyasmatā uttarena – ‘yaṃ kiñci subhāsitaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. Tato upādāyupādāya mayaṃ caññe ca bhaṇāmā’ti. Ekamidaṃ, bhante uttara, samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate acirapakkante devadatte. Tatra kho bhagavā devadattaṃ ārabbha bhikkhū āmantesi –

‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ attavipattiṃ paccavekkhitā hoti. Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ paravipattiṃ…pe… attasampattiṃ… parasampattiṃ paccavekkhitā hoti. Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, asaddhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Lābhena hi, bhikkhave, abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho; alābhena, bhikkhave…pe… yasena, bhikkhave … ayasena, bhikkhave… sakkārena, bhikkhave… asakkārena, bhikkhave… pāpicchatāya, bhikkhave… pāpamittatāya, bhikkhave, abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi asaddhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto devadatto āpāyiko nerayiko kappaṭṭho atekiccho.

‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uppannaṃ lābhaṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya; uppannaṃ alābhaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ yasaṃ… uppannaṃ ayasaṃ… uppannaṃ sakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ asakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ pāpicchataṃ… uppannaṃ pāpamittataṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya.

‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca uppannaṃ lābhaṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya; uppannaṃ alābhaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ yasaṃ… uppannaṃ ayasaṃ… uppannaṃ sakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ asakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ pāpicchataṃ… uppannaṃ pāpamittataṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya?

‘‘Yaṃ hissa, bhikkhave, uppannaṃ lābhaṃ anabhibhuyya viharato uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, uppannaṃ lābhaṃ abhibhuyya viharato evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. Yaṃ hissa, bhikkhave, uppannaṃ alābhaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ yasaṃ… uppannaṃ ayasaṃ… uppannaṃ sakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ asakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ pāpicchataṃ… uppannaṃ pāpamittataṃ anabhibhuyya viharato uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, uppannaṃ pāpamittataṃ abhibhuyya viharato evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu atthavasaṃ paṭicca uppannaṃ lābhaṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya; uppannaṃ alābhaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ yasaṃ… uppannaṃ ayasaṃ… uppannaṃ sakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ asakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ pāpicchataṃ … uppannaṃ pāpamittataṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyya.

‘‘Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – uppannaṃ lābhaṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharissāma, uppannaṃ alābhaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ yasaṃ… uppannaṃ ayasaṃ… uppannaṃ sakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ asakkāraṃ… uppannaṃ pāpicchataṃ… uppannaṃ pāpamittataṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharissāmāti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabba’’nti.

‘‘Ettāvatā, bhante uttara, manussesu catasso parisā – bhikkhū, bhikkhuniyo, upāsakā, upāsikāyo. Nāyaṃ dhammapariyāyo kismiñci upaṭṭhito patiṭṭhito (sī. syā.). Uggaṇhatu, bhante, āyasmā uttaro imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ. Pariyāpuṇātu, bhante, āyasmā uttaro imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ. Dhāretu, bhante, āyasmā uttaro imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ. Atthasaṃhito ayaṃ, bhante, dhammapariyāyo ādibrahmacariyako’’ti ādibrahmacariyiko (sī. ka.). Aṭṭhamaṃ.

8. Aṭṭhame vaṭajālikāyanti evaṃnāmake vihāre. So kira vaṭavane niviṭṭhattā vaṭajālikāti saṅkhaṃ gato. Pāturahosīti imamatthaṃ devarañño ārocessāmīti gantvā pākaṭo ahosi. Ādibrahmacariyakoti sikkhattayasaṅgahassa sakalasāsanabrahmacariyassa ādibhūto.

6-8. Chaṭṭhe adhikaṃ payasati payujjati etenāti adhippayāso, savisesaṃ itikattabbakiriyā. Tenāha **‘‘adhikappayogo’’**ti. Sattamaṭṭhamesu natthi vattabbaṃ.

Dutiyalokadhammasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

9. Nandasuttaṃ

9. ‘‘‘Kulaputto’ti, bhikkhave, nandaṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. ‘Balavā’ti, bhikkhave, nandaṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. ‘Pāsādiko’ti, bhikkhave, nandaṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. ‘Tibbarāgo’ti, bhikkhave, nandaṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya. Kimaññatra, bhikkhave, nando indriyesu guttadvāro, bhojane mattaññū, jāgariyaṃ anuyutto, satisampajaññena samannāgato, yehi yena (ka.) nando sakkoti paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ! Tatridaṃ, bhikkhave, nandassa indriyesu guttadvāratāya hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, nandassa puratthimā disā āloketabbā hoti, sabbaṃ cetasā samannāharitvā nando puratthimaṃ disaṃ āloketi – ‘evaṃ me puratthimaṃ disaṃ ālokayato nābhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssavissantī’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti.

‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, nandassa pacchimā disā āloketabbā hoti…pe… uttarā disā āloketabbā hoti… dakkhiṇā disā āloketabbā hoti… uddhaṃ ulloketabbā hoti… adho oloketabbā hoti… anudisā anuviloketabbā hoti, sabbaṃ cetasā samannāharitvā nando anudisaṃ anuviloketi – ‘evaṃ me anudisaṃ anuvilokayato nābhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssavissantī’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, nandassa indriyesu guttadvāratāya hoti.

‘‘Tatridaṃ, bhikkhave, nandassa bhojane mattaññutāya hoti. Idha, bhikkhave, nando paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti – ‘neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya, yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya vihiṃsūparatiyā brahmacariyānuggahāya iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmi, yātrā ca me bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsuvihāro cā’ti. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, nandassa bhojane mattaññutāya hoti.

‘‘Tatridaṃ, bhikkhave, nandassa jāgariyānuyogasmiṃ hoti. Idha, bhikkhave, nando divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti; rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti; rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappeti pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvā; rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodheti. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, nandassa jāgariyānuyogasmiṃ hoti.

‘‘Tatridaṃ, bhikkhave, nandassa satisampajaññasmiṃ hoti. Idha, bhikkhave, nandassa viditā vedanā uppajjanti, viditā upaṭṭhahanti, viditā abbhatthaṃ gacchanti; viditā saññā…pe… viditā vitakkā…pe… abbhatthaṃ gacchanti. Idaṃ kho, bhikkhave, nandassa satisampajaññasmiṃ hoti.

‘‘Kimaññatra, bhikkhave, nando indriyesu guttadvāro, bhojane mattaññū, jāgariyaṃ anuyutto, satisampajaññena samannāgato, yehi nando sakkoti paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritu’’nti! Navamaṃ.

9. Navame kulaputtoti jātikulaputto. Balavāti thāmasampanno. Pāsādikoti rūpasampattiyā pasādajanako. Tibbarāgoti bahalarāgo. Kimaññatrātiādīsu ayamattho – kiṃ aññena kāraṇena kathitena, ayaṃ nando indriyesu guttadvāro bhojane mattaññū jāgariyamanuyutto satisampajaññena samannāgato, yehi nando sakkoti paripuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Sace imehi kāraṇehi samannāgato nābhavissa, na sakkuṇeyyāti. Itiha tatthāti evaṃ tattha. Imasmiṃ sutte vaṭṭameva kathitaṃ.

9. Navame duvidhā kulaputtā jātikulaputtā ācārakulaputtā ca. Tattha ‘‘tena kho pana samayena raṭṭhapālo kulaputto tasmiṃyeva thullakoṭṭhike aggakulikassa putto’’ti (ma. ni. 2.294) evaṃ āgatā uccākulaputtā jātikulaputtā. ‘‘Saddhāyete kulaputtā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.78) evaṃ āgatā pana yattha katthaci kule pasutāpi ācārakulaputtā nāma. Idha pana uccākulappasutataṃ sandhāya ‘‘kulaputtoti, bhikkhave, nandaṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyyā’’ti bhagavatā vuttanti āha **‘‘jātikulaputto’’**ti. Ubhohipi pana kāraṇehi tassa kulaputtabhāvoyeva. Sesamettha uttānameva.

Nandasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

10. Kāraṇḍavasuttaṃ

10. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā campāyaṃ viharati gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno aññenāññaṃ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṃ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti.

Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘niddhamathetaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalaṃ; niddhamathetaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalaṃ. Apaneyyeso apaneyyo so (sī.), apaneyyo (syā.), bhikkhave, puggalo. Kiṃ vo tena paraputtena visodhitena kiṃ voparaputto viheṭhiyati (sī.), kiṃ paraputto viheṭheti (syā.), kiṃ vo paraputtā viheṭheti (pī.), kiṃ so paraputto visodheti (ka.)! Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa tādisaṃyeva hoti abhikkantaṃ paṭikkantaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ samiñjitaṃ pasāritaṃ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṃ, seyyathāpi aññesaṃ bhaddakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ – yāvassa bhikkhū āpattiṃ na passanti. Yato ca khvassa bhikkhū āpattiṃ passanti, tamenaṃ evaṃ jānanti – ‘samaṇadūsīvāyaṃ samaṇarūpī (ka.) samaṇapalāpo samaṇakāraṇḍavo’ti samaṇakaraṇḍavoti (ka.). Tamenaṃ iti viditvā bahiddhā nāsenti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Mā aññe bhaddake bhikkhū dūsesī’’ti!

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, sampanne yavakaraṇe yavadūsī yavarūpī (ka.) jāyetha yavapalāpo yavakāraṇḍavoti. Tassa tādisaṃyeva mūlaṃ hoti, seyyathāpi aññesaṃ bhaddakānaṃ yavānaṃ; tādisaṃyeva nāḷaṃ hoti, seyyathāpi aññesaṃ bhaddakānaṃ yavānaṃ; tādisaṃyeva pattaṃ hoti, seyyathāpi aññesaṃ bhaddakānaṃ yavānaṃ – yāvassa sīsaṃ na nibbattati. Yato ca khvassa sīsaṃ nibbattati, tamenaṃ evaṃ jānanti – ‘yavadūsīvāyaṃ yavapalāpo yavakāraṇḍavo’ti. Tamenaṃ iti viditvā samūlaṃ uppāṭetvā bahiddhā yavakaraṇassa chaḍḍenti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Mā aññe bhaddake yave dūsesīti!

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekaccassa puggalassa tādisaṃyeva hoti abhikkantaṃ paṭikkantaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ samiñjitaṃ pasāritaṃ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṃ, seyyathāpi aññesaṃ bhaddakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ – yāvassa bhikkhū āpattiṃ na passanti. Yato ca khvassa bhikkhū āpattiṃ passanti, tamenaṃ evaṃ jānanti – ‘samaṇadūsīvāyaṃ samaṇapalāpo samaṇakāraṇḍavo’ti. Tamenaṃ iti viditvā bahiddhā nāsenti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Mā aññe bhaddake bhikkhū dūsesīti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahato dhaññarāsissa phuṇamānassa vuyhamānassa (sī. pī.), phusayamānassa (syā.), punamānassa (?) tattha yāni tāni dhaññāni daḷhāni sāravantāni tāni ekamantaṃ puñjaṃ hoti, yāni pana tāni dhaññāni dubbalāni palāpāni tāni vāto ekamantaṃ apavahati apakassati (sī.). Tamenaṃ sāmikā sammajjaniṃ gahetvā bhiyyosomattāya apasammajjanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Mā aññe bhaddake dhaññe dūsesīti! Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekaccassa puggalassa tādisaṃyeva hoti abhikkantaṃ paṭikkantaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ samiñjitaṃ pasāritaṃ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṃ, seyyathāpi aññesaṃ bhaddakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ – yāvassa bhikkhū āpattiṃ na passanti. Yato ca khvassa bhikkhū āpattiṃ passanti, tamenaṃ evaṃ jānanti – ‘samaṇadūsīvāyaṃ samaṇapalāpo samaṇakāraṇḍavo’ti. Tamenaṃ iti viditvā bahiddhā nāsenti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Mā aññe bhaddake bhikkhū dūsesīti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso udapānapanāḷiyatthiko tiṇhaṃ kuṭhāriṃ kudhāriṃ (syā. kaṃ. ka.) ādāya vanaṃ paviseyya. So yaṃ yadeva rukkhaṃ kuṭhāripāsena ākoṭeyya tattha yāni tāni rukkhāni daḷhāni sāravantāni tāni kuṭhāripāsena ākoṭitāni kakkhaḷaṃ paṭinadanti; yāni pana tāni rukkhāni antopūtīni avassutāni kasambujātāni tāni kuṭhāripāsena ākoṭitāni daddaraṃ paṭinadanti. Tamenaṃ mūle chindati, mūle chinditvā agge chindati, agge chinditvā anto suvisodhitaṃ visodheti, anto suvisodhitaṃ visodhetvā udapānapanāḷiṃ yojeti. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekaccassa puggalassa tādisaṃyeva hoti abhikkantaṃ paṭikkantaṃ ālokitaṃ vilokitaṃ samiñjitaṃ pasāritaṃ saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇaṃ, seyyathāpi aññesaṃ bhaddakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ – yāvassa bhikkhū āpattiṃ na passanti. Yato ca khvassa bhikkhū āpattiṃ passanti, tamenaṃ evaṃ jānanti – ‘samaṇadūsīvāyaṃ samaṇapalāpo samaṇakāraṇḍavo’ti. Tamenaṃ iti viditvā bahiddhā nāsenti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Mā aññe bhaddake bhikkhū dūsesī’’ti.

‘‘Saṃvāsāyaṃ vijānātha, pāpiccho kodhano iti;

Makkhī thambhī paḷāsī ca, issukī maccharī saṭho.

‘‘Santavāco janavati, samaṇo viya bhāsati;

Raho karoti karaṇaṃ, pāpadiṭṭhi anādaro.

‘‘Saṃsappī ca musāvādī, taṃ viditvā yathātathaṃ;

Sabbe samaggā hutvāna, abhinibbajjayātha abhinibbijjayetha (ka.) naṃ.

‘‘Kāraṇḍavaṃ karaṇḍavaṃ (ka.) su. ni. 283 passitabbaṃ niddhamatha, kasambuṃ apakassatha avakassatha (ka.);

Tato palāpe vāhetha, assamaṇe samaṇamānine.

‘‘Niddhamitvāna pāpicche, pāpaācāragocare;

Suddhāsuddhehi saṃvāsaṃ, kappayavho patissatā;

Tato samaggā nipakā, dukkhassantaṃ karissathā’’ti. dasamaṃ;

Mettāvaggo paṭhamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Mettaṃ paññā ca dve piyā, dve lokā dve vipattiyo;

Devadatto ca uttaro, nando kāraṇḍavena cāti.

10. Dasame aññenāññaṃ paṭicaratīti aññena kāraṇena vacanena vā aññaṃ kāraṇaṃ vacanaṃ vā paṭicchādeti. Bahiddhā kathaṃ apanāmetīti bāhirato aññaṃ āgantukakathaṃ otāreti. Apaneyyesoti apaneyyo nīharitabbo esa. Samaṇadūsīti samaṇadūsako. Samaṇapalāpoti vīhīsu vīhipalāpo viya nissāratāya samaṇesu samaṇapalāpo. Samaṇakāraṇḍavoti samaṇakacavaro. Bahiddhā nāsentīti bahi nīharanti. Yavakaraṇeti yavakhette. Phuṇamānassāti ucce ṭhāne ṭhatvā mahāvāte opuniyamānassa. Apasammajjantīti sāradhaññānaṃ ekato dubbaladhaññānaṃ ekato karaṇatthaṃ punappunaṃ apasammajjanti, apasammajjanisaṅkhātena vātaggāhinā suppena vā vatthena vā nīharanti. Daddaranti daddarasaddaṃ.

Saṃvāsāyanti saṃvāsena ayaṃ. Vijānāthāti jāneyyātha. Santavācoti saṇhavāco. Janavatīti janamajjhe. Raho karoti karaṇanti karaṇaṃ vuccati pāpakammaṃ, taṃ raho paṭicchanno hutvā karoti. Saṃsappī ca musāvādīti saṃsappitvā musāvādī, musā bhaṇanto saṃsappati phandatīti attho. Imasmiṃ sutte vaṭṭameva kathetvā gāthāsu vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ kathitanti.

Mettāvaggo paṭhamo.

10. Dasame paṭicaratīti paṭicchādanavasena carati pavattati. Paṭicchādanaṭṭho eva vā carati-saddo anekatthattā dhātūnanti āha **‘‘paṭicchādetī’’**ti. Aññenāññanti pana paṭicchādanākāradassananti āha **‘‘aññena kāraṇenā’’**tiādi. Tattha aññaṃ kāraṇaṃ vacanaṃ vāti yaṃ codakena cuditakassa dosavibhāvanaṃ kāraṇaṃ, vacanaṃ vā vuttaṃ, taṃ tato aññeneva kāraṇena, vacanena vā paṭicchādeti. Kāraṇenāti codanāya amūlāya amūlikabhāvadīpaniyā yuttiyā vā. Vacanenāti tadatthabodhakena vacanena. ‘‘Ko āpanno’’tiādinā codanaṃ vissajjetvāva vikkhepāpajjanaṃ aññenāññaṃ paṭicaraṇaṃ. Bahiddhā kathāpanāmanā nāma ‘‘itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpannosī’’ti vutte – ‘‘pāṭaliputtaṃ gatomhī’’tiādinā codanaṃ vissajjetvāti ayameva viseso. Yo hi ‘‘āpattiṃ āpannosī’’ti vutto ‘‘ko āpanno, kiṃ āpanno, kismiṃ āpannā, kaṃ bhaṇatha, kiṃ bhaṇathā’’ti vā vadati, ‘‘evarūpaṃ kiñci tayā diṭṭha’’nti vutte ‘‘na suṇāmī’’ti sotaṃ vā upaneti, ayaṃ aññenāññaṃ paṭicarati nāma. Yo pana ‘‘itthannāmaṃ nāma āpattiṃ āpannosī’’ti puṭṭho ‘‘pāṭaliputtaṃ gatomhī’’ti vatvā puna ‘‘na tava pāṭaliputtagamanaṃ pucchāma, āpattiṃ pucchāmā’’ti vutte tato ‘‘rājagahaṃ gatomhi. Rājagahaṃ vā yāhi brāhmaṇagahaṃ vā, āpattiṃ āpannosīti. Taṃ tattha me sūkaramaṃsaṃ laddha’’ntiādīni vadati, ayaṃ bahiddhā kathaṃ apanāmeti nāma. Samaṇakacavaroti samaṇavesadhāraṇena samaṇappatirūpakatāya samaṇānaṃ kacavarabhūtaṃ.

2. Mahāvaggo

1. Verañjasuttaṃ

11. pārā. 1 ādayo Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharati naḷerupucimandamūle. Atha kho verañjo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.) vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bho gotama – ‘na samaṇo gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimantetī’ti. Tayidaṃ, bho gotama, tatheva. Na hi bhavaṃ gotamo brāhmaṇe jiṇṇe vuḍḍhe mahallake addhagate vayoanuppatte abhivādeti vā paccuṭṭheti vā āsanena vā nimanteti. Tayidaṃ, bho gotama, na sampannamevā’’ti. ‘‘Nāhaṃ taṃ, brāhmaṇa, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya yamahaṃ abhivādeyyaṃ vā paccuṭṭheyyaṃ vā āsanena vā nimanteyyaṃ. Yañhi, brāhmaṇa, tathāgato abhivādeyya vā paccuṭṭheyya vā āsanena vā nimanteyya, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā’’ti.

‘‘Arasarūpo bhavaṃ gotamo’’ti! ‘‘Atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘arasarūpo samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ye te, brāhmaṇa, rūparasā saddarasā gandharasā rasarasā phoṭṭhabbarasā, te tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā anabhāvakatā (sī. pī.) āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Ayaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘arasarūpo samaṇo gotamo’ti, no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesī’’ti vadesi (sī. ka.).

‘‘Nibbhogo bhavaṃ gotamo’’ti! ‘‘Atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘nibbhogo samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ye te, brāhmaṇa, rūpabhogā saddabhogā gandhabhogā rasabhogā phoṭṭhabbabhogā, te tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Ayaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘nibbhogo samaṇo gotamo’ti, no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesī’’ti.

‘‘Akiriyavādo bhavaṃ gotamo’’ti! ‘‘Atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, akiriyaṃ vadāmi kāyaduccaritassa vacīduccaritassa manoduccaritassa; anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ akiriyaṃ vadāmi. Ayaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo’ti, no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesī’’ti.

‘‘Ucchedavādo bhavaṃ gotamo’’ti! ‘‘Atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘ucchedavādo samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, ucchedaṃ vadāmi rāgassa dosassa mohassa; anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ucchedaṃ vadāmi. Ayaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘ucchedavādo samaṇo gotamo’ti, no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesī’’ti.

‘‘Jegucchī bhavaṃ gotamo’’ti! ‘‘Atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘jegucchī samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, jigucchāmi kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena; jigucchāmi anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. Ayaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘jegucchī samaṇo gotamo’ti, no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesī’’ti.

‘‘Venayiko bhavaṃ gotamo’’ti! ‘‘Atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘venayiko samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, vinayāya dhammaṃ desemi rāgassa dosassa mohassa; anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ vinayāya dhammaṃ desemi. Ayaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘venayiko samaṇo gotamo’ti, no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesī’’ti.

‘‘Tapassī bhavaṃ gotamo’’ti! ‘‘Atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘tapassī samaṇo gotamo’ti. Tapanīyāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. Yassa kho, brāhmaṇa, tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṃ ‘tapassī’ti vadāmi. Tathāgatassa kho, brāhmaṇa, tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Ayaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘tapassī samaṇo gotamo’ti, no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesī’’ti.

‘‘Apagabbho bhavaṃ gotamo’’ti! ‘‘Atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘apagabbho samaṇo gotamo’ti. Yassa kho, brāhmaṇa, āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṃ ‘apagabbho’ti vadāmi. Tathāgatassa kho, brāhmaṇa, āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Ayaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘apagabbho samaṇo gotamo’ti, no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā. Tānāssu kukkuṭiyā sammā adhisayitāni sammā pariseditāni sammā paribhāvitāni. Yo nu kho tesaṃ kukkuṭacchāpakānaṃ paṭhamataraṃ pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjeyya, kinti svāssa vacanīyo – ‘jeṭṭho vā kaniṭṭho vā’’’ti? ‘‘Jeṭṭho tissa, bho gotama, vacanīyo. So hi nesaṃ, bho gotama, jeṭṭho hotī’’ti.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, avijjāgatāya pajāya aṇḍabhūtāya pariyonaddhāya avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā ekova loke anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho. Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, jeṭṭho seṭṭho lokassa. Āraddhaṃ kho pana me, brāhmaṇa, vīriyaṃ ahosi asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekaggaṃ.

‘‘So kho ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi; vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi; pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharāmi sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedemi yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti – ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi; sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi.

‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ. So anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarāmi, seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe – ‘amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto. So tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto. So tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarāmi.

‘‘Ayaṃ kho me, brāhmaṇa, rattiyā paṭhame yāme paṭhamā vijjā adhigatā; avijjā vihatā vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato āloko uppanno, yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. Ayaṃ kho me, brāhmaṇa, paṭhamā abhinibbhidā ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā.

‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ. So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi – ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā, vacīduccaritena samannāgatā, manoduccaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṃ upavādakā, micchādiṭṭhikā, micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannāti. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā, vacīsucaritena samannāgatā, manosucaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṃ anupavādakā, sammādiṭṭhikā, sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi.

‘‘Ayaṃ kho me, brāhmaṇa, rattiyā majjhime yāme dutiyā vijjā adhigatā; avijjā vihatā vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato āloko uppanno, yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. Ayaṃ kho me, brāhmaṇa, dutiyā abhinibbhidā ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā.

‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ. So ‘idaṃ dukkha’nti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ; ‘ime āsavā’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ. Tassa me evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha. Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ ahosi. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti abbhaññāsiṃ.

‘‘Ayaṃ kho me, brāhmaṇa, rattiyā pacchime yāme tatiyā vijjā adhigatā; avijjā vihatā vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato āloko uppanno, yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. Ayaṃ kho me, brāhmaṇa, tatiyā abhinibbhidā ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhā’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘jeṭṭho bhavaṃ gotamo, seṭṭho bhavaṃ gotamo. Abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama! Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, nikkujjitaṃ nikujjitaṃ (ka.) vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya – cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti; evamevaṃ bhotā gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti. Paṭhamaṃ.

11. Dutiyassa paṭhame abhivādetīti evamādīni na samaṇo gotamoti ettha vuttanakārena yojetvā evamettha attho veditabbo ‘‘na vandati nāsanā vuṭṭhāti, nāpi ‘idha bhonto nisīdantū’ti evaṃ āsanena vā nimantetī’’ti. Ettha hi vā-saddo vibhāvane nāma atthe ‘‘rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā’’tiādīsu viya. Evaṃ vatvā atha attano abhivādanādīni akarontaṃ bhagavantaṃ disvā āha – tayidaṃ, bho gotama, tathevāti. Yaṃ taṃ mayā sutaṃ, taṃ tatheva, taṃ savanañca me dassanañca saṃsandati sameti, atthato ekībhāvaṃ gacchati. Na hi bhavaṃ gotamo…pe… āsanena vā nimantetīti. Evaṃ attanā sutaṃ diṭṭhena nigametvā nindanto āha – tayidaṃ, bho gotama, na sampannamevāti taṃ abhivādanādīnaṃ akaraṇaṃ ayuttamevāti.

Athassa bhagavā attukkaṃsanaparavambhanadosaṃ anupagamma karuṇāsītalena hadayena taṃ aññāṇaṃ vidhamitvā yuttabhāvaṃ dassetukāmo nāhaṃ taṃ brāhmaṇātiādimāha. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepattho – ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, appaṭihatena sabbaññutaññāṇacakkhunā olokentopi taṃ puggalaṃ etasmiṃ sadevakādibhede loke na passāmi, yamahaṃ abhivādeyyaṃ vā paccuṭṭheyyaṃ vā āsanena vā nimanteyyaṃ. Anacchariyaṃ vā etaṃ, svāhaṃ ajja sabbaññutaṃ patto evarūpaṃ nipaccākārārahaṃ puggalaṃ na passāmi. Apica kho yadāpāhaṃ sampatijātova uttarena mukho sattapadavītihārena gantvā sakalaṃ dasasahassilokadhātuṃ olokesiṃ, tadāpi etasmiṃ sadevakādibhede loke taṃ puggalaṃ na passāmi, yamahaṃ evarūpaṃ nipaccakāraṃ kareyyaṃ. Atha kho maṃ soḷasakappasahassāyuko khīṇāsavamahābrahmāpi añjaliṃ paggahetvā ‘‘tvaṃ loke mahāpuriso, tvaṃ sadevakassa lokassa aggo ca jeṭṭho ca seṭṭho ca, natthi tayā uttaritaro’’ti sañjātasomanasso patimānesi. Tadāpi cāhaṃ attanā uttaritaraṃ apassanto āsabhiṃ vācaṃ nicchāresiṃ – ‘‘aggohamasmi lokassa, jeṭṭhohamasmi lokassa, seṭṭhohamasmi lokassā’’ti. Evaṃ sampatijātassāpi mayhaṃ abhivādanādiraho puggalo natthi, svāhaṃ idāni sabbaññutaṃ patto kaṃ abhivādeyyaṃ. Tasmā tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, mā tathāgatā evarūpaṃ paramanipaccakāraṃ patthayi. Yañhi, brāhmaṇa, tathāgato abhivādeyya vā…pe… āsanena vā nimanteyya, muddhāpi tassa puggalassa rattipariyosāne paripākasithilabandhanaṃ vaṇṭā muttatālaphalaṃ viya gīvato chijjitvā sahasāva bhūmiyaṃ nipateyya.

2. Sīhasuttaṃ

12. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī santhāgāre sandhāgāre (ka.) sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti.

Tena kho pana samayena sīho senāpati nigaṇṭhasāvako tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. Atha kho sīhassa senāpatissa etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bhavissati, tathā hime sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddha’’nti. Atha kho sīho senāpati yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto nāthaputto (ka. sī.), nātaputto (ka. sī.) tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhante, samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamitu’’nti.

‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, sīha, kiriyavādo samāno akiriyavādaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissasi? Samaṇo hi, sīha, gotamo akiriyavādo, akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’ti. Atha kho sīhassa senāpatissa yo ahosi gamiyābhisaṅkhāro gamikābhisaṅkhāro (ka. sī.) mahāva. 290 bhagavantaṃ dassanāya, so paṭippassambhi.

Dutiyampi kho sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa…pe… dhammassa…pe… saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. Dutiyampi kho sīhassa senāpatissa etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bhavissati, tathā hime sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, dhammassa…pe… saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddha’’nti. Atha kho sīho senāpati yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhante, samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamitu’’nti.

‘‘Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, sīha, kiriyavādo samāno akiriyavādaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissasi? Samaṇo hi, sīha, gotamo akiriyavādo akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho sīhassa senāpatissa yo ahosi gamiyābhisaṅkhāro bhagavantaṃ dassanāya, so paṭippassambhi.

Tatiyampi kho sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa…pe… dhammassa…pe… saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. Tatiyampi kho sīhassa senāpatissa etadahosi – ‘‘nissaṃsayaṃ kho so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho bhavissati, tathā hime sambahulā abhiññātā abhiññātā licchavī santhāgāre sannisinnā sannipatitā anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. Kiṃ hime karissanti nigaṇṭhā apalokitā vā anapalokitā vā? Yaṃnūnāhaṃ anapaloketvāva nigaṇṭhe nigaṇṭhaṃ (syā. ka.) mahāva. 290 passitabbaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyaṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddha’’nti.

Atha kho sīho senāpati pañcamattehi rathasatehi divādivassa vesāliyā niyyāsi bhagavantaṃ dassanāya. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā yānā paccorohitvā pattikova agamāsi. Atha kho sīho senāpati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho sīho senāpati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti. Ye te, bhante, evamāhaṃsu – ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti, kacci te, bhante, bhagavato vuttavādino na ca bhagavantaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkhanti dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākaronti na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo vādānupāto (ka. sī. syā.) a. ni. 3.58; 5.5 gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgacchati? Anabbhakkhātukāmā hi mayaṃ, bhante, bhagavanta’’nti.

‘‘Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’’ti.

‘‘Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘kiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, kiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’’ti.

‘‘Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘ucchedavādo samaṇo gotamo, ucchedāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’’ti.

‘‘Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘jegucchī samaṇo gotamo, jegucchitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’’ti.

‘‘Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘venayiko samaṇo gotamo, vinayāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’’ti.

‘‘Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘tapassī samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’’ti.

‘‘Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘apagabbho samaṇo gotamo, apagabbhatāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’’ti.

‘‘Atthi, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘assāsako samaṇo gotamo, assāsāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’’ti.

‘‘Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? Ahañhi, sīha, akiriyaṃ vadāmi kāyaduccaritassa vacīduccaritassa manoduccaritassa; anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ akiriyaṃ vadāmi. Ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘akiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, akiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’’ti.

‘‘Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘kiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, kiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? Ahañhi, sīha, kiriyaṃ vadāmi kāyasucaritassa vacīsucaritassa manosucaritassa; anekavihitānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ kiriyaṃ vadāmi. Ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘kiriyavādo samaṇo gotamo, kiriyāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’’ti.

‘‘Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘ucchedavādo samaṇo gotamo, ucchedāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? Ahañhi, sīha, ucchedaṃ vadāmi rāgassa dosassa mohassa; anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ucchedaṃ vadāmi. Ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘ucchedavādo samaṇo gotamo, ucchedāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’’ti.

‘‘Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘jegucchī samaṇo gotamo, jegucchitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? Ahañhi, sīha, jigucchāmi kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena; jigucchāmi anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. Ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘jegucchī samaṇo gotamo, jegucchitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’’ti.

‘‘Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘venayiko samaṇo gotamo, vinayāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? Ahañhi, sīha, vinayāya dhammaṃ desemi rāgassa dosassa mohassa; anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ vinayāya dhammaṃ desemi. Ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘venayiko samaṇo gotamo, vinayāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’’ti.

‘‘Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘tapassī samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? Tapanīyāhaṃ, sīha, pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ. Yassa kho, sīha, tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṃ ‘tapassī’ti vadāmi. Tathāgatassa kho, sīha, tapanīyā pāpakā akusalā dhammā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘tapassī samaṇo gotamo, tapassitāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’’ti.

‘‘Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘apagabbho samaṇo gotamo, apagabbhatāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? Yassa kho, sīha, āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā, tamahaṃ ‘apagabbho’ti vadāmi. Tathāgatassa kho, sīha, āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā. Ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘apagabbho samaṇo gotamo, apagabbhatāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’’ti.

‘‘Katamo ca, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘assāsako samaṇo gotamo, assāsāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’ti? Ahañhi, sīha, assāsako paramena assāsena, assāsāya dhammaṃ desemi, tena ca sāvake vinemi. Ayaṃ kho, sīha, pariyāyo, yena maṃ pariyāyena sammā vadamāno vadeyya – ‘assāsako samaṇo gotamo, assāsāya dhammaṃ deseti, tena ca sāvake vinetī’’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte sīho senāpati bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante…pe… upāsakaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.

‘‘Anuviccakāraṃ kho, sīha, karohi. Anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu hotī’’ti. ‘‘Imināpāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyosomattāya attamano abhiraddho, yaṃ maṃ bhagavā evamāha – ‘anuviccakāraṃ kho, sīha, karohi. Anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu hotī’ti. Mañhi, bhante, aññatitthiyā sāvakaṃ labhitvā kevalakappaṃ vesāliṃ paṭākaṃ parihareyyuṃ – ‘sīho amhākaṃ senāpati sāvakattaṃ upagato’ti. Atha ca pana bhagavā evamāha – ‘anuviccakāraṃ, sīha, karohi. Anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ ñātamanussānaṃ sādhu hotī’ti. Esāhaṃ, bhante, dutiyampi bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.

‘‘Dīgharattaṃ kho te, sīha, nigaṇṭhānaṃ opānabhūtaṃ kulaṃ, yena nesaṃ upagatānaṃ piṇḍakaṃ dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsī’’ti. ‘‘Imināpāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyosomattāya attamano abhiraddho, yaṃ maṃ bhagavā evamāha – ‘dīgharattaṃ kho te, sīha, nigaṇṭhānaṃ opānabhūtaṃ kulaṃ, yena nesaṃ upagatānaṃ piṇḍakaṃ dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsī’ti. Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘samaṇo gotamo evamāha – mayhameva dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, mayhameva sāvakānaṃ dātabbaṃ; mayhameva dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, na aññesaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ; mayhameva sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, na aññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphala’nti, atha ca pana maṃ bhagavā nigaṇṭhesupi dāne samādapeti samādāpeti (?). Api ca, bhante, mayamettha kālaṃ jānissāma. Esāhaṃ, bhante, tatiyampi bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.

Atha kho bhagavā sīhassa senāpatissa anupubbiṃ kathaṃ anupubbikathaṃ (sabbattha) kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ, kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā bhagavā aññāsi sīhaṃ senāpatiṃ kallacittaṃ muducittaṃ vinīvaraṇacittaṃ udaggacittaṃ pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya; evamevaṃ sīhassa senāpatissa tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti.

Atha kho sīho senāpati diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.

Atha kho sīho senāpati bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho sīho senāpati aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ambho purisa, pavattamaṃsaṃ jānāhī’’ti. Atha kho sīho senāpati tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante! Niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.

Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena sīhassa senāpatissa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā nigaṇṭhā vesāliyaṃ rathikāya rathikaṃ rathiyāya rathiyaṃ (bahūsu) siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ bāhā paggayha kandanti – ‘‘ajja sīhena senāpatinā thūlaṃ pasuṃ vadhitvā samaṇassa gotamassa bhattaṃ kataṃ. Taṃ samaṇo gotamo jānaṃ uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamma’’nti.

Atha kho aññataro puriso yena sīho senāpati tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sīhassa senāpatissa upakaṇṇake ārocesi – ‘‘yagghe, bhante, jāneyyāsi! Ete sambahulā nigaṇṭhā vesāliyaṃ rathikāya rathikaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ bāhā paggayha kandanti – ‘ajja sīhena senāpatinā thūlaṃ pasuṃ vadhitvā samaṇassa gotamassa bhattaṃ kataṃ. Taṃ samaṇo gotamo jānaṃ uddissakataṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati paṭiccakamma’nti. Alaṃ ayyo dīgharattañhi te āyasmanto avaṇṇakāmā buddhassa avaṇṇakāmā dhammassa avaṇṇakāmā saṅghassa. Na ca panete āyasmanto jiridanti taṃ bhagavantaṃ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhituṃ; na ca mayaṃ jīvitahetupi sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropeyyāmā’’ti.

Atha kho sīho senāpati buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Atha kho sīho senāpati bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho sīhaṃ senāpatiṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti. Dutiyaṃ.

12. Dutiye abhiññātāti ñātā paññātā pākaṭā. Santhāgāreti mahājanassa vissamanatthāya kate agāre. Sā kira santhāgārasālā nagaramajjhe ahosi, catūsu ṭhānesu ṭhitānaṃ paññāyati, catūhi disāhi āgatamanussā paṭhamaṃ tattha vissamitvā pacchā attano attano phāsukaṭṭhānaṃ gacchanti. Rājakulānaṃ rajjakiccasantharaṇatthāya kataṃ agārantipi vadantiyeva. Tattha hi nisīditvā licchavirājāno rajjakiccaṃ santharanti karonti vicārenti. Sannisinnāti tesaṃ nisīdanatthaññeva paññattesu mahārahavarapaccattharaṇesu samussitasetacchattesu āsanesu sannisinnā. Anekapariyāyena buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsantīti rājakule kiccañceva lokatthacariyañca vicāretvā anekehi kāraṇehi buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti kathenti dīpenti. Paṇḍitā hi te rājāno saddhā pasannā sotāpannāpi sakadāgāminopi anāgāminopi ariyasāvakā, te sabbepi lokiyajaṭaṃ chinditvā buddhādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti. Tattha tividho buddhavaṇṇo nāma cariyavaṇṇo, sarīravaṇṇo, guṇavaṇṇoti. Tatrime rājāno cariyāya vaṇṇaṃ ārabhiṃsu – ‘‘dukkaraṃ vata kataṃ sammāsambuddhena kappasatasahassādhikāni cattāri asaṅkheyyāni dasa pāramiyo, dasa upapāramiyo, dasa paramatthapāramiyoti samattiṃsa pāramiyo pūrentena, ñātatthacariyaṃ, lokatthacariyaṃ, buddhacariyaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajantenā’’ti aḍḍhacchakkehi jātakasatehi buddhavaṇṇaṃ kathentā tusitabhavanaṃ pāpetvā ṭhapayiṃsu.

Dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsantā pana ‘‘tena bhagavatā dhammo desito, nikāyato pañca nikāyā, piṭakato tīṇi piṭakāni, aṅgato nava aṅgāni, khandhato caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassānī’’ti koṭṭhāsavasena dhammaguṇaṃ kathayiṃsu.

Saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsantā satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā ‘‘paṭiladdhasaddhā kulaputtā bhogakkhandhañceva ñātiparivaṭṭañca pahāya setacchattaṃ oparajjaṃ senāpatiseṭṭhibhaṇḍāgārikaṭṭhānantarādīni agaṇetvā nikkhamma satthu varasāsane pabbajanti. Setacchattaṃ pahāya pabbajitānaṃ bhaddiyarājamahākappinapukkusātiādīnaṃ rājapabbajitānaṃyeva buddhakāle asītisahassāni ahesuṃ. Anekakoṭisataṃ dhanaṃ pahāya pabbajitānaṃ pana yasakulaputtasoṇaseṭṭhiputtaraṭṭhapālakulaputtādīnaṃ paricchedo natthi. Evarūpā ca evarūpā ca kulaputtā satthu sāsane pabbajantī’’ti pabbajjāsaṅkhepavasena saṅghaguṇe kathayiṃsu.

Sīho senāpatīti evaṃnāmako senāya adhipati. Vesāliyañhi satta sahassāni satta satāni satta ca rājāno. Te sabbepi sannipatitvā sabbesaṃ manaṃ gahetvā ‘‘raṭṭhaṃ vicāretuṃ samatthaṃ ekaṃ vicinathā’’ti vicinantā sīhaṃ rājakumāraṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ sakkhissatī’’ti sanniṭṭhānaṃ katvā tassa rattamaṇivaṇṇaṃ kambalapariyonaddhaṃ senāpaticchattaṃ adaṃsu. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘sīho senāpatī’’ti. Nigaṇṭhasāvakoti nigaṇṭhassa nāṭaputtassa paccayadāyako upaṭṭhāko. Jambudīpatalasmiñhi tayo janā nigaṇṭhānaṃ aggupaṭṭhākā – nāḷandāyaṃ, upāli gahapati, kapilapure vappo sakko, vesāliyaṃ ayaṃ sīho senāpatīti. Nisinno hotīti sesarājūnaṃ parisāya antarantare āsanāni paññāpayiṃsu, sīhassa pana majjhe ṭhāneti tasmiṃ paññatte mahārahe rājāsane nisinno hoti. Nissaṃsayanti nibbicikicchaṃ addhā ekaṃsena, na hete yassa vā tassa vā appesakkhassa evaṃ anekasatehi kāraṇehi vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanti.

3. Assājānīyasuttaṃ

13. ‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhaddo assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, bhikkhave, rañño bhaddo assājānīyo ubhato sujāto hoti – mātito ca pitito ca. Yassaṃ disāyaṃ aññepi bhaddā assājānīyā jāyanti, tassaṃ disāyaṃ jāto hoti. Yaṃ kho panassa bhojanaṃ denti – allaṃ vā sukkhaṃ vā – taṃ sakkaccaṃyeva paribhuñjati avikiranto. Jegucchī hoti uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ vā abhinisīdituṃ vā abhinipajjituṃ vā. Sorato hoti sukhasaṃvāso, na ca aññe asse ubbejetā. Yāni kho panassa honti yāni kho panassa tāni (syā.) sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni jimheyyāni vaṅkeyyāni, tāni yathābhūtaṃ sārathissa āvikattā hoti. Tesamassa sārathi abhinimmadanāya vāyamati. Vāhī kho pana hoti. ‘Kāmaññe assā vahantu vā mā vā, ahamettha vahissāmī’ti cittaṃ uppādeti. Gacchanto kho pana ujumaggeneva gacchati. Thāmavā hoti yāva jīvitamaraṇapariyādānā thāmaṃ upadaṃsetā. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhaddo assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅganteva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. Yaṃ kho panassa bhojanaṃ denti – lūkhaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā – taṃ sakkaccaṃyeva paribhuñjati avihaññamāno. Jegucchī hoti kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena; jegucchī hoti anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. Sorato hoti sukhasaṃvāso, na aññe bhikkhū ubbejetā. Yāni kho panassa honti sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni jimheyyāni vaṅkeyyāni, tāni yathābhūtaṃ āvikattā hoti satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu. Tesamassa satthā vā viññū vā sabrahmacārī abhinimmadanāya vāyamati. Sikkhitā kho pana hoti. ‘Kāmaññe bhikkhū sikkhantu vā mā vā, ahamettha sikkhissāmī’ti cittaṃ uppādeti. Gacchanto kho pana ujumaggeneva gacchati; tatrāyaṃ ujumaggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhi. Āraddhavīriyo viharati – ‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru nahāru (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.) ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upasussatu maṃsalohitaṃ; yaṃ taṃ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṃ, na taṃ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṃ bhavissatī’ti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

13. Tatiye aṅgehīti guṇaṅgehi. Tassaṃ disāyaṃ jāto hotīti tassaṃ sindhunadītīradisāyaṃ jāto hoti. Aññepi bhadrā assājānīyā tattheva jāyanti. Allaṃ vā sukkhaṃ vāti allatiṇaṃ vā sukkhatiṇaṃ vā. Nāññe asse ubbejetāti aññe asse na ubbejeti na paharati na ḍaṃsati na kalahaṃ karoti. Sāṭheyyānīti saṭhabhāvo. Kūṭeyyānīti kūṭabhāvo. Jimheyyānīti jimhabhāvo. Vaṅkeyyānīti vaṅkabhāvā. Iccassa catūhipi padehi asikkhitabhāvova kathito. Vāhīti vahanasabhāvo dinnovādapaṭikaro. Yāva jīvitamaraṇapariyādānāti yāva jīvitassa maraṇena pariyosānā. Sakkaccaṃ paribhuñjatīti amataṃ viya paccavekkhitvā paribhuñjati. Purisathāmenātiādīsu ñāṇathāmādayo kathitā. Saṇṭhānanti osakkanaṃ paṭippassaddhi.

4. Assakhaḷuṅkasuttaṃ

14. ‘‘Aṭṭha ca aṭṭha (syā.), bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅke assakhaluṅke (sī.) desessāmi aṭṭha ca assadose, aṭṭha ca purisakhaḷuṅke aṭṭha ca purisadose. Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Katame ca, bhikkhave, aṭṭha assakhaḷuṅkā aṭṭha ca assadosā? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā pacchato paṭikkamati, piṭṭhito rathaṃ pavatteti. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo assadoso.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā pacchā laṅghati, kubbaraṃ hanati, tidaṇḍaṃ bhañjati. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo assadoso.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā rathīsāya satthiṃ ussajjitvā rathīsaṃyeva ajjhomaddati. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo assadoso.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā ummaggaṃ gaṇhati, ubbaṭumaṃ rathaṃ karoti. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho assadoso.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā laṅghati purimakāyaṃ paggaṇhati purime pāde. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamo assadoso.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā anādiyitvā sārathiṃ anādiyitvā patodalaṭṭhiṃ patodaṃ (sī. pī.), patodayaṭṭhiṃ (syā. kaṃ.) dantehi mukhādhānaṃ mukhāṭhānaṃ (ka.) vidhaṃsitvā yena kāmaṃ pakkamati. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, chaṭṭho assadoso.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā neva abhikkamati no paṭikkamati tattheva khīlaṭṭhāyī ṭhito hoti. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sattamo assadoso.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā purime ca pāde saṃharitvā pacchime ca pāde saṃharitvā saṅkharitvā (ka.) tattheva cattāro pāde abhinisīdati. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco assakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamo assadoso. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha assakhaḷuṅkā aṭṭha ca assadosā.

vibha. 956 ‘‘Katame ca, bhikkhave, aṭṭha purisakhaḷuṅkā aṭṭha ca purisadosā? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno ‘na sarāmī’ti asatiyā nibbeṭheti. Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā pacchato paṭikkamati, piṭṭhito rathaṃ vatteti; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo purisadoso.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno codakaṃyeva paṭippharati – ‘kiṃ nu kho tuyhaṃ bālassa abyattassa bhaṇitena! Tvampi nāma bhaṇitabbaṃ maññasī’ti! Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā pacchā laṅghati, kubbaraṃ hanati, tidaṇḍaṃ bhañjati; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo purisadoso.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno codakasseva paccāropeti – ‘tvaṃ khosi itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno, tvaṃ tāva paṭhamaṃ paṭikarohī’ti. Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā rathīsāya satthiṃ ussajjitvā rathīsaṃyeva ajjhomaddati; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo purisadoso.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno aññenāññaṃ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṃ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā ummaggaṃ gaṇhati, ubbaṭumaṃ rathaṃ karoti; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho purisadoso.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno saṅghamajjhe bāhuvikkhepaṃ karoti. Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā laṅghati, purimakāyaṃ paggaṇhati purime pāde; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamo purisadoso.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno anādiyitvā saṅghaṃ anādiyitvā codakaṃ sāpattikova yena kāmaṃ pakkamati. Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā anādiyitvā sārathiṃ anādiyitvā patodalaṭṭhiṃ dantehi mukhādhānaṃ vidhaṃsitvā yena kāmaṃ pakkamati; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, chaṭṭho purisadoso.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno ‘nevāhaṃ āpannomhi, na panāhaṃ āpannomhī’ti so tuṇhībhāvena saṅghaṃ viheṭheti viheseti (pī. ka.). Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā neva abhikkamati no paṭikkamati tattheva khīlaṭṭhāyī ṭhito hoti; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sattamo purisadoso.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhū bhikkhuṃ āpattiyā codenti. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhi āpattiyā codiyamāno evamāha – ‘kiṃ nu kho tumhe āyasmanto atibāḷhaṃ mayi byāvaṭā yāva idaṃ padaṃ sīhaḷapotthake natthi idānāhaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattissāmī’ti. So sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitvā evamāha – ‘idāni kho tumhe āyasmanto attamanā hothā’ti? Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅko ‘pehī’ti vutto, viddho samāno codito sārathinā purime ca pāde saṃharitvā pacchime ca pāde saṃharitvā tattheva cattāro pāde abhinisīdati; tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi. Evarūpopi, bhikkhave, idhekacco purisakhaḷuṅko hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamo purisadoso. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha purisakhaḷuṅkā aṭṭha ca purisadosā’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

14. Catutthe ‘‘pehī’’ti vuttoti ‘‘gacchā’’ti vutto. Piṭṭhito rathaṃ pavattetīti khandhaṭṭhikena yugaṃ uppīḷitvā pacchimabhāgena rathaṃ pavaṭṭento osakkati. Pacchā laṅghati, kubbaraṃ hanatīti dve pacchimapāde ukkhipitvā tehi paharitvā rathakubbaraṃ bhindati. Tidaṇḍaṃ bhañjatīti rathassa purato tayo daṇḍakā honti, te bhañjati. Rathīsāya satthiṃ ussajjitvāti sīsaṃ nāmetvā yugaṃ bhūmiyaṃ pātetvā satthinā rathīsaṃ paharitvā. Ajjhomaddatīti dvīhi purimapādehi īsaṃ maddanto tiṭṭhati. Ubbaṭumaṃ rathaṃ karotīti thalaṃ vā kaṇḍakaṭṭhānaṃ vā rathaṃ āropeti. Anādiyitvāti amanasikatvā agaṇitvā. Mukhādhānanti mukhaṭhapanatthāya dinnaṃ ayasaṅkhalikaṃ. Khīlaṭṭhāyīti cattāro pāde thambhe viya niccalaṃ ṭhapetvā khīlaṭṭhānasadisena ṭhānena tiṭṭhati. Imasmiṃ sutte vaṭṭameva kathitaṃ.

13-14. Tatiye sāṭheyyānīti saṭhattāni. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Tāni panassa sāṭheyyādīni kāyacittujukatāpaṭipakkhabhūtā lobhasahagatacittuppādassa pavattiākāravisesā. Tattha yassa kismiñcideva ṭhāne ṭhātukāmassa sato yaṃ ṭhānaṃ manussānaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, purato gantvā tatheva sappaṭibhayaṭṭhāneva ṭhassāmīti na hoti, vañcanādhippāyabhāvato ṭhātukāmaṭṭhāneyeva nikhātatthambho viya cattāro pāde niccāletvā tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ saṭho nāma, imassa sāṭheyyassa pākaṭakaraṇaṃ. Tathā yassa kismiñcideva ṭhāne nivattitvā khandhagataṃ pātetukāmassa sato yaṃ ṭhānaṃ manussānaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, purato gantvā tatheva pātessāmīti na hoti, pātetukāmaṭṭhāneyeva nivattitvā pāteti, ayaṃ kūṭo nāma. Yassa kālena vāmato, kālena dakkhiṇato, kālena ujumaggeneva ca gantukāmassa sato yaṃ ṭhānaṃ manussānaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, purato gantvā tatheva evaṃ karissāmīti na hoti, yadicchakaṃ gantukāmaṭṭhāneyeva kālena vāmato, kālena dakkhiṇato, kālena ujumaggaṃ gacchati, tathā leṇḍaṃ vā passāvaṃ vā vissajjetukāmassa idaṃ ṭhānaṃ susammaṭṭhaṃ ākiṇṇamanussaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ. Imasmiṃ ṭhāne evarūpaṃ kātuṃ na yuttaṃ, purato gantvā paṭicchannaṭṭhāne karissāmīti na hoti, tattheva karoti, ayaṃ jimho nāma. Yassa pana kismiñci ṭhāne maggā ukkamma nivattitvā paṭimaggaṃ ārohitukāmassa sato yaṃ ṭhānaṃ manussānaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, purato gantvā tattheva evaṃ karissāmīti na hoti, paṭimaggaṃ ārohitukāmaṭṭhāneyeva maggā ukkamma nivattitvā paṭimaggaṃ ārohati, ayaṃ vaṅko nāma. Iti imaṃ catubbidhampi kiriyaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ **‘‘yāni kho panassa tāni sāṭheyyāni…pe… āvikattā hotī’’**ti. Catutthe natthi vattabbaṃ.

5. Malasuttaṃ

15. ‘‘Aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, malāni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Asajjhāyamalā, bhikkhave, mantā; anuṭṭhānamalā, bhikkhave, gharā; malaṃ, bhikkhave, vaṇṇassa kosajjaṃ; pamādo, bhikkhave, rakkhato malaṃ; malaṃ, bhikkhave, itthiyā duccaritaṃ; maccheraṃ, bhikkhave, dadato malaṃ; malā, bhikkhave, pāpakā akusalā dhammā asmiṃ loke paramhi ca; tato tato ca (syā. pī.), bhikkhave, malā malataraṃ avijjā paramaṃ malaṃ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha malānī’’ti.

‘‘Asajjhāyamalā mantā, anuṭṭhānamalā gharā;

Malaṃ vaṇṇassa kosajjaṃ, pamādo rakkhato malaṃ.

‘‘Malitthiyā duccaritaṃ, maccheraṃ dadato malaṃ;

Malā ve pāpakā dhammā, asmiṃ loke paramhi ca;

Tato malā malataraṃ, avijjā paramaṃ mala’’nti. pañcamaṃ;

15. Pañcame asajjhāyamalāti uggahitamantānaṃ asajjhāyakaraṇaṃ malaṃ nāma hoti. Anuṭṭhānamalā gharāti uṭṭhānavīriyābhāvo gharānaṃ malaṃ nāma. Vaṇṇassāti sarīravaṇṇassa. Rakkhatoti yaṃkiñci attano santakaṃ rakkhantassa. Avijjā paramaṃ malanti tato sesākusaladhammamalato aṭṭhasu ṭhānesu aññāṇabhūtā vaṭṭamūlasaṅkhātā bahalandhakāraavijjā paramaṃ malaṃ. Tato hi malataraṃ nāma natthi. Imasmimpi sutte vaṭṭameva kathitaṃ.

6. Dūteyyasuttaṃ

16. cūḷava. 347 ‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu dūteyyaṃ gantumarahati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sotā ca hoti, sāvetā ca, uggahetā ca, dhāretā ca, viññātā ca, viññāpetā ca, kusalo ca sahitāsahitassa, no ca kalahakārako – imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu dūteyyaṃ gantumarahati. Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato sāriputto dūteyyaṃ gantumarahati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, bhikkhave, sāriputto sotā ca hoti, sāvetā ca, uggahetā ca, dhāretā ca, viññātā ca, viññāpetā ca, kusalo ca sahitāsahitassa, no ca kalahakārako. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato sāriputto dūteyyaṃ gantumarahatī’’ti.

‘‘Yo ve na byathati na vedhati (sī.), na byādhati (syā. pī.) patvā, parisaṃ uggavādiniṃ uggavādinaṃ (sī.), uggahavādinaṃ (syā. pī.), uggatavādiniṃ (ka.);

Na ca hāpeti vacanaṃ, na ca chādeti sāsanaṃ.

‘‘Asandiddhañca bhaṇati asandiddho ca akkhāti (cūḷava. 347), pucchito na ca kuppati;

Sa ve tādisako bhikkhu, dūteyyaṃ gantumarahatī’’ti. chaṭṭhaṃ;

16. Chaṭṭhe dūteyyanti dūtakammaṃ. Gantumarahatīti taṃ dūteyyasaṅkhātaṃ sāsanaṃ dhāretvā harituṃ arahati. Sotāti yo taṃ assa sāsanaṃ deti, tassa sotā. Sāvetāti taṃ uggaṇhitvā ‘‘idaṃ nāma tumhehi vutta’’nti paṭisāvetā. Uggahetāti suggahitaṃ katvā uggahetā. Dhāretāti sudhāritaṃ katvā dhāretā. Viññāti atthānatthassa atthaṃ jānitā. Viññāpetāti paraṃ vijānāpetā. Sahitā sahitassāti idaṃ sahitaṃ, idaṃ asahitanti evaṃ sahitāsahitassa kusalo, upagatānupagatesu cheko sāsanaṃ ārocento sahitaṃ sallakkhetvā āroceti. Na byathatīti vedhati na chambhati. Asandiddhanti nissandehaṃ vigatasaṃsayaṃ. Pucchitoti pañhatthāya pucchito.

7. Paṭhamabandhanasuttaṃ

17. ‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, ākārehi itthī purisaṃ bandhati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Ruṇṇena, bhikkhave, itthī purisaṃ bandhati; hasitena, bhikkhave, itthī purisaṃ bandhati; bhaṇitena, bhikkhave, itthī purisaṃ bandhati; ākappena, bhikkhave, itthī purisaṃ bandhati; vanabhaṅgena, bhikkhave, itthī purisaṃ bandhati; gandhena, bhikkhave, itthī purisaṃ bandhati; rasena, bhikkhave, itthī purisaṃ bandhati; phassena, bhikkhave, itthī purisaṃ bandhati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahākārehi itthī purisaṃ bandhati. Te, bhikkhave, sattā subaddhā subandhā (sī. syā. ka.), ye yeva (syā. pī. ka.) phassena baddhā’’ti bandhāti (sī. syā. ka.). Sattamaṃ.

8. Dutiyabandhanasuttaṃ

18. ‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, ākārehi puriso itthiṃ bandhati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Ruṇṇena, bhikkhave, puriso itthiṃ bandhati; hasitena, bhikkhave, puriso itthiṃ bandhati; bhaṇitena, bhikkhave, puriso itthiṃ bandhati; ākappena, bhikkhave, puriso itthiṃ bandhati; vanabhaṅgena, bhikkhave, puriso itthiṃ bandhati; gandhena, bhikkhave, puriso itthiṃ bandhati; rasena, bhikkhave, puriso itthiṃ bandhati; phassena, bhikkhave, puriso itthiṃ bandhati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahākārehi puriso itthiṃ bandhati. Te, bhikkhave, sattā subaddhā, ye phassena baddhā’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

17-18. Sattame ruṇṇenāti ruditena. Ākappenāti nivāsanapārupanādinā vidhānena. Vanabhaṅgenāti vanato bhañjitvā āhaṭena pupphaphalādipaṇṇākārena. Aṭṭhamepi eseva nayo.

15-18. Pañcame (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.241) yā kāci pariyatti vā sippaṃ vā yasmā asajjhāyantassa ananuyuñjantassa vinassati, nirantaraṃ vā na upaṭṭhāti, tasmā **‘‘asajjhāyamalā mantā’’**ti vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana gharāvāsaṃ vasantassa uṭṭhāyuṭṭhāya jiṇṇappaṭisaṅkharaṇādīni akarontassa gharaṃ nāma vinassati, tasmā **‘‘anuṭṭhānamalā gharā’’**ti vuttaṃ. Yasmā gihissa vā pabbajitassa vā kosajjavasena sarīrappajagganaṃ vā parikkhārappaṭijagganaṃ vā akarontassa kāyo dubbaṇṇo hoti, tasmā **‘‘malaṃ vaṇṇassa kosajja’’**nti vuttaṃ. Yasmā pana gāvo rakkhantassa pamādavasena niddāyantassa vā kīḷantassa vā tā gāvo atitthapakkhandanādīhi vā vāḷamigacorādiupaddavena vā paresaṃ sālikkhettādīni otaritvā khādanavasena vā vināsamāpajjanti, sayampi daṇḍaṃ vā paribhāsaṃ vā pāpuṇāti, pabbajitaṃ vā pana chadvārādīni arakkhantaṃ pamādavasena kilesā otaritvā sāsanā cāventi, tasmā **‘‘pamādo rakkhato mala’’**nti vuttaṃ. So hissa vināsāvahena malaṭṭhāniyattā malaṃ.

Duccaritanti aticāro. Aticāriniñhi itthiṃ sāmikopi gehā nīharati, mātāpitūnaṃ santikaṃ gatampi ‘‘tvaṃ kulassa aṅgārabhūtā, akkhīhipi na daṭṭhabbā’’ti taṃ mātāpitaropi nīharanti, sā anāthā vicarantī mahādukkhaṃ pāpuṇāti. Tenassā duccaritaṃ **‘‘mala’’**nti vuttaṃ. Dadatoti dāyakassa. Yassa hi khettakasanakāle ‘‘imasmiṃ khette sampanne salākabhattādīni dassāmī’’ti cintetvāpi nipphanne sasse maccheraṃ uppajjitvā cāgacittaṃ nivāreti, so maccheravasena cāgacitte aviruhante manussasampatti, dibbasampatti, nibbānasampattīti tisso sampattiyo na labhati. Tena vuttaṃ **‘‘maccheraṃ dadato mala’’**nti. Aññesupi evarūpesu eseva nayo. Pāpakā dhammāti akusalā dhammā. Te pana idhaloke paraloke ca malameva. Tatoti heṭṭhā vuttamalato. Malataranti atirekamalaṃ. Chaṭṭhādīni uttānatthāneva.

Malasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

9. Pahārādasuttaṃ

19. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā verañjāyaṃ vi harati naḷerupucimandamūle. Atha kho pahārādo asurindo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho pahārādaṃ asurindaṃ bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Api kiṃ (ka.) pana, pahārāda, asurā mahāsamudde abhiramantī’’ti? ‘‘Abhiramanti, bhante, asurā mahāsamudde’’ti. ‘‘Kati pana, pahārāda, mahāsamudde acchariyā abbhutā dhammā abbhutadhammā (syā. ka.) cūḷava. 384 passitabbaṃ, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramantī’’ti? ‘‘Aṭṭha, bhante, mahāsamudde acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. Katame aṭṭha? Mahāsamuddo, bhante, anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro, na āyatakeneva papāto. Yampi, bhante, mahāsamuddo anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro, na āyatakeneva papāto. Ayaṃ, bhante, mahāsamudde paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, mahāsamuddo ṭhitadhammo velaṃ nātivattati. Yampi, bhante, mahāsamuddo ṭhitadhammo velaṃ nātivattati; ayaṃ ayampi (ka.), bhante, mahāsamudde dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, mahāsamuddo na matena kuṇapena saṃvasati saṃvattati (syā.). Yaṃ hoti mahāsamudde mataṃ kuṇapaṃ, taṃ khippameva khippaṃyeva (sī.), khippaṃeva (pī.), khippaññeva (cūḷava. 384) tīraṃ vāheti, thalaṃ ussāreti. Yampi, bhante, mahāsamuddo na matena kuṇapena saṃvasati, yaṃ hoti mahāsamudde mataṃ kuṇapaṃ, taṃ khippameva tīraṃ vāheti, thalaṃ ussāreti; ayaṃ, bhante, mahāsamudde tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, yā kāci mahānadiyo, seyyathidaṃ – gaṅgā yamunā aciravatī sarabhū mahī, tā mahāsamuddaṃ patvā pattā (ka., cūḷava. 384) jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, ‘mahāsamuddo’ tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti. Yampi, bhante, yā kāci mahānadiyo, seyyathidaṃ – gaṅgā yamunā aciravatī sarabhū mahī, tā mahāsamuddaṃ patvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, ‘mahāsamuddo’ tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti; ayaṃ, bhante, mahāsamudde catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, yā ca yā kāci (syā. pī. ka.) loke savantiyo mahāsamuddaṃ appenti yā ca antalikkhā dhārā papatanti, na tena mahāsamuddassa ūnattaṃ vā pūrattaṃ vā paññāyati. Yampi, bhante, yā ca loke savantiyo mahāsamuddaṃ appenti yā ca antalikkhā dhārā papatanti, na tena mahāsamuddassa ūnattaṃ vā pūrattaṃ vā paññāyati; ayaṃ, bhante, mahāsamudde pañcamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, mahāsamuddo ekaraso loṇaraso. Yampi, bhante, mahāsamuddo ekaraso loṇaraso; ayaṃ, bhante, mahāsamudde chaṭṭho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, mahāsamuddo bahuratano pahūtaratano (ka.) anekaratano. Tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ – muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ lohitako masāragallaṃ. Yampi, bhante, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano; tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ – muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ lohitako masāragallaṃ. Ayaṃ, bhante, mahāsamudde sattamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, mahāsamuddo mahataṃ bhūtānaṃ āvāso. Tatrime bhūtā – timi timiṅgalo timirapiṅgalo timitimiṅgalā timirapiṅgalā (sī.), timitimiṅgalā timiramiṅgalā (syā. pī.) asurā nāgā gandhabbā. Santi mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, dviyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, tiyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, catuyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā. Yampi, bhante, mahāsamuddo mahataṃ bhūtānaṃ āvāso; tatrime bhūtā – timi timiṅgalo timirapiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā; santi mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā…pe… dviyojana… tiyojana… catuyojana… pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā; ayaṃ, bhante, mahāsamudde aṭṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. Ime kho, bhante, mahāsamudde aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramantīti.

‘‘Api pana, bhante, bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramantī’’ti? ‘‘Abhiramanti, pahārāda, bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye’’ti. ‘‘Kati pana, bhante, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramantī’’ti? ‘‘Aṭṭha, pahārāda, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. Katame aṭṭha? Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, mahāsamuddo anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro, na āyatakeneva papāto; evamevaṃ kho, pahārāda, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā, na āyatakeneva aññāpaṭivedho. Yampi, pahārāda, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā, na āyatakeneva aññāpaṭivedho. Ayaṃ, pahārāda, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, mahāsamuddo ṭhitadhammo velaṃ nātivattati; evamevaṃ kho, pahārāda, yaṃ mayā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ taṃ mama sāvakā jīvitahetupi nātikkamanti. Yampi, pahārāda, mayā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ taṃ mama sāvakā jīvitahetupi nātikkamanti. Ayaṃ, pahārāda, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, mahāsamuddo na matena kuṇapena saṃvasati. Yaṃ hoti mahāsamudde mataṃ kuṇapaṃ, taṃ khippameva tīraṃ vāheti thalaṃ ussāreti; evamevaṃ kho, pahārāda, yo so puggalo dussīlo pāpadhammo asucisaṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño antopūti avassuto kasambujāto, na tena saṅgho saṃvasati; khippameva naṃ sannipatitvā ukkhipati.

‘‘Kiñcāpi so hoti majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa sannisinno, atha kho so ārakāva saṅghamhā saṅgho ca tena. Yampi, pahārāda, yo so puggalo dussīlo pāpadhammo asucisaṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño antopūti avassuto kasambujāto, na tena saṅgho saṃvasati; khippameva naṃ sannipatitvā ukkhipati; kiñcāpi so hoti majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa sannisinno, atha kho so ārakāva saṅghamhā saṅgho ca tena. Ayaṃ, pahārāda, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, yā kāci mahānadiyo, seyyathidaṃ – gaṅgā yamunā aciravatī sarabhū mahī, tā mahāsamuddaṃ patvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, ‘mahāsamuddo’ tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti; evamevaṃ kho, pahārāda, cattārome vaṇṇā – khattiyā, brāhmaṇā, vessā, suddā, te tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, ‘samaṇā sakyaputtiyā’ tveva samaṇo sakyaputtiyo tveva (syā. ka.) saṅkhaṃ gacchanti. Yampi, pahārāda, cattārome vaṇṇā – khattiyā, brāhmaṇā, vessā, suddā, te tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, ‘samaṇā sakyaputtiyā’ tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti. Ayaṃ, pahārāda, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, yā ca loke savantiyo mahāsamuddaṃ appenti yā ca antalikkhā dhārā papatanti, na tena mahāsamuddassa ūnattaṃ vā pūrattaṃ vā paññāyati; evamevaṃ kho, pahārāda, bahū cepi bhikkhū anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyanti, na tena nibbānadhātuyā ūnattaṃ vā pūrattaṃ vā paññāyati. Yampi, pahārāda, bahū cepi bhikkhū anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyanti, na tena nibbānadhātuyā ūnattaṃ vā pūrattaṃ vā paññāyati. Ayaṃ, pahārāda, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye pañcamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, mahāsamuddo ekaraso loṇaraso; evamevaṃ kho, pahārāda, ayaṃ dhammavinayo ekaraso, vimuttiraso. Yampi pahārāda, ayaṃ dhammavinayo ekaraso, vimuttiraso; ayaṃ, pahārāda, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye chaṭṭho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano; tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ – muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ lohitako masāragallaṃ; evamevaṃ kho, pahārāda, ayaṃ dhammavinayo bahuratano anekaratano. Tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Yampi, pahārāda, ayaṃ dhammavinayo bahuratano anekaratano; tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañcindriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo; ayaṃ, pahārāda, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye sattamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, pahārāda, mahāsamuddo mahataṃ bhūtānaṃ āvāso; tatrime bhūtā – timi timiṅgalo timirapiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā; santi mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, dviyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, tiyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, catuyojanasatikāpi attabhāvā, pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā; evamevaṃ kho, pahārāda, ayaṃ dhammavinayo mahataṃ bhūtānaṃ āvāso; tatrime bhūtā – sotāpanno sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sakadāgāmī sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, anāgāmī anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, arahā arahattāya paṭipanno. Yampi, pahārāda, ayaṃ dhammavinayo mahataṃ bhūtānaṃ āvāso; tatrime bhūtā – sotāpanno sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sakadāgāmī sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, anāgāmī anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, arahā arahattāya paṭipanno; ayaṃ, pahārāda, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye aṭṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. Ime kho, pahārāda, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramantī’’ti. Navamaṃ.

19. Navame pahārādoti evaṃnāmako. Asurindoti asurajeṭṭhako. Asuresu hi vepacitti rāhu pahārādoti ime tayo jeṭṭhakā. Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamīti dasabalassa abhisambuddhadivasato paṭṭhāya ‘‘ajja gamissāmi sve gamissāmī’’ti ekādasa vassāni atikkamitvā dvādasame vasse satthu verañjāyaṃ vasanakāle ‘‘sammāsambuddhassa santikaṃ gamissāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppādetvā ‘‘mama ‘ajja sve’ti dvādasa vassāni jātāni, handāhaṃ idāneva gacchāmī’’ti taṅkhaṇaṃyeva asuragaṇaparivuto asurabhavanā nikkhamitvā divā divassa yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsīti so kira ‘‘tathāgataṃ pañhaṃ pucchitvā eva dhammaṃ suṇissāmī’’ti āgato, tathāgatassa pana diṭṭhakālato paṭṭhāya buddhagāravena pucchituṃ asakkonto api satthāraṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Tato satthā cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ pahārādo mayi akathente paṭhamataraṃ kathetuṃ na sakkhissati, ciṇṇavasiṭṭhāneyeva naṃ kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ ekaṃ pañhaṃ pucchissāmī’’ti.

Atha naṃ pucchanto api pana pahārādātiādimāha. Tattha abhiramantīti ratiṃ vindanti, anukkaṇṭhamānā vasantīti attho. So ‘‘pariciṇṇaṭṭhāneyeva maṃ bhagavā pucchatī’’ti attamano hutvā abhiramanti, bhanteti āha. Anupubbaninnotiādīni sabbāni anupaṭipāṭiyā ninnabhāvassa vevacanāni. Na āyatakeneva papātoti na chinnataṭamahāsobbho viya āditova papāto. So hi tīrato paṭṭhāya ekaṅguladvaṅgulavidatthiratanayaṭṭhiusabhaaḍḍhagāvutagāvutaaḍḍhayojanādivasena gambhīro hutvā gacchanto sinerupādamūle caturāsītiyojanasahassagambhīro hutvā ṭhitoti dasseti.

Ṭhitadhammoti ṭhitasabhāvo. Kuṇapenāti yena kenaci hatthiassādīnaṃ kaḷevarena. Thalaṃ ussāretīti hatthena gahetvā viya vīcipahāreneva thalaṃ khipati.

10. Uposathasuttaṃ

20. cūḷava. 383; udā. 45; kathā. 346 Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā tadahuposathe bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto nisinno hoti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante paṭhame yāme, uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantā, bhante, ratti, nikkhanto paṭhamo yāmo, ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho. Uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātimokkha’’nti.

Evaṃ vutte bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante majjhime yāme, uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantā, bhante, ratti, nikkhanto majjhimo yāmo, ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho. Uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātimokkha’’nti. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi. Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante pacchime yāme, uddhaste aruṇe, nandimukhiyā rattiyā uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantā, bhante, ratti, nikkhanto pacchimo yāmo, uddhastaṃ aruṇaṃ, nandimukhī ratti; ciranisinno bhikkhusaṅgho. Uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātimokkha’’nti. ‘‘Aparisuddhā, ānanda, parisā’’ti.

Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi – ‘‘kaṃ nu kho bhagavā puggalaṃ sandhāya evamāha – ‘aparisuddhā, ānanda, parisā’’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sabbāvantaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ cetasā ceto paricca manasākāsi. Addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ puggalaṃ dussīlaṃ pāpadhammaṃ asuciṃ saṅkassarasamācāraṃ paṭicchannakammantaṃ assamaṇaṃ samaṇapaṭiññaṃ abrahmacāriṃ brahmacāripaṭiññaṃ antopūtiṃ avassutaṃ kasambujātaṃ majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa nisinnaṃ; disvāna uṭṭhāyāsanā yena so puggalo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ puggalaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘uṭṭhehāvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā. Natthi te bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvāso’’ti.

Evaṃ vutte so puggalo tuṇhī ahosi. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ puggalaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘uṭṭhehāvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā. Natthi te bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvāso’’ti. Dutiyampi kho so puggalo tuṇhī ahosi. Tatiyampi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ puggalaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘uṭṭhehāvuso, diṭṭhosi bhagavatā. Natthi te bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvāso’’ti. Tatiyampi kho so puggalo tuṇhī ahosi.

Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ puggalaṃ bāhāyaṃ gahetvā bahidvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhāmetvā sūcighaṭikaṃ datvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘nikkhāmito so, bhante, puggalo mayā. Parisuddhā parisā. Uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātimokkha’’nti. ‘‘Acchariyaṃ, moggallāna, abbhutaṃ, moggallāna! Yāva bāhā gahaṇāpi nāma so moghapuriso āgamissatī’’ti!

Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tumheva dāni, bhikkhave, uposathaṃ kareyyātha, pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyyātha. Na dānāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ajjatagge uposathaṃ karissāmi, pātimokkhaṃ uddisissāmi. Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṃ tathāgato aparisuddhāya parisāya pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyya’’.

‘‘Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. Katame aṭṭha? Mahāsamuddo, bhikkhave, anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro, na āyatakeneva papāto. Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro, na āyatakeneva papāto; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti…pe… (yathā purime tathā vitthāretabbo).

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo mahataṃ bhūtānaṃ āvāso. Tatrime bhūtā – timi timiṅgalo timirapiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā. Vasanti mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā…pe… pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā. Yampi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo mahataṃ bhūtānaṃ āvāso; tatrime bhūtā – timi timiṅgalo timirapiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā; vasanti mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā…pe… pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde aṭṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, yaṃ disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha imasmiṃ dhammavinaye acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. Katame aṭṭha? Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo anupubbaninno anupubbapoṇo anupubbapabbhāro, na āyatakeneva papāto; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā, na āyatakeneva aññāpaṭivedho. Yampi, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā, na āyatakeneva aññāpaṭivedho; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti…pe… seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo mahataṃ bhūtānaṃ āvāso; tatrime bhūtā – timi timiṅgalo timirapiṅgalo asurā nāgā gandhabbā, vasanti mahāsamudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā…pe… pañcayojanasatikāpi attabhāvā; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ayaṃ dhammavinayo mahataṃ bhūtānaṃ āvāso. Tatrime bhūtā – sotāpanno sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno…pe… arahā arahattāya paṭipanno. Yampi, bhikkhave, ayaṃ dhammavinayo mahataṃ bhūtānaṃ āvāso; tatrime bhūtā – sotāpanno sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno…pe… arahā arahattāya paṭipanno; ayaṃ, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye aṭṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo, yaṃ disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramanti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā bhikkhū imasmiṃ dhammavinaye abhiramantī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Mahāvaggo dutiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Verañjo sīho ājaññaṃ, khaḷuṅkena malāni ca;

Dūteyyaṃ dve ca bandhanā, pahārādo uposathoti.

20. Dasame nisinno hotīti uposathakaraṇatthāya upāsikāya ratanapāsāde nisinno. Nisajja pana bhikkhūnaṃ cittāni olokento ekaṃ dussīlapuggalaṃ disvā ‘‘sacāhaṃ imasmiṃ puggale nisinneyeva pātimokkhaṃ uddisissāmi, sattadhā tassa muddhā phalissatī’’ti tassa anukampāya tuṇhīyeva ahosi. Abhikkantāti atikkantā parikkhīṇā. Uddhaste aruṇeti uggate aruṇasīse. Nandimukhiyāti tuṭṭhamukhiyā. Aparisuddhā, ānanda, parisāti ‘‘asukapuggalo aparisuddho’’ti avatvā ‘‘aparisuddhā, ānanda, parisā’’ti āha. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.

Mahāvaggo dutiyo.

20. Dasame tadahuposatheti (udā. aṭṭha. 45; sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.383) tasmiṃ uposathadivasabhūte ahani. Uposathakaraṇatthāyāti ovādapātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ. Uddhastaṃ aruṇanti aruṇuggamanaṃ. Uddisatu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātimokkhanti thero bhagavantaṃ pātimokkhuddesaṃ yāci. Tasmiṃ kāle ‘‘na, bhikkhave, anuposathe uposatho kātabbo’’ti (mahāva. 136) sikkhāpadassa apaññattattā. Kasmā pana bhagavā tiyāmarattiṃ vītināmesi? Tato paṭṭhāya ovādapātimokkhaṃ anuddisitukāmo tassa vatthuṃ pākaṭaṃ kātuṃ. Addasāti kathaṃ addasa? Attano cetopariyañāṇena tassaṃ parisati bhikkhūnaṃ cittāni parijānanto tassa dussīlassa cittaṃ passi. Yasmā pana citte diṭṭhe taṃsamaṅgīpuggalo diṭṭho nāma hoti, tasmā ‘‘addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno **taṃ puggalaṃ dussīla’’**ntiādi vuttaṃ. Yatheva hi anāgate sattasu divasesu pavattaṃ paresaṃ cittaṃ cetopariyañāṇalābhī jānāti, evaṃ atītepīti. Majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa nisinnanti saṅghapariyāpanno viya bhikkhusaṅghassa anto nisinnaṃ. Diṭṭhosīti ayaṃ na pakatattoti bhagavatā diṭṭho asi. Yasmā ca evaṃ diṭṭho, tasmā natthi te tava bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ ekakammādisaṃvāso. Yasmā pana so saṃvāso tava natthi, tasmā uṭṭhehi, āvusoti evamettha padayojanā veditabbā.

Tatiyampi kho so puggalo tuṇhī ahosīti anekavāraṃ vatvāpi ‘‘thero sayameva nibbinno oramissatī’’ti vā, ‘‘idāni imesaṃ paṭipattiṃ jānissāmī’’ti vā adhippāyena tuṇhī ahosi. Bāhāyaṃ gahetvāti ‘‘bhagavatā mayā ca yāthāvato diṭṭho, yāvatatiyaṃ ‘uṭṭhehi, āvuso’ti ca vutto na vuṭṭhāti, idānissa nikkaḍḍhanakālo, mā saṅghassa uposathantarāyo ahosī’’ti taṃ bāhāyaṃ aggahesi, tathā gahetvā. Bahi dvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhāmetvāti dvārakoṭṭhakā dvārasālāto nikkhāmetvā. Bahīti pana nikkhāmitaṭṭhānadassanaṃ. Atha vā bahidvārakoṭṭhakāti bahidvārakoṭṭhakatopi nikkhāmetvā, na antodvārakoṭṭhakato eva. Ubhayatthāpi vihārato bahikatvāti attho. Sūcighaṭikaṃ datvāti aggaḷasūciñca uparighaṭikañca ādahitvā, suṭṭhutaraṃ kavāṭaṃ thaketvāti attho. Yāva bāhāgahaṇāpi nāmāti iminā ‘‘aparisuddhā, ānanda, parisā’’ti vacanaṃ sutvā eva hi tena pakkamitabbaṃ siyā, evaṃ apakkamitvā yāva bāhāgahaṇāpi nāma so moghapuriso āgamessati, acchariyamidanti dasseti. Idañca garahanacchariyamevāti veditabbaṃ.

3. Gahapativaggo

1. Paṭhamauggasuttaṃ

21. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi ‘‘aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi abbhutadhammehi (syā. ka.) samannāgataṃ uggaṃ gahapatiṃ vesālikaṃ dhārethā’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi.

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena uggassa gahapatino vesālikassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho uggo gahapati vesāliko yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho uggaṃ gahapatiṃ vesālikaṃ so bhikkhu etadavoca –

‘‘Aṭṭhahi kho tvaṃ, gahapati, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato. Katame te, gahapati, aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, yehi tvaṃ samannāgato bhagavatā byākato’’ti? ‘‘Na kho ahaṃ, bhante, jānāmi – katamehi aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākatoti. Api ca, bhante, ye me aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā saṃvijjanti, taṃ suṇohi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, gahapatī’’ti kho so bhikkhu uggassa gahapatino vesālikassa paccassosi. Uggo gahapati vesāliko etadavoca – ‘‘yadāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ paṭhamaṃ dūratova addasaṃ; saha dassaneneva me, bhante, bhagavato cittaṃ pasīdi. Ayaṃ kho me, bhante, paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati’’.

‘‘So kho ahaṃ, bhante, pasannacitto bhagavantaṃ payirupāsiṃ. Tassa me bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ; kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā maṃ bhagavā aññāsi kallacittaṃ muducittaṃ vinīvaraṇacittaṃ udaggacittaṃ pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya; evamevaṃ kho me tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhante, diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane tattheva buddhañca dhammañca saṅghañca saraṇaṃ agamāsiṃ, brahmacariyapañcamāni ca sikkhāpadāni samādiyiṃ. Ayaṃ kho me, bhante, dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati.

‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, catasso komāriyo pajāpatiyo ahesuṃ. Atha khvāhaṃ, bhante, yena tā pajāpatiyo tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā tā pajāpatiyo etadavacaṃ – ‘mayā kho, bhaginiyo, brahmacariyapañcamāni sikkhāpadāni samādinnāni samādiṇṇāni (sī. ka.). Yā icchati sā idheva bhoge ca bhuñjatu puññāni ca karotu, sakāni vā ñātikulāni gacchatu. Hoti vā pana purisādhippāyo, kassa vo dammī’ti? Evaṃ vutte sā, bhante, jeṭṭhā pajāpati maṃ etadavoca – ‘itthannāmassa maṃ, ayyaputta, purisassa dehī’ti. Atha kho ahaṃ, bhante, taṃ purisaṃ pakkosāpetvā vāmena hatthena pajāpatiṃ gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena bhiṅgāraṃ gahetvā tassa purisassa oṇojesiṃ. Komāriṃ kho panāhaṃ, bhante, dāraṃ pariccajanto nābhijānāmi cittassa aññathattaṃ. Ayaṃ kho me, bhante, tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati.

‘‘Saṃvijjanti kho pana me, bhante, kule bhogā. Te ca kho appaṭivibhattā sīlavantehi kalyāṇadhammehi. Ayaṃ kho me, bhante, catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati.

‘‘Yaṃ kho panāhaṃ, bhante, bhikkhuṃ payirupāsāmi; sakkaccaṃyeva payirupāsāmi, no asakkaccaṃ. Ayaṃ kho me, bhante, pañcamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati.

‘‘So ce, bhante, me āyasmā dhammaṃ deseti; sakkaccaṃyeva suṇomi, no asakkaccaṃ. No ce me so āyasmā dhammaṃ deseti, ahamassa dhammaṃ desemi. Ayaṃ kho me, bhante chaṭṭho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati.

‘‘Anacchariyaṃ kho pana maṃ, bhante, devatā upasaṅkamitvā ārocenti – ‘svākkhāto, gahapati, bhagavatā dhammo’ti. Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ, bhante, tā devatā evaṃ vadāmi – ‘vadeyyātha vā evaṃ kho tumhe devatā no vā vadeyyātha, atha kho svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo’ti. Na kho panāhaṃ, bhante, abhijānāmi tatonidānaṃ cittassa unnatiṃ uṇṇatiṃ (ka.) dha. sa. 1121; vibha. 843, 845 passitabbaṃ – ‘maṃ vā devatā upasaṅkamanti, ahaṃ vā devatāhi saddhiṃ sallapāmī’ti. Ayaṃ kho me, bhante, sattamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati.

‘‘Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā desitāni pañcorambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni, nāhaṃ tesaṃ kiñci attani appahīnaṃ samanupassāmi. Ayaṃ kho me, bhante, aṭṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati. Ime kho me, bhante, aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā saṃvijjanti. Na ca kho ahaṃ jānāmi – katamehi cāhaṃ katamehipahaṃ (sī.), katamehipāhaṃ (pī. ka.) aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato’’ti.

Atha kho so bhikkhu uggassa gahapatino vesālikassa nivesane piṇḍapātaṃ gahetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho so bhikkhu pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu yāvatako ahosi uggena gahapatinā vesālikena saddhiṃ kathāsallāpo, taṃ sabbaṃ bhagavato ārocesi.

‘‘Sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu! Yathā taṃ uggo gahapati vesāliko sammā byākaramāno byākareyya, imeheva kho, bhikkhu, aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato uggo gahapati vesāliko mayā byākato. Imehi ca pana, bhikkhu, aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ uggaṃ gahapatiṃ vesālikaṃ dhārehī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

21. Tatiyassa paṭhame paññatte āsane nisīdīti tassa kira ghare pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ pañca āsanasatāni niccaṃ paññattāneva honti, tesu aññatarasmiṃ āsane nisīdi. Taṃ suṇāhīti te suṇāhi, taṃ vā aṭṭhavidhaṃ acchariyadhammaṃ suṇāhi. Cittaṃ pasīdīti ‘‘buddho nu kho na buddho nu kho’’ti vitakkamattampi na uppajji, ayameva buddhoti cittuppādo pasanno anāvilo ahosi. Sakāni vā ñātikulānīti attano yāpanamattaṃ dhanaṃ gahetvā ñātigharāni gacchatu. Kassa vo dammīti katarapurisassa tumhe dadāmi, ārocetha me attano adhippāyaṃ. Appaṭivibhattāti ‘‘ettakaṃ dassāmi ettakaṃ na dassāmi, idaṃ dassāmi idaṃ na dassāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppādentena hi paṭivibhattā nāma hoti, mayhaṃ pana na evaṃ. Atha kho saṅghikā viya gaṇasantakā viya ca sīlavantehi saddhiṃ sādhāraṇāyeva. Sakkaccaṃyeva payirupāsāmīti sahatthā upaṭṭhahāmi, cittīkārena upasaṅkamāmi.

Anacchariyaṃ kho pana maṃ, bhanteti, bhante, yaṃ maṃ devatā upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ ārocenti, idaṃ na acchariyaṃ. Yaṃ panāhaṃ tatonidānaṃ cittassa uṇṇatiṃ nābhijānāmi, taṃ eva acchariyanti vadati. Sādhu sādhu, bhikkhūti ettha kiñcāpi bhikkhuṃ āmanteti, upāsakasseva pana veyyākaraṇasampahaṃsane esa sādhukāroti veditabbo.

2. Dutiyauggasuttaṃ

22. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vajjīsu viharati hatthigāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ uggaṃ gahapatiṃ hatthigāmakaṃ dhārethā’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi.

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena uggassa gahapatino hatthigāmakassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho uggo gahapati hatthigāmako yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho uggaṃ gahapatiṃ hatthigāmakaṃ so bhikkhu etadavoca – ‘‘aṭṭhahi kho tvaṃ, gahapati, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato. Katame te, gahapati, aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, yehi tvaṃ samannāgato bhagavatā byākato’’ti?

‘‘Na kho ahaṃ, bhante, jānāmi – katamehi aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākatoti. Api ca, bhante, ye me aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā saṃvijjanti, taṃ suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, gahapatī’’ti kho so bhikkhu uggassa gahapatino hatthigāmakassa paccassosi. Uggo gahapati hatthigāmako etadavoca – ‘‘yadāhaṃ, bhante, nāgavane paricaranto bhagavantaṃ paṭhamaṃ dūratova addasaṃ; saha dassaneneva me, bhante, bhagavato cittaṃ pasīdi, surāmado ca pahīyi. Ayaṃ kho me, bhante, paṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati.

‘‘So kho ahaṃ, bhante, pasannacitto bhagavantaṃ payirupāsiṃ. Tassa me bhagavā anupubbiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, seyyathidaṃ – dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ saggakathaṃ; kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Yadā maṃ bhagavā aññāsi kallacittaṃ muducittaṃ vinīvaraṇacittaṃ udaggacittaṃ pasannacittaṃ, atha yā buddhānaṃ sāmukkaṃsikā dhammadesanā taṃ pakāsesi – dukkhaṃ, samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ. Seyyathāpi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ sammadeva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya; evamevaṃ kho me tasmiṃyeva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi – ‘yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhante, diṭṭhadhammo pattadhammo viditadhammo pariyogāḷhadhammo tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane tattheva buddhañca dhammañca saṅghañca saraṇaṃ agamāsiṃ, brahmacariyapañcamāni ca sikkhāpadāni samādiyiṃ. Ayaṃ kho me, bhante, dutiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati.

‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, catasso komāriyo pajāpatiyo ahesuṃ. Atha khvāhaṃ, bhante, yena tā pajāpatiyo tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā tā pajāpatiyo etadavacaṃ – ‘mayā kho, bhaginiyo, brahmacariyapañcamāni sikkhāpadāni samādinnāni. Yā icchati sā idheva bhoge ca bhuñjatu puññāni ca karotu, sakāni vā ñātikulāni gacchatu. Hoti vā pana purisādhippāyo, kassa vo dammī’ti? Evaṃ vutte sā, bhante, jeṭṭhā pajāpati maṃ etadavoca – ‘itthannāmassa maṃ, ayyaputta, purisassa dehī’ti. Atha kho ahaṃ, bhante, taṃ purisaṃ pakkosāpetvā vāmena hatthena pajāpatiṃ gahetvā dakkhiṇena hatthena bhiṅgāraṃ gahetvā tassa purisassa oṇojesiṃ. Komāriṃ kho panāhaṃ, bhante, dāraṃ pariccajanto nābhijānāmi cittassa aññathattaṃ. Ayaṃ kho me, bhante, tatiyo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati.

‘‘Saṃvijjanti kho pana me, bhante, kule bhogā. Te ca kho appaṭivibhattā sīlavantehi kalyāṇadhammehi. Ayaṃ kho me, bhante, catuttho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati.

‘‘Yaṃ kho panāhaṃ, bhante, bhikkhuṃ payirupāsāmi; sakkaccaṃyeva payirupāsāmi, no asakkaccaṃ. So ce me āyasmā dhammaṃ deseti; sakkaccaṃyeva suṇomi, no asakkaccaṃ. No ce me so āyasmā dhammaṃ deseti, ahamassa dhammaṃ desemi. Ayaṃ kho me, bhante, pañcamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati.

‘‘Anacchariyaṃ kho pana, bhante, saṅghe nimantite devatā upasaṅkamitvā ārocenti – ‘asuko, gahapati, bhikkhu ubhatobhāgavimutto asuko paññāvimutto asuko kāyasakkhī asuko diṭṭhippatto diṭṭhappatto (ka.) asuko saddhāvimutto asuko dhammānusārī asuko saddhānusārī asuko sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo asuko dussīlo pāpadhammo’ti. Saṅghaṃ kho panāhaṃ, bhante, parivisanto nābhijānāmi evaṃ cittaṃ uppādento – ‘imassa vā thokaṃ demi imassa vā bahuka’nti. Atha khvāhaṃ, bhante, samacittova demi. Ayaṃ kho me, bhante, chaṭṭho acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati.

‘‘Anacchariyaṃ kho pana maṃ, bhante, devatā upasaṅkamitvā ārocenti – ‘svākkhāto, gahapati, bhagavatā dhammo’ti. Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ, bhante, tā devatā evaṃ vademi – ‘vadeyyātha vā evaṃ kho tumhe devatā no vā vadeyyātha, atha kho svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo’ti. Na kho panāhaṃ, bhante, abhijānāmi tatonidānaṃ cittassa unnatiṃ – ‘maṃ tā devatā upasaṅkamanti, ahaṃ vā devatāhi saddhiṃ sallapāmī’ti. Ayaṃ kho me, bhante, sattamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati.

‘‘Sace kho panāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato paṭhamataraṃ kālaṃ kareyyaṃ, anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ yaṃ maṃ bhagavā evaṃ byākareyya – ‘natthi taṃ saṃyojanaṃ yena saṃyutto uggo gahapati hatthigāmako puna imaṃ lokaṃ āgaccheyyā’ti. Ayaṃ kho me, bhante, aṭṭhamo acchariyo abbhuto dhammo saṃvijjati. Ime kho me, bhante, aṭṭha acchariyā abbhutā dhammā saṃvijjanti. Na ca kho ahaṃ jānāmi – katamehi cāhaṃ aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato’’ti.

‘‘Atha kho so bhikkhu uggassa gahapatino hatthigāmakassa nivesane piṇḍapātaṃ gahetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho so bhikkhu pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu yāvatako ahosi uggena gahapatinā hatthigāmakena saddhiṃ kathāsallāpo, taṃ sabbaṃ bhagavato ārocesi.

‘‘Sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu! Yathā taṃ uggo gahapati hatthigāmako sammā byākaramāno byākareyya, imeheva kho bhikkhu, aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato uggo gahapati hatthigāmako mayā byākato. Imehi ca pana, bhikkhu, aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ uggaṃ gahapatiṃ hatthigāmakaṃ dhārehī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

22. Dutiye nāgavaneti tassa kira seṭṭhino nāgavanaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ, so tattha purebhattaṃ gandhamālādīni gāhāpetvā uyyānakīḷikaṃ kīḷitukāmo gantvā paricāriyamāno bhagavantaṃ addasa. Saha dassanenevassa purimanayeneva cittaṃ pasīdi, surāpānena ca uppannamando taṅkhaṇaṃyeva pahīyi. Taṃ sandhāyevamāha. Oṇojesinti udakaṃ hatthe pātetvā adāsiṃ. Asukoti amuko. Samacittova demīti ‘‘imassa thokaṃ, imassa bahuka’’nti evaṃ cittanānattaṃ na karomi, deyyadhammaṃ pana ekasadisaṃ karomīti dasseti. Ārocentīti ākāse ṭhatvā ārocenti. Natthi taṃ saṃyojananti iminā upāsako attano anāgāmiphalaṃ byākaroti.

3. Paṭhamahatthakasuttaṃ

23. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘sattahi, bhikkhave, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ hatthakaṃ āḷavakaṃ dhāretha. Katamehi sattahi? Saddho hi, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; sīlavā, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; hirīmā, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; ottappī, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; bahussuto, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; cāgavā, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; paññavā, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako – imehi kho, bhikkhave, sattahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ hatthakaṃ āḷavakaṃ dhārethā’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi.

Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena hatthakassa āḷavakassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho hatthako āḷavako yena so bhikkhu tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho hatthakaṃ āḷavakaṃ so bhikkhu etadavoca –

‘‘Sattahi kho tvaṃ, āvuso, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato. Katamehi sattahi? ‘Saddho, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; sīlavā…pe… hirimā… ottappī… bahussuto… cāgavā… paññavā, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako’ti. Imehi kho tvaṃ, āvuso, sattahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato’’ti. ‘‘Kaccittha, bhante, na koci gihī ahosi odātavasano’’ti? ‘‘Na hettha, āvuso, koci gihī ahosi odātavasano’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante, yadettha na koci gihī ahosi odātavasano’’ti.

Atha kho so bhikkhu hatthakassa āḷavakassa nivesane piṇḍapātaṃ gahetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho so bhikkhu pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Idhāhaṃ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena hatthakassa āḷavakassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdiṃ. Atha kho, bhante, hatthako āḷavako yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, hatthakaṃ āḷavakaṃ etadavacaṃ – ‘sattahi kho tvaṃ, āvuso, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato. Katamehi sattahi? Saddho, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; sīlavā…pe… hirimā… ottappī… bahussuto… cāgavā… paññavā, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavakoti. Imehi kho tvaṃ, āvuso, sattahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato’ti.

‘‘Evaṃ vutte, bhante, hatthako maṃ etadavoca – ‘kaccittha, bhante, na koci gihī ahosi odātavasano’ti? ‘Na hettha, āvuso, koci gihī ahosi odātavasano’ti. ‘Sādhu, bhante, yadettha na koci gihī ahosi odātavasano’’’ti.

‘‘Sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu! Appiccho so, bhikkhu, kulaputto. Santeyeva attani kusaladhamme na icchati parehi ñāyamāne paññāpayamāne (ka.). Tena hi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, imināpi aṭṭhamena acchariyena abbhutena dhammena samannāgataṃ hatthakaṃ āḷavakaṃ dhārehi, yadidaṃ appicchatāyā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

23. Tatiye hatthako āḷavakoti bhagavatā āḷavakayakkhassa hatthato hatthehi sampaṭicchitattā hatthakoti laddhanāmo rājakumāro. Sīlavāti pañcasīladasasīlena sīlavā. Cāgavāti cāgasampanno. Kaccittha, bhanteti, bhante, kacci ettha bhagavato byākaraṇaṭṭhāne. Appicchoti adhigamappicchatāya appiccho.

4. Dutiyahatthakasuttaṃ

24. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā āḷaviyaṃ viharati aggāḷave cetiye. Atha kho hatthako āḷavako pañcamattehi upāsakasatehi parivuto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho hatthakaṃ āḷavakaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘mahatī kho tyāyaṃ, hatthaka, parisā. Kathaṃ pana tvaṃ, hatthaka, imaṃ mahatiṃ parisaṃ saṅgaṇhāsī’’ti? ‘‘Yānimāni, bhante, bhagavatā desitāni a. ni. 4.32; dī. ni. 3.313 cattāri saṅgahavatthūni, tehāhaṃ tenāhaṃ (sī.) imaṃ mahatiṃ parisaṃ saṅgaṇhāmi. Ahaṃ, bhante, yaṃ jānāmi – ‘ayaṃ dānena saṅgahetabbo’ti, taṃ dānena saṅgaṇhāmi; yaṃ jānāmi – ‘ayaṃ peyyavajjena saṅgahetabbo’ti, taṃ peyyavajjena saṅgaṇhāmi; yaṃ jānāmi – ‘ayaṃ atthacariyāya saṅgahetabbo’ti, taṃ atthacariyāya saṅgaṇhāmi; yaṃ jānāmi – ‘ayaṃ samānattatāya saṅgahetabbo’ti, taṃ samānattatāya saṅgaṇhāmi. Saṃvijjanti kho pana me, bhante, kule bhogā. Daliddassa kho no tathā sotabbaṃ maññantī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, hatthaka! Yoni kho tyāyaṃ, hatthaka, mahatiṃ parisaṃ saṅgahetuṃ. Ye hi keci, hatthaka, atītamaddhānaṃ mahatiṃ parisaṃ saṅgahesuṃ, sabbe te imeheva catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi mahatiṃ parisaṃ saṅgahesuṃ. Yepi hi keci, hatthaka, anāgatamaddhānaṃ mahatiṃ parisaṃ saṅgaṇhissanti, sabbe te imeheva catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi mahatiṃ parisaṃ saṅgaṇhissanti. Yepi hi keci, hatthaka, etarahi mahatiṃ parisaṃ saṅgaṇhanti, sabbe te imeheva catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi mahatiṃ parisaṃ saṅgaṇhantī’’ti.

Atha kho hatthako āḷavako bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante hatthake āḷavake bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ hatthakaṃ āḷavakaṃ dhāretha. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Saddho, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; sīlavā, bhikkhave…pe… hirīmā… ottappī… bahussuto… cāgavā… paññavā, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako; appiccho, bhikkhave, hatthako āḷavako. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ hatthakaṃ āḷavakaṃ dhārethā’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

24. Catutthe pañcamattehi upāsakasatehīti sotāpannasakadāgāmīnaṃyeva ariyasāvakaupāsakānaṃ pañcahi satehi parivuto bhuttapātarāso gandhamālavilepenacuṇṇāni gahetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. Saṅgahavatthūnīti saṅgaṇhanakāraṇāni. Tehāhanti tehi ahaṃ. Taṃ dānena saṅgaṇhāmīti naṅgalabalibaddabhattabījādīni ceva gandhamālamūlādīni ca datvā saṅgaṇhāmi. Peyyavajjenāti amma, tāta, bhātara, bhaginītiādikena kaṇṇasukhena mudukena piyavacanena saṅgaṇhāmi. Atthacariyāyāti ‘‘imassa dānena vā piyavacanena vā kiccaṃ natthi, atthacariyāya saṅgaṇhitabbayuttako aya’’nti ñatvā uppannakiccanittharaṇasaṅkhātāya atthacariyāya saṅgaṇhāmi. Samānattatāyāti ‘‘imassa dānādīhi kiccaṃ natthi, samānattatāya saṅgaṇhitabbo aya’’nti ekato khādanapivananisajjādīhi attanā samānaṃ katvā saṅgaṇhāmi. Daliddassa kho no tathā sotabbaṃ maññantīti daliddassa kiñci dātuṃ vā kātuṃ vā asakkontassa, yathā daliddassa no tathā sotabbaṃ maññanti, mama pana sotabbaṃ maññanti, dinnovāde tiṭṭhanti, na me anusāsaniṃ atikkamitabbaṃ maññanti. Yoni kho tyāyanti upāyo kho te ayaṃ. Imesu pana dvīsupi suttesu satthārā sīlacāgapaññā missakā kathitāti veditabbā.

5. Mahānāmasuttaṃ

25. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho mahānāmo sakko yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho mahānāmo sakko bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, upāsako hotī’’ti? ‘‘Yato kho, mahānāma, buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti; ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako hotī’’ti.

‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako sīlavā hotī’’ti? ‘‘Yato kho, mahānāma, upāsako pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti; ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako sīlavā hotī’’ti.

‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāyā’’ti? ‘‘Yato kho, mahānāma, upāsako attanāva saddhāsampanno hoti, no paraṃ saddhāsampadāya samādapeti samādāpeti (?); attanāva sīlasampanno hoti, no paraṃ sīlasampadāya samādapeti; attanāva cāgasampanno hoti, no paraṃ cāgasampadāya samādapeti; attanāva bhikkhūnaṃ dassanakāmo hoti, no paraṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dassane samādapeti; attanāva saddhammaṃ sotukāmo hoti, no paraṃ saddhammassavane samādapeti; attanāva sutānaṃ dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti, no paraṃ dhammadhāraṇāya samādapeti; attanāva sutānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti, no paraṃ atthūpaparikkhāya samādapeti; attanāva atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti, no paraṃ dhammānudhammappaṭipattiyā samādapeti. Ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāyā’’ti.

‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako attahitāya ca paṭipanno hoti parahitāya cā’’ti? ‘‘Yato kho, mahānāma, upāsako attanā ca saddhāsampanno hoti, parañca saddhāsampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti, parañca sīlasampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca cāgasampanno hoti, parañca cāgasampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca bhikkhūnaṃ dassanakāmo hoti, parañca bhikkhūnaṃ dassane samādapeti; attanā ca saddhammaṃ sotukāmo hoti, parañca saddhammassavane samādapeti; attanā ca sutānaṃ dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti, parañca dhammadhāraṇāya samādapeti; attanā ca sutānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti, parañca atthūpaparikkhāya samādapeti, attanā ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti, parañca dhammānudhammappaṭipattiyā samādapeti. Ettāvatā kho, mahānāma, upāsako attahitāya ca paṭipanno hoti parahitāya cā’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.

6. Jīvakasuttaṃ

26. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati jīvakambavane. Atha kho jīvako komārabhacco yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jīvako komārabhacco bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, upāsako hotī’’ti? ‘‘Yato kho, jīvaka, buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti, saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti; ettāvatā kho jīvaka, upāsako hotī’’ti.

‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako sīlavā hotī’’ti? ‘‘Yato kho, jīvaka, upāsako pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti; ettāvatā kho, jīvaka, upāsako sīlavā hotī’’ti.

‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāyā’’ti? ‘‘Yato kho, jīvaka, upāsako attanāva saddhāsampanno hoti, no paraṃ saddhāsampadāya samādapeti…pe… attanāva atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti, no paraṃ dhammānudhammappaṭipattiyā samādapeti. Ettāvatā kho, jīvaka, upāsako attahitāya paṭipanno hoti, no parahitāyā’’ti.

‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bhante, upāsako attahitāya ca paṭipanno hoti parahitāya cā’’ti? ‘‘Yato kho, jīvaka, upāsako attanā ca saddhāsampanno hoti, parañca saddhāsampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti, parañca sīlasampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca cāgasampanno hoti, parañca cāgasampadāya samādapeti; attanā ca bhikkhūnaṃ dassanakāmo hoti, parañca bhikkhūnaṃ dassane samādapeti; attanā ca saddhammaṃ sotukāmo hoti, parañca saddhammassavane samādapeti; attanā ca sutānaṃ dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti, parañca dhammadhāraṇāya samādapeti; attanā ca sutānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti, parañca atthūpaparikkhāya samādapeti; attanā ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti, parañca dhammānudhammappaṭipattiyā samādapeti. Ettāvatā kho, jīvaka, upāsako attahitāya ca paṭipanno hoti parahitāya cā’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

25-26. Pañcame atthūpaparikkhitā hotīti atthānatthaṃ kāraṇākāraṇaṃ upaparikkhitā hoti. Chaṭṭhe saddhāsīlacāgā missakā kathitā.

7. Paṭhamabalasuttaṃ

27. ‘‘Aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, balāni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Ruṇṇabalā, bhikkhave, dārakā, kodhabalā mātugāmā, āvudhabalā corā, issariyabalā rājāno, ujjhattibalā bālā, nijjhattibalā paṇḍitā, paṭisaṅkhānabalā bahussutā, khantibalā samaṇabrāhmaṇā – imāni kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha balānī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

27. Sattame ujjhattibalāti ujjhānabalā. Bālānañhi ‘‘yaṃ asuko idañcidañca āha, maṃ so āha, na añña’’nti evaṃ ujjhānameva balaṃ. Nijjhattibalāti ‘‘na idaṃ evaṃ, evaṃ nāmeta’’nti atthānatthanijjhāpanaṃyeva balaṃ. Paṭisaṅkhānabalāti paccavekkhaṇabalā. Khantibalāti adhivāsanabalā.

21-27. Tatiyassa paṭhamadutiyesu natthi vattabbaṃ. Tatiye ‘‘hatthago’’ti vattabbe **‘‘hatthako’’**ti vuttaṃ. So hi rājapurisānaṃ hatthato yakkhassa hatthaṃ, yakkhassa hatthato bhagavato hatthaṃ, bhagavato hatthato puna rājapurisānaṃ hatthaṃ gatattā nāmato hatthako āḷavakoti jāto. Tenāha **‘‘āḷavakayakkhassa hatthato hatthehi sampaṭicchitattā hatthakoti laddhanāmo rājakumāro’’**ti. Catutthādīni uttānatthāneva.

Paṭhamauggasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

8. Dutiyabalasuttaṃ

28. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘kati nu kho, sāriputta, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balāni, yehi balehi samannāgato khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayaṃ paṭijānāti – ‘khīṇā me āsavā’’’ti? ‘‘Aṭṭha, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balāni, yehi balehi samannāgato khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayaṃ paṭijānāti – ‘khīṇā me āsavā’’’ti.

‘‘Katamāni aṭṭha? a. ni. 10.90; paṭi. ma. 2.44 Idha, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno aniccato sabbe saṅkhārā yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti. Yampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno aniccato sabbe saṅkhārā yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti, idampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balaṃ hoti, yaṃ balaṃ āgamma khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayaṃ paṭijānāti – ‘khīṇā me āsavā’’’ti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti. Yampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno aṅgārakāsūpamā kāmā yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti, idampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balaṃ hoti, yaṃ balaṃ āgamma khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayaṃ paṭijānāti – ‘khīṇā me āsavā’’’ti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno vivekaninnaṃ cittaṃ hoti vivekapoṇaṃ vivekapabbhāraṃ vivekaṭṭhaṃ nekkhammābhirataṃ byantibhūtaṃ sabbaso āsavaṭṭhāniyehi dhammehi. Yampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno vivekaninnaṃ cittaṃ hoti vivekapoṇaṃ vivekapabbhāraṃ vivekaṭṭhaṃ nekkhammābhirataṃ byantibhūtaṃ sabbaso āsavaṭṭhāniyehi dhammehi, idampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balaṃ hoti, yaṃ balaṃ āgamma khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayaṃ paṭijānāti – ‘khīṇā me āsavā’’’ti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā honti subhāvitā. Yampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā honti subhāvitā, idampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balaṃ hoti, yaṃ balaṃ āgamma khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayaṃ paṭijānāti – ‘khīṇā me āsavā’’’ti.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā honti subhāvitā…pe… pañcindriyāni bhāvitāni honti subhāvitāni…pe… satta bojjhaṅgā bhāvitā honti subhāvitā…pe… ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo bhāvito hoti subhāvito. Yampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo bhāvito hoti subhāvito, idampi, bhante, khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balaṃ hoti, yaṃ balaṃ āgamma khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayaṃ paṭijānāti – ‘khīṇā me āsavā’’’ti.

‘‘Imāni kho, bhante, aṭṭha khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno balāni, yehi balehi samannāgato khīṇāsavo bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayaṃ paṭijānāti – ‘khīṇā me āsavā’’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

28. Aṭṭhame balānīti ñāṇabalāni. Āsavānaṃ khayaṃ paṭijānātīti arahattaṃ paṭijānāti. Aniccatoti hutvā abhāvākārena. Yathābhūtanti yathāsabhāvato. Sammappaññāyāti sahavipassanāya maggapaññāya. Aṅgārakāsūpamāti santāpanaṭṭhena aṅgārakāsuyā upamitā ime kāmāti. Vivekaninnanti phalasamāpattivasena nibbānaninnaṃ. Vivekaṭṭhanti kilesehi vajjitaṃ dūrībhūtaṃ vā. Nekkhammābhiratanti pabbajjābhirataṃ. Byantibhūtanti vigatantabhūtaṃ ekadesenāpi anallīnaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ visaṃsaṭṭhaṃ. Āsavaṭṭhāniyehīti sampayogavasena āsavānaṃ kāraṇabhūtehi, kilesadhammehīti attho. Atha vā byantibhūtanti vigatavāyanti attho. Kuto? Sabbaso āsavaṭṭhāniyehi dhammehi, sabbehi tebhūmakadhammehīti attho. Imasmiṃ sutte ariyamaggo lokiyalokuttaro kathito.

28. Aṭṭhame khīṇāsavassa sabbesaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ aniccatā asammohavasena kiccato maggapaññāya suppaṭividdhā, vipassanāya ārammaṇakaraṇavasenapīti dassento āha **‘‘sahavipassanāya maggapaññāyā’’**ti. Ime kāmāti dvepi kāme vadati. Kilesavasena uppajjamāno hi pariḷāho vatthukāmasannissayo vatthukāmavisayo vāti dvepi sapariḷāhaṭṭhena aṅgārakāsu viyāti **‘‘aṅgārakāsūpamā’’**ti vuttā. Anto vuccati lāmakaṭṭhena taṇhā, byantaṃ vigatantaṃ bhūtanti byantibhūtanti āha **‘‘vigatantabhūta’’**nti, nittaṇhanti attho.

Dutiyabalasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

9. Akkhaṇasuttaṃ

29. ‘‘‘Khaṇakicco loko, khaṇakicco loko’ti, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano bhāsati, no ca kho so jānāti khaṇaṃ vā akkhaṇaṃ vā. Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, akkhaṇā asamayā brahmacariyavāsāya. Katame aṭṭha? Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito; ayañca puggalo nirayaṃ upapanno hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā, dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito; ayañca puggalo tiracchānayoniṃ upapanno hoti…pe….

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave…pe… ayañca puggalo pettivisayaṃ upapanno hoti…pe….

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave…pe… ayañca puggalo aññataraṃ dīghāyukaṃ devanikāyaṃ upapanno hoti…pe….

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave…pe… ayañca puggalo paccantimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti, so ca hoti aviññātāresu milakkhesu milakkhūsu (syā. ka.) dī. ni. 3.358, yattha natthi gati bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ…pe… pañcamo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave…pe… ayañca puggalo majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti, so ca hoti micchādiṭṭhiko viparītadassano – ‘natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiṭṭhaṃ, natthi hutaṃ, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, natthi ayaṃ loko, natthi paro loko, natthi mātā, natthi pitā, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammā paṭipannā ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī’ti…pe….

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave…pe… ayañca puggalo majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti, so ca hoti duppañño jaḷo eḷamūgo appaṭibalo subhāsitadubbhāsitassa atthamaññātuṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sattamo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, tathāgato ca loke anuppanno hoti arahaṃ sammāsambuddho…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā. Dhammo ca na desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito. Ayañca puggalo majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti, so ca hoti paññavā ajaḷo aneḷamūgo paṭibalo subhāsitadubbhāsitassa atthamaññātuṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamo akkhaṇo asamayo brahmacariyavāsāya. ‘Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha akkhaṇā asamayā brahmacariyavāsāya’’’.

‘‘Ekova kho, bhikkhave, khaṇo ca samayo ca brahmacariyavāsāya. Katamo eko? Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato ca loke uppanno hoti arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā. Dhammo ca desiyati opasamiko parinibbāniko sambodhagāmī sugatappavedito. Ayañca puggalo majjhimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti, so ca hoti paññavā ajaḷo aneḷamūgo paṭibalo subhāsitadubbhāsitassa atthamaññātuṃ. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, ekova khaṇo ca samayo ca brahmacariyavāsāyā’’ti.

‘‘Manussalābhaṃ manussalokaṃ (syā.) laddhāna, saddhamme suppavedite;

Ye khaṇaṃ nādhigacchanti, atināmenti te khaṇaṃ.

‘‘Bahū hi akkhaṇā vuttā, maggassa antarāyikā;

Kadāci karahaci loke, uppajjanti tathāgatā.

‘‘Tayidaṃ tassidaṃ (ka.) sammukhībhūtaṃ, yaṃ lokasmiṃ sudullabhaṃ;

Manussapaṭilābho ca, saddhammassa ca desanā;

Alaṃ vāyamituṃ tattha, attakāmena atthakāmena (sī. syā. ka.) jantunā.

‘‘Kathaṃ vijaññā saddhammaṃ, khaṇo ve vo (syā.) mā upaccagā;

Khaṇātītā hi socanti, nirayamhi samappitā.

‘‘Idha ce naṃ virādheti, saddhammassa niyāmataṃ niyāmitaṃ (syā.);

Vāṇijova atītattho, cirattaṃ cirantaṃ (ka.) anutapissati.

‘‘Avijjānivuto poso, saddhammaṃ aparādhiko;

Jātimaraṇasaṃsāraṃ, ciraṃ paccanubhossati.

‘‘Ye ca laddhā manussattaṃ, saddhamme suppavedite;

Akaṃsu satthu vacanaṃ, karissanti karonti vā.

‘‘Khaṇaṃ paccaviduṃ loke, brahmacariyaṃ anuttaraṃ;

Ye maggaṃ paṭipajjiṃsu, tathāgatappaveditaṃ.

‘‘Ye saṃvarā cakkhumatā, desitādiccabandhunā;

Tesu tesaṃ (ka.) gutto sadā sato, vihare anavassuto.

‘‘Sabbe anusaye chetvā, māradheyyaparānuge;

Te ve pāraṅgatā pāragatā (sī. syā. pī.) loke, ye pattā āsavakkhaya’’nti. navamaṃ;

29. Navame khaṇe kiccāni karotīti khaṇakicco, okāsaṃ labhitvāva kiccāni karotīti attho. Dhammoti catusaccadhammo. Opasamikoti kilesūpasamāvaho. Parinibbāyikoti kilesaparinibbānakaro. Catumaggañāṇasaṅkhātaṃ sambodhiṃ gacchati sampāpuṇātīti sambodhagāmī. Dīghāyukaṃ devanikāyanti idaṃ asaññaṃ devanikāyaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Aviññātāresūti ativiya aviññūsu.

Suppavediteti sukathite. Antarāyikāti antarāyakarā. Khaṇo ve mā upaccagāti ayaṃ laddho khaṇo mā atikkami. Idha ceva naṃ virādhetīti sace koci pamattacārī idha imaṃ khaṇaṃ labhitvāpi saddhammassa niyāmataṃ ariyamaggaṃ virādheti na sampādeti. Atītatthoti hāpitattho. Cirattaṃ anutapissatīti cirarattaṃ socissati. Yathā hi ‘‘asukaṭṭhāne bhaṇḍaṃ samuppanna’’nti sutvā eko vāṇijo na gaccheyya, aññe gantvā gaṇheyyuṃ, tesaṃ taṃ aṭṭhaguṇampi dasaguṇampi bhaveyya. Atha itaro ‘‘mama attho atikkanto’’ti anutapeyya, evaṃ yo idha khaṇaṃ labhitvā appaṭipajjanto saddhammassa niyāmataṃ virādheti, so ayaṃ vāṇijova atītattho ciraṃ anutapissati socissati. Kiñca bhiyyo avijjānivutoti tathā. Paccavidunti paṭivijjhiṃsu. Saṃvarāti sīlasaṃvarā. Māradheyyaparānugeti māradheyyasaṅkhātaṃ saṃsāraṃ anugate. Pāraṅgatāti nibbānaṃ gatā. Ye pattā āsavakkhayanti ye arahattaṃ pattā. Evamidha gāthāsu vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ.

29. Navame yasmā mahiddhikapetā devāsurānaṃ āvāhaṃ gacchanti, vivāhaṃ na gacchanti, tasmā pettivisayeneva asurakāyo gahitoti veditabbo. Petāsurā pana petā evāti tesaṃ petehi saṅgaho avuttasiddhova.

Akkhaṇasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

10. Anuruddhamahāvitakkasuttaṃ

30. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati suṃsumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anuruddho cetīsu viharati pācīnavaṃsadāye. Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi – ‘‘appicchassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo mahicchassa; santuṭṭhassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo asantuṭṭhassa; pavivittassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo saṅgaṇikārāmassa; āraddhavīriyassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo kusītassa; upaṭṭhitassatissāyaṃ upaṭṭhitasatissāyaṃ (sī. syā. pī.) dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo muṭṭhassatissa muṭṭhasatissa (sī. syā. pī.); samāhitassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo asamāhitassa; paññavato ayaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo duppaññassā’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmato anuruddhassa cetasā cetoparivitakkamaññāya – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya; evamevaṃ – bhaggesu suṃsumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye antarahito cetīsu pācīnavaṃsadāye āyasmato anuruddhassa sammukhe pāturahosi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Āyasmāpi kho anuruddho bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ

Nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Sādhu sādhu, anuruddha! Sādhu kho tvaṃ, anuruddha, (yaṃ taṃ mahāpurisavitakkaṃ) satta mahāpurisavitakke (sī. pī.) dī. ni. 3.358 vitakkesi – ‘appicchassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo mahicchassa; santuṭṭhassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo asantuṭṭhassa; pavivittassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo saṅgaṇikārāmassa; āraddhavīriyassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo kusītassa; upaṭṭhitassatissāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo muṭṭhassatissa; samāhitassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo asamāhitassa; paññavato ayaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo duppaññassā’ti. Tena hi tvaṃ, anuruddha, imampi aṭṭhamaṃ mahāpurisavitakkaṃ vitakkehi – ‘nippapañcārāmassāyaṃ dhammo nippapañcaratino, nāyaṃ dhammo papañcārāmassa papañcaratino’’’ti.

‘‘Yato kho tvaṃ, anuruddha, ime aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, tato tvaṃ, anuruddha, yāvadeva yāvade (saṃ. ni. 2.152) ākaṅkhissasi, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharissasi.

‘‘Yato kho tvaṃ, anuruddha, ime aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, tato tvaṃ, anuruddha, yāvadeva ākaṅkhissasi, vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharissasi.

‘‘Yato kho tvaṃ, anuruddha, ime aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, tato tvaṃ, anuruddha, yāvadeva ākaṅkhissasi, pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharissasi sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedissasi yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti – ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharissasi.

‘‘Yato kho tvaṃ, anuruddha, ime aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, tato tvaṃ, anuruddha, yāvadeva ākaṅkhissasi, sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharissasi.

‘‘Yato kho tvaṃ, anuruddha, ime ca aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, imesañca catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī bhavissasi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, tato tuyhaṃ, anuruddha, seyyathāpi nāma gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā nānārattānaṃ dussānaṃ dussakaraṇḍako pūro; evamevaṃ te paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa.

‘‘Yato kho tvaṃ, anuruddha, ime ca aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, imesañca catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī bhavissasi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, tato tuyhaṃ, anuruddha, seyyathāpi nāma gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā sālīnaṃ odano vicitakāḷako anekasūpo anekabyañjano; evamevaṃ te piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa.

‘‘Yato kho tvaṃ, anuruddha, ime ca aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, imesañca catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī bhavissasi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, tato tuyhaṃ, anuruddha, seyyathāpi nāma gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā kūṭāgāraṃ ullittāvalittaṃ nivātaṃ phusitaggaḷaṃ pihitavātapānaṃ; evamevaṃ te rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa.

‘‘Yato kho tvaṃ, anuruddha, ime ca aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, imesañca catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī bhavissasi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, tato tuyhaṃ, anuruddha, seyyathāpi nāma gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā pallaṅko gonakatthato paṭikatthato paṭalikatthato kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇo kādali… paccattharaṇo (sī.) sauttaracchado ubhatolohitakūpadhāno; evamevaṃ te tiṇasanthārakasayanāsanaṃ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa.

‘‘Yato kho tvaṃ, anuruddha, ime ca aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke vitakkessasi, imesañca catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī bhavissasi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, tato tuyhaṃ, anuruddha, seyyathāpi nāma gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā nānābhesajjāni, seyyathidaṃ – sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitaṃ; evamevaṃ te pūtimuttabhesajjaṃ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa. Tena hi tvaṃ, anuruddha, āyatikampi vassāvāsaṃ idheva cetīsu pācīnavaṃsadāye vihareyyāsī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavato paccassosi.

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ iminā ovādena ovaditvā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evamevaṃ – cetīsu pācīnavaṃsadāye antarahito bhaggesu suṃsumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye pāturahosīti. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘aṭṭha kho, bhikkhave, mahāpurisavitakke desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha…pe… katame ca, bhikkhave, aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakkā? Appicchassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo mahicchassa; santuṭṭhassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo asantuṭṭhassa; pavivittassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo saṅgaṇikārāmassa; āraddhavīriyassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo kusītassa; upaṭṭhitassatissāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo muṭṭhassatissa; samāhitassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo asamāhitassa; paññavato ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo duppaññassa; nippapañcārāmassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo nippapañcaratino, nāyaṃ dhammo papañcārāmassa papañcaratino’’.

‘‘‘Appicchassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo mahicchassā’ti, iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu appiccho samāno ‘appicchoti maṃ jāneyyu’nti na icchati, santuṭṭho samāno ‘santuṭṭhoti maṃ jāneyyu’nti na icchati, pavivitto samāno ‘pavivittoti maṃ jāneyyu’nti na icchati, āraddhavīriyo samāno ‘āraddhavīriyoti maṃ jāneyyu’nti na icchati, upaṭṭhitassati samāno ‘upaṭṭhitassatīti maṃ jāneyyu’nti na icchati, samāhito samāno ‘samāhitoti maṃ jāneyyu’nti na icchati, paññavā samāno ‘paññavāti maṃ jāneyyu’nti na icchati, nippapañcārāmo samāno ‘nippapañcārāmoti maṃ jāneyyu’nti na icchati. ‘Appicchassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo mahicchassā’ti, iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.

‘‘‘Santuṭṭhassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo asantuṭṭhassā’ti, iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti itarītaracīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena. ‘Santuṭṭhassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo asantuṭṭhassā’ti, iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.

‘‘‘Pavivittassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo saṅgaṇikārāmassā’ti, iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato bhavanti upasaṅkamitāro bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo rājāno rājamahāmattā titthiyā titthiyasāvakā. Tatra bhikkhu vivekaninnena cittena vivekapoṇena vivekapabbhārena vivekaṭṭhena nekkhammābhiratena aññadatthu uyyojanikapaṭisaṃyuttaṃyeva kathaṃ kattā pavattā (ka.) hoti. ‘Pavivittassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo saṅgaṇikārāmassā’ti, iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.

‘‘‘Āraddhavīriyassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo kusītassā’ti, iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu. ‘Āraddhavīriyassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo kusītassā’ti, iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.

‘‘‘Upaṭṭhitassatissāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo muṭṭhassatissā’ti, iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satimā hoti paramena satinepakkena samannāgato, cirakatampi cirabhāsitampi saritā anussaritā. ‘Upaṭṭhitassatissāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo, muṭṭhassatissā’ti, iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.

‘‘‘Samāhitassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo asamāhitassā’ti, iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. ‘Samāhitassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo asamāhitassā’ti, iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.

‘‘‘Paññavato ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo duppaññassā’ti, iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. ‘Paññavato ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo duppaññassā’ti, iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.

‘‘‘Nippapañcārāmassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo nippapañcaratino, nāyaṃ dhammo papañcārāmassa papañcaratino’ti, iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno papañcanirodhe cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati. ‘Nippapañcārāmassāyaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nippapañcaratino, nāyaṃ dhammo papañcārāmassa papañcaratino’ti, iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idametaṃ paṭicca vutta’’nti.

Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho āyatikampi vassāvāsaṃ tattheva cetīsu pācīnavaṃsadāye vihāsi. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’’ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro ca panāyasmā anuruddho arahataṃ ahosīti. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho arahattappatto tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imā gāthāyo abhāsi –

theragā. 901-903 ‘‘Mama saṅkappamaññāya, satthā loke anuttaro;

Manomayena kāyena, iddhiyā upasaṅkami.

‘‘Yathā me ahu saṅkappo, tato uttari desayi;

Nippapañcarato buddho, nippapañcaṃ adesayi.

‘‘Tassāhaṃ dhammamaññāya, vihāsiṃ sāsane rato;

Tisso vijjā anuppattā, kataṃ buddhassa sāsana’’nti. dasamaṃ;

Gahapativaggo tatiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Dve uggā dve ca hatthakā, mahānāmena jīvako;

Dve balā akkhaṇā vuttā, anuruddhena te dasāti.

30. Dasame cetīsūti cetināmakānaṃ rājūnaṃ nivāsaṭṭhānattā evaṃladdhavohāre raṭṭhe. Pācīnavaṃsadāyeti dasabalassa vasanaṭṭhānato pācīnadisāya ṭhite vaṃsadāye nīlobhāsehi veḷūhi sañchanne araññe. Evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādīti thero kira pabbajitvā paṭhamaantovassamhiyeva samāpattilābhī hutvā sahassalokadhātudassanasamatthaṃ dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ uppādesi. So sāriputtattherassa santikaṃ gantvā evamāha – ‘‘idhāhaṃ, āvuso sāriputta, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sahassalokaṃ olokemi. Āraddhaṃ kho pana me vīriyaṃ asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, passaddho kāyo asāraddho, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekaggaṃ. Atha ca pana me anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ na vimuccatī’’ti. Atha naṃ thero āha – ‘‘yaṃ kho te, āvuso anuruddha, evaṃ hoti ‘ahaṃ dibbena cakkhunā…pe… olokemī’ti, idaṃ te mānasmiṃ. Yampi te, āvuso, anuruddha evaṃ hoti ‘āraddhaṃ kho pana me vīriyaṃ…pe… ekagga’nti, idaṃ te uddhaccasmiṃ. Yampi te, āvuso anuruddha, evaṃ hoti ‘atha ca pana me anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ na vimuccatī’ti, idaṃ te kukkuccasmiṃ. Sādhu vatāyasmā anuruddho ime tayo dhamme pahāya ime tayo dhamme amanasikaritvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṃ upasaṃharatū’’ti evamassa thero kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathesi. So kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā satthāraṃ āpucchitvā cetiraṭṭhaṃ gantvā samaṇadhammaṃ karonto aṭṭhamāsaṃ caṅkamena vītināmesi. So padhānaveganimmathitattā kilantakāyo ekassa veḷugumbassa heṭṭhā nisīdi. Athassāyaṃ evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi, esa mahāpurisavitakko uppajjīti attho.

Appicchassāti ettha paccayappiccho, adhigamappiccho, pariyattiappiccho, dhutaṅgappicchoti cattāro appicchā. Tattha paccayappiccho bahuṃ dente appaṃ gaṇhāti, appaṃ dente appataraṃ gaṇhāti, na anavasesaggāhī hoti. Adhigamappiccho majjhantikatthero viya attano adhigamaṃ aññesaṃ jānituṃ na deti. Pariyattiappiccho tepiṭakopi samāno na bahussutabhāvaṃ jānāpetukāmo hoti sāketatissatthero viya. Dhutaṅgappiccho dhutaṅgapariharaṇabhāvaṃ aññesaṃ jānituṃ na deti dvebhātikattheresu jeṭṭhatthero viya. Vatthu visuddhimagge kathitaṃ. Ayaṃ dhammoti evaṃ santaguṇaniguhanena ca paṭiggahaṇe mattaññutāya ca appicchassa puggalassa ayaṃ navalokuttaradhammo sampajjati, no mahicchassa. Evaṃ sabbattha yojetabbaṃ.

Santuṭṭhassāti catūsu paccayesu tīhi santosehi santuṭṭhassa. Pavivittassāti kāyacittaupadhivivekehi vivittassa. Tattha kāyaviveko nāma gaṇasaṅgaṇikaṃ vinodetvā ārambhavatthuvasena ekībhāvo. Ekībhāvamatteneva kammaṃ na nipphajjatīti kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbatteti, ayaṃ cittaviveko nāma. Samāpattimatteneva kammaṃ na nipphajjatīti jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā saṅkhāre sammasitvā saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti, ayaṃ sabbākārato upadhiviveko nāma. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘kāyaviveko ca vivekaṭṭhakāyānaṃ nekkhammābhiratānaṃ, cittaviveko ca parisuddhacittānaṃ paramavodānappattānaṃ, upadhiviveko ca nirupadhīnaṃ puggalānaṃ visaṅkhāragatāna’’nti (mahāni. 7, 49).

4. Dānavaggo

1. Paṭhamadānasuttaṃ

31. dī. ni. 3.336 ‘‘Aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, dānāni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Āsajja dānaṃ deti, bhayā dānaṃ deti, ‘adāsi me’ti dānaṃ deti, ‘dassati me’ti dānaṃ deti, ‘sāhu dāna’nti dānaṃ deti, ‘ahaṃ pacāmi, ime na pacanti; nārahāmi pacanto apacantānaṃ dānaṃ adātu’nti dānaṃ deti, ‘imaṃ me dānaṃ dadato kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchatī’ti dānaṃ deti, cittālaṅkāracittaparikkhāratthaṃ dānaṃ deti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha dānānī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Dutiyadānasuttaṃ

32.

kathā. 480 ‘‘Saddhā hiriyaṃ kusalañca dānaṃ,

Dhammā ete sappurisānuyātā;

Etañhi maggaṃ diviyaṃ vadanti,

Etena hi gacchati devaloka’’nti. dutiyaṃ;

31. Catutthassa paṭhame āsajja dānaṃ detīti patvā dānaṃ deti. Āgataṃ disvā taṃ muhuttaṃyeva nisīdāpetvā sakkāraṃ katvā dānaṃ deti, dassāmīti na kilameti. Bhayāti ‘‘ayaṃ adāyako akārako’’ti garahabhayā, apāyabhayā vā. Adāsi meti mayhaṃ pubbe esa idaṃ nāma adāsīti deti. Dassati meti anāgate idaṃ nāma dassatīti deti. Sāhu dānanti dānaṃ nāma sādhu sundaraṃ buddhādīhi paṇḍitehi pasatthanti deti. Cittālaṅkāracittaparikkhāratthaṃ dānaṃ detīti samathavipassanācittassa alaṅkāratthañceva parikkhāratthañca deti. Dānañhi cittaṃ muduṃ karoti. Yena laddho, so ‘‘laddhaṃ me’’ti muducitto hoti. Yena dinnaṃ, sopi ‘‘dinnaṃ mayā’’ti muducitto hoti. Iti ubhinnaṃ cittaṃ muduṃ karoti. Teneva ‘‘adantadamana’’nti vuccati. Yathāha –

‘‘Adantadamanaṃ dānaṃ, adānaṃ dantadūsakaṃ;

Dānena piyavācāya, unnamanti namanti cā’’ti.

Imesu pana aṭṭhasu dānesu cittālaṅkāradānameva uttamanti.

3. Dānavatthusuttaṃ

33. ‘‘Aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, dānavatthūni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Chandā dānaṃ deti, dosā dānaṃ deti, mohā dānaṃ deti, bhayā dānaṃ deti, ‘dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ pitupitāmahehi, nārahāmi porāṇaṃ kulavaṃsaṃ hāpetu’nti dānaṃ deti, ‘imāhaṃ dānaṃ datvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissāmī’ti dānaṃ deti, ‘imaṃ me dānaṃ dadato cittaṃ pasīdati, attamanatā somanassaṃ upajāyatī’ti dānaṃ deti, cittālaṅkāracittaparikkhāratthaṃ dānaṃ deti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha dānavatthūnī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

33. Tatiye dānavatthūnīti dānakāraṇāni. Chandā dānaṃ detīti pemena dānaṃ deti. Dosāti dosena kuddho hutvā yaṃ atthi, taṃ vegena gaṇhitvā deti. Mohāti mohena mūḷho deti. Bhayāti garahabhayena vā apāyabhayena vā, tassa tasseva vā pana bhayena deti. Kulavaṃsanti kulapaveṇiṃ.

4. Khettasuttaṃ

34. ‘‘Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgate, bhikkhave, khette bījaṃ vuttaṃ na mahapphalaṃ hoti na mahassādaṃ na phātiseyyaṃ na phātiseyyanti (sī. syā. ka.), na phātiseyyā (katthaci). Kathaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgate? Idha, bhikkhave, khettaṃ unnāmaninnāmi ca hoti, pāsāṇasakkharikañca hoti, ūsarañca hoti, na ca gambhīrasitaṃ hoti, na āyasampannaṃ hoti, na apāyasampannaṃ hoti, na mātikāsampannaṃ hoti, na mariyādasampannaṃ hoti. Evaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgate, bhikkhave, khette bījaṃ vuttaṃ na mahapphalaṃ hoti na mahassādaṃ na phātiseyyaṃ.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu dānaṃ dinnaṃ na mahapphalaṃ hoti na mahānisaṃsaṃ na mahājutikaṃ na mahāvipphāraṃ. Kathaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatesu? Idha, bhikkhave, samaṇabrāhmaṇā micchādiṭṭhikā honti, micchāsaṅkappā, micchāvācā, micchākammantā, micchāājīvā, micchāvāyāmā, micchāsatino, micchāsamādhino. Evaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatesu, bhikkhave, samaṇabrāhmaṇesu dānaṃ dinnaṃ na mahapphalaṃ hoti na mahānisaṃsaṃ na mahājutikaṃ na mahāvipphāraṃ.

‘‘Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgate, bhikkhave, khette bījaṃ vuttaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti mahassādaṃ phātiseyyaṃ. Kathaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgate? Idha, bhikkhave, khettaṃ anunnāmāninnāmi ca hoti, apāsāṇasakkharikañca hoti, anūsarañca hoti, gambhīrasitaṃ hoti, āyasampannaṃ hoti, apāyasampannaṃ hoti, mātikāsampannaṃ hoti, mariyādasampannaṃ hoti. Evaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgate, bhikkhave, khette bījaṃ vuttaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti mahassādaṃ phātiseyyaṃ.

‘‘Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatesu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu dānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti mahānisaṃsaṃ mahājutikaṃ mahāvipphāraṃ. Kathaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatesu? Idha, bhikkhave, samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammādiṭṭhikā honti, sammāsaṅkappā, sammāvācā, sammākammantā, sammāājīvā, sammāvāyāmā, sammāsatino, sammāsamādhino. Evaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatesu, bhikkhave, samaṇabrāhmaṇesu dānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti mahānisaṃsaṃ mahājutikaṃ mahāvipphāra’’nti.

‘‘Yathāpi khette sampanne, pavuttā bījasampadā;

Deve sampādayantamhi sañjāyantamhi (ka.), hoti dhaññassa sampadā.

‘‘Anītisampadā hoti, virūḷhī bhavati sampadā;

Vepullasampadā hoti, phalaṃ ve hoti sampadā.

‘‘Evaṃ sampannasīlesu, dinnā bhojanasampadā;

Sampadānaṃ upaneti, sampannaṃ hissa taṃ kataṃ.

‘‘Tasmā sampadamākaṅkhī, sampannatthūdha puggalo;

Sampannapaññe sevetha, evaṃ ijjhanti sampadā.

‘‘Vijjācaraṇasampanne, laddhā cittassa sampadaṃ;

Karoti kammasampadaṃ, labhati catthasampadaṃ.

‘‘Lokaṃ ñatvā yathābhūtaṃ, pappuyya diṭṭhisampadaṃ;

Maggasampadamāgamma, yāti sampannamānaso.

‘‘Odhunitvā malaṃ sabbaṃ, patvā nibbānasampadaṃ;

Muccati sabbadukkhehi, sā hoti sabbasampadā’’ti. catutthaṃ;

34. Catutthe na mahapphalaṃ hotīti dhaññaphalena mahapphalaṃ na hoti. Na mahassādanti yampissa phalaṃ hoti, tassa assādo na mahā hoti mandassādaṃ na madhuraṃ. Na phātiseyyanti seyyāpissa na hoti vuḍḍhi, tassa mahantaṃ vīhithambhasannivesaṃ na hotīti attho. Unnāmaninnāmīti thalaninnavasena visamatalaṃ. Tattha thale udakaṃ na saṇṭhāti, ninne atibahu tiṭṭhati. Pāsāṇasakkharikanti pattharitvā ṭhitapiṭṭhipāsāṇehi ca khuddakapāsāṇehi ca sakkharāhi ca samannāgataṃ. Ūsaranti ubbhinnaloṇaṃ. Na ca gambhīrasitanti thaddhabhūmitāya gambhīrānugataṃ, naṅgalamaggaṃ katvā kasituṃ na sakkā hoti, uttānanaṅgalamaggameva hoti. Na āyasampannanti na udakāgamanasampannaṃ. Na apāyasampannanti pacchābhāge udakaniggamanamaggasampannaṃ na hoti. Na mātikāsampannanti na khuddakamahantīhi udakamātikāhi sampannaṃ hoti. Na mariyādasampannanti na kedāramariyādāhi sampannaṃ. Na mahapphalantiādīni sabbāni vipākaphalavaseneva veditabbāni.

Sampanneti paripuṇṇe sampattiyutte. Pavuttā bījasampadāti sampannaṃ bījaṃ ropitaṃ. Deve sampādayantamhīti deve sammā vassante. Anītisampadā hotīti kīṭakimiādipāṇakaītiyā abhāvo ekā sampadā hoti. Virūḷhīti vaḍḍhi dutiyā sampadā hoti. Vepullanti vipulabhāvo tatiyā sampadā hoti. Phalanti paripuṇṇaphalaṃ catutthī sampadā hoti. Sampannasīlesūti paripuṇṇasīlesu. Bhojanasampadāti sampannaṃ vividhabhojanaṃ. Sampadānanti tividhaṃ kusalasampadaṃ. Upanetīti sā bhojanasampadā upanayati. Kasmā? Sampannañhissa taṃ kataṃ, yasmāssa taṃ katakammaṃ sampannaṃ paripuṇṇanti attho. Sampannatthūdhāti sampanno atthu idha. Vijjācaraṇasampannoti tīhi vijjāhi ca pañcadasahi caraṇadhammehi ca samannāgato. Laddhāti evarūpo puggalo cittassa sampadaṃ avekallaparipuṇṇabhāvaṃ labhitvā. Karoti kammasampadanti paripuṇṇakammaṃ karoti. Labhati catthasampadanti atthañca paripuṇṇaṃ labhati. Diṭṭhisampadanti vipassanādiṭṭhiṃ. Maggasampadanti sotāpattimaggaṃ. Yāti sampannamānasoti paripuṇṇacitto hutvā arahattaṃ yāti. Sā hoti sabbasampadāti sā sabbadukkhehi vimutti sabbasampadā nāma hotīti.

31-34. Catutthassa paṭhame āsajjāti yassa deti, tassa āgamanahetu tena samāgamanimittaṃ. Bhayāti bhayahetu. Nanu bhayaṃ nāma laddhakāmatārāgādayo viya cetanāya avisuddhikaraṃ, taṃ kasmā idha gahitanti? Nayidaṃ tādisaṃ vohārabhayādiṃ sandhāya vuttanti dassetuṃ **‘‘ayaṃ adāyako akārako’’**tiādi vuttaṃ. Adāsi meti yaṃ pubbe kataṃ upakāraṃ cintetvā dīyati, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Dassati meti paccupakārāsīsāya yaṃ dīyati, taṃ sandhāya vadati. Sāhu dānanti dānaṃ nāmetaṃ paṇḍitapaññattanti sādhusamācāre ṭhatvā deti. Alaṅkāratthanti upasobhanatthaṃ. Dānañhi datvā taṃ paccavekkhantassa pāmojjapītisomanassādayo uppajjanti, lobhadosaissāmaccherādayopi vidūrī bhavanti. Idāni dānaṃ anukūladhammaparibrūhanena paccanīkadhammavidūrīkaraṇena ca bhāvanācittassa upasobhanāya ca parikkhārāya ca hotīti **‘‘alaṅkāratthañceva parikkhāratthañca detī’’**ti vuttaṃ. Tenāha **‘‘dānañhi cittaṃ muduṃ karotī’’**tiādi. Muducitto hoti laddhā dāyake ‘‘iminā mayhaṃ saṅgaho kato’’ti, dātāpi laddhari. Tena vuttaṃ **‘‘ubhinnampi cittaṃ muduṃ karotī’’**ti.

5. Dānūpapattisuttaṃ

35. dī. ni. 3.337 ‘‘Aṭṭhimā, bhikkhave, dānūpapattiyo. Katamā aṭṭha? Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco dānaṃ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ. So yaṃ deti taṃ paccāsīsati paccāsiṃsati (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.). So passati khattiyamahāsāle vā brāhmaṇamahāsāle vā gahapatimahāsāle vā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappite samaṅgībhūte paricārayamāne. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā khattiyamahāsālānaṃ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṃ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṃ vā sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti! So taṃ cittaṃ dahati, taṃ cittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, taṃ cittaṃ bhāveti. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ hīne vimuttaṃ hīnedhimuttaṃ (syā. pī.) vimuttanti adhimuttaṃ, vimuttanti vā vissaṭṭhaṃ (ṭīkāsaṃvaṇṇanā), uttari abhāvitaṃ, tatrūpapattiyā saṃvattati. Kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā khattiyamahāsālānaṃ vā brāhmaṇamahāsālānaṃ vā gahapatimahāsālānaṃ vā sahabyataṃ upapajjati. Tañca kho sīlavato vadāmi, no dussīlassa. Ijjhati, bhikkhave, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi visuddhattā.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco dānaṃ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ. So yaṃ deti taṃ paccāsīsati. Tassa sutaṃ hoti – ‘cātumahārājikā cātummahārājikā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.) devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’ti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti. So taṃ cittaṃ dahati, taṃ cittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, taṃ cittaṃ bhāveti. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ hīne vimuttaṃ, uttari abhāvitaṃ, tatrūpapattiyā saṃvattati. Kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. Tañca kho sīlavato vadāmi, no dussīlassa. Ijjhati, bhikkhave, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi visuddhattā.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco dānaṃ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ. So yaṃ deti taṃ paccāsīsati. Tassa sutaṃ hoti – tāvatiṃsā devā…pe… yāmā devā… tusitā devā… nimmānaratī devā… paranimmitavasavattī devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulāti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti. So taṃ cittaṃ dahati, taṃ cittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, taṃ cittaṃ bhāveti. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ hīne vimuttaṃ, uttari abhāvitaṃ, tatrūpapattiyā saṃvattati. Kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. Tañca kho sīlavato vadāmi, no dussīlassa. Ijjhati, bhikkhave, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi visuddhattā.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco dānaṃ deti samaṇassa vā brāhmaṇassa vā annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ mālāgandhavilepanaṃ seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ. So yaṃ deti taṃ paccāsīsati. Tassa sutaṃ hoti – ‘brahmakāyikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā’ti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā brahmakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya’nti. So taṃ cittaṃ dahati, taṃ cittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, taṃ cittaṃ bhāveti. Tassa taṃ cittaṃ hīne vimuttaṃ, uttari abhāvitaṃ, tatrūpapattiyā saṃvattati. Kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā brahmakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. Tañca kho sīlavato vadāmi, no dussīlassa; vītarāgassa, no sarāgassa. Ijjhati, bhikkhave, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi vītarāgattā. Imā kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha dānūpapattiyo’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.

35. Pañcame dānūpapattiyoti dānapaccayā upapattiyo. Dahatīti ṭhapeti. Adhiṭṭhātīti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Bhāvetīti vaḍḍheti. Hīne vimuttanti hīnesu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu vimuttaṃ. Uttari abhāvitanti tato uttarimaggaphalatthāya abhāvitaṃ. Tatrūpapattiyā saṃvattatīti yaṃ ṭhānaṃ patthetvā kusalaṃ kataṃ, tattha nibbattanatthāya saṃvattati. Vītarāgassāti maggena vā samucchinnarāgassa samāpattiyā vā vikkhambhitarāgassa. Dānamatteneva hi brahmaloke nibbattituṃ na sakkā, dānaṃ pana samādhivipassanācittassa alaṅkāraparivāraṃ hoti. Tato dānena muducitto brahmavihāre bhāvetvā brahmaloke nibbattati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘vītarāgassa no sarāgassā’’ti.

35. Pañcame dānapaccayāti dānakāraṇā, dānamayapuññassa katattā upacitattāti attho. Upapattiyoti manussesu devesu ca nibbattiyo. Ṭhapetīti ekavārameva anuppajjitvā yathā upari tenevākārena pavattati, evaṃ ṭhapeti. Tadeva cassa adhiṭṭhānanti āha **‘‘tasseva vevacana’’**nti. Vaḍḍhetīti brūheti na hāpeti. Vimuttanti adhimuttaṃ, ninnaṃ poṇaṃ pabbhāranti attho. Vimuttanti vā vissaṭṭhaṃ. Nippariyāyato uttari nāma paṇītaṃ majjhepi hīnamajjhimavibhāgassa labbhanatoti vuttaṃ **‘‘uttari abhāvitanti tato uparimaggaphalatthāya abhāvita’’**nti. Saṃvattati tathāpaṇihitaṃ dānamayaṃ cittaṃ. Yaṃ pana pāḷiyaṃ **‘‘tañca kho’’**tiādi vuttaṃ, taṃ tatrupapattiyā vibandhakaradussīlyābhāvadassanaparaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, na dānamayassa puññassa kevalassa taṃsaṃvattanatādassanaparanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Samucchinnarāgassāti samucchinnakāmarāgassa. Tassa hi siyā brahmaloke upapatti, na samucchinnabhavarāgassa. Vītarāgaggahaṇena cettha kāmesu vītarāgatā adhippetā, yāya brahmalokūpapatti siyā. Tenāha **‘‘dānamattenevā’’**tiādi. Yadi evaṃ dānaṃ tattha kimatthiyanti āha **‘‘dānaṃ panā’’**tiādi. Dānena muducittoti baddhāghāte veripuggalepi attano dānasampaṭicchanena mudubhūtacitto.

Dānūpapattisuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

6. Puññakiriyavatthusuttaṃ

36. ‘‘Tīṇimāni, bhikkhave, puññakiriyavatthūni. Katamāni tīṇi? Dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu puññakiriyavatthuṃ (sī. pī.) evamuparipi, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu. Idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu parittaṃ kataṃ hoti, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu parittaṃ kataṃ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ puññakiriyavatthu (syā.) nābhisambhoti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā manussadobhagyaṃ upapajjati.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu mattaso kataṃ hoti, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu mattaso kataṃ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ nābhisambhoti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā manussasobhagyaṃ upapajjati.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ nābhisambhoti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. Tatra, bhikkhave, cattāro mahārājāno dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, cātumahārājike deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhanti – dibbena āyunā, dibbena vaṇṇena, dibbena sukhena, dibbena yasena, dibbena ādhipateyyena, dibbehi rūpehi, dibbehi saddehi, dibbehi gandhehi, dibbehi rasehi, dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ nābhisambhoti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. Tatra, bhikkhave, sakko devānamindo dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā tāvatiṃse deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti – dibbena āyunā…pe… dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ nābhisambhoti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā yāmānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. Tatra, bhikkhave, suyāmo devaputto dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, yāme deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti – dibbena āyunā…pe… dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ nābhisambhoti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā tusitānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. Tatra, bhikkhave, santusito devaputto dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, tusite deve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti – dibbena āyunā…pe… dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ nābhisambhoti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā nimmānaratīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. Tatra, bhikkhave, sunimmito devaputto dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, nimmānaratīdeve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti – dibbena āyunā…pe… dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu adhimattaṃ kataṃ hoti, bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ nābhisambhoti. So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. Tatra, bhikkhave, vasavattī devaputto dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthuṃ atirekaṃ karitvā, paranimmitavasavattīdeve dasahi ṭhānehi adhigaṇhāti – dibbena āyunā, dibbena vaṇṇena, dibbena sukhena, dibbena yasena, dibbena ādhipateyyena, dibbehi rūpehi, dibbehi saddehi, dibbehi gandhehi, dibbehi rasehi, dibbehi phoṭṭhabbehi. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi puññakiriyavatthūnī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

36. Chaṭṭhe puññakiriyāni ca tāni tesaṃ tesaṃ ānisaṃsānaṃ vatthūni cāti puññakiriyavatthūni. Dānādīnañhi lakkhaṇe cittaṃ ṭhapetvā ‘‘evarūpaṃ nāma amhehi dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, sīlaṃ rakkhitabbaṃ, bhāvanā bhāvetabbā’’ti sattā puññāni karonti. Dānameva dānamayaṃ, dānacetanāsu vā purimacetanāto nipphannā sanniṭṭhāpakacetanā dānamayaṃ sīlādīhi sīlamayādīni viya. Sesadvayesupi eseva nayo. Parittaṃ kataṃ hotīti thokaṃ mandaṃ kataṃ hoti. Nābhisambhotīti na nipphajjati. Akataṃ hotīti bhāvanāyayogoyeva anāraddho hotīti attho. Manussadobhagyanti manussesu sampattirahitaṃ pañcavidhaṃ nīcakulaṃ. Upapajjatīti paṭisandhivasena upagacchati, tattha nibbattatīti attho. Mattaso katanti pamāṇena kataṃ, thokaṃ na bahu. Manussasobhagyanti manussesu subhagabhāvaṃ tividhakulasampattiṃ. Adhimattanti adhikappamāṇaṃ balavaṃ vā. Adhigaṇhantīti abhibhavitvā gaṇhanti, visiṭṭhatarā jeṭṭhakā hontīti attho.

36. Chaṭṭhe pujjabhavaphalaṃ nibbattenti, attano santānaṃ punantīti vā puññāni ca tāni hetupaccayehi kattabbato kiriyā cāti puññakiriyā, tāyeva ca tesaṃ tesaṃ piyamanāpatādiānisaṃsānaṃ vatthubhāvato puññakiriyavatthūni.

Anucchinnabhavamūlassa anuggahavasena, pūjāvasena vā attano deyyadhammassa parassa pariccāgacetanā dīyati etenāti dānaṃ, dānameva dānamayaṃ. Padapūraṇamattaṃ maya-saddo. Cīvarādīsu catūsu paccayesu (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.305), annādīsu vā dasasu dānavatthūsu, rūpādīsu vā chasu ārammaṇesu taṃ taṃ dentassa tesaṃ uppādanato paṭṭhāya pubbabhāge pariccāgakāle pacchā somanassacittena anussaraṇe cāti tīsu kālesu pavattacetanā dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu nāma.

Niccasīlauposathasīlādivasena pañca aṭṭha dasa vā sīlāni samādiyantassa ‘‘sīlapūraṇatthaṃ pabbajissāmī’’ti vihāraṃ gacchantassa pabbajantassa, manorathaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā ‘‘pabbajito vatamhi sādhu suṭṭhū’’ti āvajjentassa, saddhāya pātimokkhaṃ paripūrentassa, paññāya cīvarādike paccaye paccavekkhantassa, satiyā āpāthagatesu rūpādīsu cakkhudvārādīni saṃvarantassa, vīriyena ājīvaṃ sodhentassa ca pavattacetanā sīlati, sīletīti vā sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu nāma.

7. Sappurisadānasuttaṃ

37. ‘‘Aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, sappurisadānāni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Suciṃ deti, paṇītaṃ deti, kālena deti, kappiyaṃ deti, viceyya deti, abhiṇhaṃ deti, dadaṃ cittaṃ pasādeti, datvā attamano hoti. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha sappurisadānānī’’ti.

‘‘Suciṃ paṇītaṃ kālena, kappiyaṃ pānabhojanaṃ;

Abhiṇhaṃ dadāti dānaṃ, sukhettesu sukhette (sī. pī.) brahmacārisu.

‘‘Neva na ca (sī. pī.) vippaṭisārissa, cajitvā āmisaṃ bahuṃ;

Evaṃ dinnāni dānāni, vaṇṇayanti vipassino.

‘‘Evaṃ yajitvā medhāvī, saddho muttena cetasā;

Abyābajjhaṃ abyāpajjhaṃ (ka.) a. ni. 4.40; 6.37 sukhaṃ lokaṃ, paṇḍito upapajjatī’’ti. sattamaṃ;

37. Sattame sucinti parisuddhaṃ vaṇṇasampannaṃ deti. Paṇītanti rasūpapannaṃ. Kālenāti yuttapattakālena. Kappiyanti yaṃ kappiyaṃ, taṃ deti. Viceyya detīti ‘‘imassa dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ bhavissati, imassa na mahapphala’’nti evaṃ paṭiggāhakapariyesanavasena dānaṃ vā paṇidhāyavasena dānaṃ vā vicinitvā deti.

8. Sappurisasuttaṃ

38. ‘‘Sappuriso, bhikkhave, kule jāyamāno bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti – mātāpitūnaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, puttadārassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, dāsakammakaraporisassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, mittāmaccānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, pubbapetānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, rañño atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, devatānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahāmegho sabbasassāni sampādento bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hitāya…pe… (syā. ka.) hoti; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, sappuriso kule jāyamāno bahuno janassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti – mātāpitūnaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, puttadārassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, dāsakammakaraporisassa atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, mittāmaccānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, pubbapetānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, rañño atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, devatānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hoti, samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya hotī’’ti.

‘‘Bahūnaṃ bahunnaṃ (sī. pī.) vata atthāya, sappañño gharamāvasaṃ;

Mātaraṃ pitaraṃ pubbe, rattindivamatandito.

‘‘Pūjeti sahadhammena, pubbekatamanussaraṃ;

Anāgāre pabbajite, apace brahmacārayo brahmacārino (syā.).

‘‘Niviṭṭhasaddho pūjeti, ñatvā dhamme ca pesalo pesale (ka.);

Rañño hito devahito, ñātīnaṃ sakhinaṃ hito.

‘‘Sabbesaṃ sabbesu (ka.) so sa (syā. pī. ka.) hito hoti, saddhamme suppatiṭṭhito;

Vineyya maccheramalaṃ, sa lokaṃ bhajate siva’’nti. aṭṭhamaṃ;

38. Aṭṭhame atthāyāti atthatthāya. Hitāya sukhāyāti hitatthāya sukhatthāya. Pubbapetānanti paralokagatānaṃ ñātīnaṃ. Imasmiṃ sutte anuppanne buddhe cakkavattirājāno bodhisattā paccekabuddhā labbhanti, buddhakāle buddhā ceva buddhasāvakā ca. Yathāvuttānañhi etesaṃ atthāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. Bahunnaṃ vata atthāya, sappañño gharamāvasanti sappañño ghare vasanto bahūnaṃ vata atthāya hoti. Pubbeti paṭhameva. Pubbekatamanussaranti mātāpitūnaṃ pubbakāraguṇe anussaranto. Sahadhammenāti sakāraṇena paccayapūjanena pūjeti. Apace brahmacārayoti brahmacārino apacayati, nīcavuttitaṃ nesaṃ āpajjati. Pesaloti piyasīlo.

37-38. Sattame viceyya detīti ettha dve vicinanāni dakkhiṇeyyavicinanaṃ, dakkhiṇāvicinanañca. Tesu vipannasīle ito bahiddhā pañcanavuti pāsaṇḍabhede ca dakkhiṇeyye pahāya sīlādiguṇasampannānaṃ sāsane pabbajitānaṃ dānaṃ dakkhiṇeyyavicinanaṃ nāma. Lāmakalāmake paccaye apanetvā paṇītapaṇīte vicinitvā tesaṃ dānaṃ dakkhiṇāvicinanaṃ nāma. Tenāha **‘‘imassa dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ bhavissatī’’**tiādi. Aṭṭhame natthi vattabbaṃ.

Sappurisadānasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

9. Abhisandasuttaṃ

39. ‘‘Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. Katame aṭṭha? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo puññābhisando…pe… saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gato hoti. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati.

kathā. 480 ‘‘Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, dānāni mahādānāni aggaññāni rattaññāni vaṃsaññāni porāṇāni asaṃkiṇṇāni asaṃkiṇṇapubbāni, na saṃkiyanti na saṃkiyissanti, appaṭikuṭṭhāni appatikuṭṭhāni (sī.) samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. Katamāni pañca? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti. Pāṇātipātā paṭivirato, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ abhayaṃ deti, averaṃ deti, abyābajjhaṃ abyāpajjhaṃ (ka.) evamuparipi deti. Aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ abhayaṃ datvā averaṃ datvā abyābajjhaṃ datvā aparimāṇassa abhayassa averassa abyābajjhassa bhāgī hoti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ dānaṃ mahādānaṃ aggaññaṃ rattaññaṃ vaṃsaññaṃ porāṇaṃ asaṃkiṇṇaṃ asaṃkiṇṇapubbaṃ, na saṃkiyati na saṃkiyissati, appaṭikuṭṭhaṃ samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti…pe… kāmesumicchācāraṃ pahāya kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti…pe… musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti…pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ abhayaṃ deti averaṃ deti abyābajjhaṃ deti. Aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ abhayaṃ datvā averaṃ datvā abyābajjhaṃ datvā, aparimāṇassa abhayassa averassa abyābajjhassa bhāgī hoti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamaṃ dānaṃ mahādānaṃ aggaññaṃ rattaññaṃ vaṃsaññaṃ porāṇaṃ asaṃkiṇṇaṃ asaṃkiṇṇapubbaṃ, na saṃkiyati na saṃkiyissati, appaṭikuṭṭhaṃ samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi. Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamo puññābhisando kusalābhisando sukhassāhāro sovaggiko sukhavipāko saggasaṃvattaniko, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha puññābhisandā kusalābhisandā sukhassāhārā sovaggikā sukhavipākā saggasaṃvattanikā, iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Navamaṃ.

39. Navame dānānīti cetanādānāni. Aggaññānītiādīnaṃ attho heṭṭhā vuttoyeva.

10. Duccaritavipākasuttaṃ

40. ‘‘Pāṇātipāto, bhikkhave, āsevito bhāvito bahulīkato nirayasaṃvattaniko tiracchānayonisaṃvattaniko pettivisayasaṃvattaniko. Yo sabbalahuso sabbalahusoti sabbalahuko (syā. aṭṭha.) pāṇātipātassa vipāko, manussabhūtassa appāyukasaṃvattaniko hoti.

‘‘Adinnādānaṃ, bhikkhave, āsevitaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ nirayasaṃvattanikaṃ tiracchānayonisaṃvattanikaṃ pettivisayasaṃvattanikaṃ. Yo sabbalahuso adinnādānassa vipāko, manussabhūtassa bhogabyasanasaṃvattaniko hoti.

‘‘Kāmesumicchācāro, bhikkhave, āsevito bhāvito bahulīkato nirayasaṃvattaniko tiracchānayonisaṃvattaniko pettivisayasaṃvattaniko. Yo sabbalahuso kāmesumicchācārassa vipāko, manussabhūtassa sapattaverasaṃvattaniko hoti.

‘‘Musāvādo, bhikkhave, āsevito bhāvito bahulīkato nirayasaṃvattaniko tiracchānayonisaṃvattaniko pettivisayasaṃvattaniko. Yo sabbalahuso musāvādassa vipāko, manussabhūtassa abhūtabbhakkhānasaṃvattaniko hoti.

‘‘Pisuṇā, bhikkhave, vācā āsevitā bhāvitā bahulīkatā nirayasaṃvattanikā tiracchānayonisaṃvattanikā pettivisayasaṃvattanikā. Yo sabbalahuso pisuṇāya vācāya vipāko, manussabhūtassa mittehi bhedanasaṃvattaniko hoti.

‘‘Pharusā, bhikkhave, vācā āsevitā bhāvitā bahulīkatā nirayasaṃvattanikā tiracchānayonisaṃvattanikā pettivisayasaṃvattanikā. Yo sabbalahuso pharusāya vācāya vipāko, manussabhūtassa amanāpasaddasaṃvattaniko hoti.

‘‘Samphappalāpo, bhikkhave, āsevito bhāvito bahulīkato nirayasaṃvattaniko tiracchānayonisaṃvattaniko pettivisayasaṃvattaniko. Yo sabbalahuso samphappalāpassa vipāko, manussabhūtassa anādeyyavācāsaṃvattaniko hoti.

‘‘Surāmerayapānaṃ, bhikkhave, āsevitaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ nirayasaṃvattanikaṃ tiracchānayonisaṃvattanikaṃ pettivisayasaṃvattanikaṃ. Yo sabbalahuso surāmerayapānassa vipāko, manussabhūtassa ummattakasaṃvattaniko hotī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Dānavaggo catuttho.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Dve dānāni vatthuñca, khettaṃ dānūpapattiyo;

Kiriyaṃ dve sappurisā, abhisando vipāko cāti.

40. Dasame pāṇātipātoti pāṇātipātacetanā. Sabbalahusoti sabbalahuko. Appāyukasaṃvattanikoti tena parittakena kammavipākena appāyuko hoti, dinnamattāya vā paṭisandhiyā vilīyati mātukucchito nikkhantamatte vā. Evarūpo hi na aññassa kassaci nissando, pāṇātipātasseva gatamaggo esoti. Bhogabyasanasaṃvattanikoti yathā kākaṇikāmattampi hatthe na tiṭṭhati, evaṃ bhogabyasanaṃ saṃvatteti. Sapattaverasaṃvattaniko hotīti saha sapattehi veraṃ saṃvatteti. Tassa hi sapattā ca bahukā honti. Yo ca naṃ passati, tasmiṃ verameva uppādeti na nibbāyati. Evarūpo hi parassa rakkhitagopitabhaṇḍe aparādhassa nissando.

Abhūtabbhakkhānasaṃvattaniko hotīti abhūtena abbhakkhānaṃ saṃvatteti, yena kenaci kataṃ tasseva upari patati. Mittehi bhedanasaṃvattanikoti mittehi bhedaṃ saṃvatteti. Yaṃ yaṃ mittaṃ karoti, so so bhijjatiyeva. Amanāpasaddasaṃvattanikoti amanāpasaddaṃ saṃvatteti. Yā sā vācā kaṇṭakā kakkasā kaṭukā abhisajjanī mammacchedikā, gatagataṭṭhāne tameva suṇāti, manāpasaddasavanaṃ nāma na labhati. Evarūpo pharusavācāya gatamaggo nāma. Anādeyyavācāsaṃvattanikoti aggahetabbavacanataṃ saṃvatteti, ‘‘tvaṃ kasmā kathesi, ko hi tava vacanaṃ gahessatī’’ti vattabbataṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ samphappalāpassa gatamaggo. Ummattakasaṃvattaniko hotīti ummattakabhāvaṃ saṃvatteti. Tena hi manusso ummatto vā khittacitto vā eḷamūgo vā hoti. Ayaṃ surāpānassa nissando. Imasmiṃ sutte vaṭṭameva kathitanti.

Dānavaggo catuttho.

39-40. Navame puññābhisandāti puññanadiyo. Kusalābhisandāti kusalānaṃ pavāhā. Sukhassāhārāti sukhapaccayā. Aggānīti ñātattā aggaññāni. Cirarattaṃ ñātattā rattaññāni. Ariyānaṃ sādhūnaṃ vaṃsānīti ñātattā vaṃsaññāni. Porāṇānaṃ ādipurisānaṃ etānīti porāṇāni. Sabbaso kenacipi pakārena sādhūhi na kiṇṇāni na khittāni chaḍḍitānīti asaṃkiṇṇāni. Ayañca nayo nesaṃ yathā atīte, evaṃ etarahi anāgate cāti āha **‘‘asaṃkiṇṇapubbāni na saṃkiyanti na saṃkiyissantī’’**ti. Tato eva appaṭikuṭṭhāni. Na hi kadāci viññū samaṇabrāhmaṇā hiṃsādipāpadhammaṃ anujānanti. Aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ abhayaṃ detīti sabbesu bhūtesu nihitadaṇḍattā sakalassapi sattakāyassa bhayābhāvaṃ deti. Averanti verābhāvaṃ. Abyābajjhanti niddukkhataṃ. Evamettha saṅkhepato pāḷivaṇṇanā veditabbā. Dasame natthi vattabbaṃ.

Abhisandasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

5. Uposathavaggo

1. Saṅkhittūposathasuttaṃ

41. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato, bhikkhave, uposatho upavuttho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro. Kathaṃ upavuttho ca, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yāvajīvaṃ arahanto pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā nihitadaṇḍā nihitasatthā lajjī dayāpannā, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampino viharanti. Ahaṃ pajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharāmi. Imināpaṅgena imināpi aṅgena (sī. pī.) a. ni. 3.71 arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā paṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti.

‘‘‘Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭiviratā dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharanti. Ahaṃ pajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī, athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharāmi. Imināpaṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā dutiyena aṅgena samannāgato hoti.

‘‘‘Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto abrahmacariyaṃ pahāya brahmacārino ārācārino viratā methunā gāmadhammā. Ahaṃ pajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ abrahmacariyaṃ pahāya brahmacārī ārācārī anācārī (ka.) virato methunā gāmadhammā. Imināpaṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā tatiyena aṅgena samannāgato hoti.

‘‘‘Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭiviratā saccavādino saccasandhā thetā paccayikā avisaṃvādako lokassa. Ahaṃ pajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvādako lokassa. Imināpaṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā catutthena aṅgena samannāgato hoti.

‘‘‘Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā. Ahaṃ pajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato. Imināpaṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā pañcamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti.

‘‘‘Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto ekabhattikā rattūparatā viratā vikālabhojanā. Ahaṃ pajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ ekabhattiko rattūparato virato vikālabhojanā. Imināpaṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā chaṭṭhena aṅgena samannāgato hoti.

‘‘‘Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto naccagītavāditavisūkadassanamālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya naccagītavāditavisūkadassanamālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā. Ahaṃ pajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ naccagītavāditavisūkadassanamālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya naccagītavāditavisūkadassanamālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā paṭivirato. Imināpaṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā sattamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti.

‘‘‘Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭiviratā nīcaseyyaṃ kappenti – mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Ahaṃ pajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato nīcaseyyaṃ kappemi – mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Imināpaṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā aṭṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. Evaṃ upavuttho kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Vitthatūposathasuttaṃ

42. ‘‘Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato, bhikkhave, uposatho upavuttho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro. Kathaṃ upavuttho ca, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yāvajīvaṃ arahanto pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā nihitadaṇḍā nihitasatthā lajjī dayāpannā, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampino viharanti. Ahaṃ pajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharāmi. Imināpaṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā paṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti…pe….

‘‘‘Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭiviratā nīcaseyyaṃ kappenti – mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Ahaṃ pajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato nīcaseyyaṃ kappemi – mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Imināpaṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā aṭṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. Evaṃ upavuttho kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro.

‘‘Kīvamahapphalo hoti kīvamahānisaṃso kīvamahājutiko kīvamahāvipphāro? Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yo imesaṃ soḷasannaṃ mahājanapadānaṃ pahūtarattaratanānaṃ pahūtasattaratanānaṃ (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.) a. ni. 3.71 pāḷiyā ṭīkāyaṃ dassitapāḷiyeva. tadaṭṭhakathāpi passitabbā issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāreyya, seyyathidaṃ – aṅgānaṃ magadhānaṃ kāsīnaṃ kosalānaṃ vajjīnaṃ mallānaṃ cetīnaṃ vaṅgānaṃ kurūnaṃ pañcālānaṃ macchānaṃ majjānaṃ (ka.) sūrasenānaṃ assakānaṃ avantīnaṃ gandhārānaṃ kambojānaṃ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṃ ekaṃ (ka.) kalaṃ nāgghati soḷasiṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Kapaṇaṃ, bhikkhave, mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya.

‘‘Yāni, bhikkhave, mānusakāni paññāsa vassāni, cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo rattidivo (ka.). Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Tena saṃvaccharena dibbāni pañca vassasatāni cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ – ‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya’’’.

‘‘Yāni, bhikkhave, mānusakāni vassasatāni, tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Tena saṃvaccharena dibbaṃ vassasahassaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ – ‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya’’’.

‘‘Yāni, bhikkhave, mānusakāni dve vassasatāni, yāmānaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Tena saṃvaccharena dibbāni dve vassasahassāni yāmānaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā yāmānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ – ‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya’’’.

‘‘Yāni, bhikkhave, mānusakāni cattāri vassasatāni, tusitānaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Tena saṃvaccharena dibbāni cattāri vassasahassāni tusitānaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā tusitānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ – ‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya’’’.

‘‘Yāni, bhikkhave, mānusakāni aṭṭha vassasatāni, nimmānaratīnaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Tena saṃvaccharena dibbāni aṭṭha vassasahassāni nimmānaratīnaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā nimmānaratīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ – ‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya’’’.

‘‘Yāni, bhikkhave, mānusakāni soḷasa vassasatāni, paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Tena saṃvaccharena dibbāni soḷasa vassasahassāni paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ – ‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāyā’’’ti.

‘‘Pāṇaṃ na haññe hāne (sī.), hena (ka.) a. ni. 3.71 na cadinnamādiye,

Musā na bhāse na ca majjapo siyā;

Abrahmacariyā virameyya methunā,

Rattiṃ na bhuñjeyya vikālabhojanaṃ.

‘‘Mālaṃ na dhāre na ca gandhamācare gandhamādhare (ka.),

Mañce chamāyaṃ va sayetha santhate;

Etañhi aṭṭhaṅgikamāhuposathaṃ,

Buddhena dukkhantagunā pakāsitaṃ.

‘‘Cando ca suriyo ca ubho sudassanā,

Obhāsayaṃ anupariyanti yāvatā;

Tamonudā te pana antalikkhagā,

Nabhe pabhāsanti disāvirocanā.

‘‘Etasmiṃ yaṃ vijjati antare dhanaṃ,

Muttā maṇi veḷuriyañca bhaddakaṃ;

Siṅgīsuvaṇṇaṃ atha vāpi kañcanaṃ,

Yaṃ jātarūpaṃ haṭakanti vuccati.

‘‘Aṭṭhaṅgupetassa uposathassa,

Kalampi te nānubhavanti soḷasiṃ;

Candappabhā tāragaṇā ca sabbe.

‘‘Tasmā hi nārī ca naro ca sīlavā,

Aṭṭhaṅgupetaṃ upavassuposathaṃ;

Puññāni katvāna sukhudrayāni,

Aninditā saggamupenti ṭhāna’’nti. dutiyaṃ;

3. Visākhāsuttaṃ

43. a. ni. 3.71 Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho visākhaṃ migāramātaraṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato kho, visākhe, uposatho upavuttho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro. Kathaṃ upavuttho ca, visākhe, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro? Idha, visākhe, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yāvajīvaṃ arahanto pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā nihitadaṇḍā nihitasatthā lajjī dayāpannā, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampino viharanti. Ahaṃ pajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharāmi. Imināpaṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’’’ti. Iminā paṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti…pe….

‘‘‘Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭiviratā nīcaseyyaṃ kappenti – mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Ahaṃ pajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato nīcaseyyaṃ kappemi – mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Imināpaṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā aṭṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. Evaṃ upavuttho kho, visākhe, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro.

‘‘Kīvamahapphalo hoti, kīvamahānisaṃso, kīvamahājutiko, kīvamahāvipphāro? Seyyathāpi, visākhe, yo imesaṃ soḷasannaṃ mahājanapadānaṃ pahūtarattaratanānaṃ issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāreyya, seyyathidaṃ – aṅgānaṃ magadhānaṃ kāsīnaṃ kosalānaṃ vajjīnaṃ mallānaṃ cetīnaṃ vaṅgānaṃ kurūnaṃ pañcālānaṃ macchānaṃ sūrasenānaṃ assakānaṃ avantīnaṃ gandhārānaṃ kambojānaṃ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṃ kalaṃ nāgghati soḷasiṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Kapaṇaṃ, visākhe, mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya.

‘‘Yāni, visākhe, mānusakāni paññāsa vassāni, cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Tena saṃvaccharena dibbāni pañca vassasatāni cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ – ‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya’’’.

‘‘Yaṃ, visākhe, mānusakaṃ vassasataṃ, tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Tena saṃvaccharena vassasahassaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā tāvatiṃsānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ – ‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya’’’.

‘‘Yāni, visākhe, mānusakāni dve vassasatāni…pe… cattāri vassasatāni…pe… aṭṭha vassasatāni…pe… soḷasa vassasatāni paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Tena saṃvaccharena dibbāni soḷasa vassasahassāni paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, visākhe, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ – ‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāyā’’’ti.

‘‘Pāṇaṃ na haññe na cadinnamādiye,

Musā na bhāse na ca majjapo siyā;

Abrahmacariyā virameyya methunā,

Rattiṃ na bhuñjeyya vikālabhojanaṃ.

‘‘Mālaṃ na dhāre na ca gandhamācare,

Mañce chamāyaṃ va sayetha santhate;

Etañhi aṭṭhaṅgikamāhuposathaṃ,

Buddhena dukkhantagunā pakāsitaṃ.

‘‘Cando ca suriyo ca ubho sudassanā,

Obhāsayaṃ anupariyanti yāvatā;

Tamonudā te pana antalikkhagā,

Nabhe pabhāsanti disāvirocanā.

‘‘Etasmiṃ yaṃ vijjati antare dhanaṃ,

Muttā maṇi veḷuriyañca bhaddakaṃ;

Siṅgīsuvaṇṇaṃ atha vāpi kañcanaṃ,

Yaṃ jātarūpaṃ haṭakanti vuccati.

‘‘Aṭṭhaṅgupetassa uposathassa,

Kalampi te nānubhavanti soḷasiṃ;

Candappabhā tāragaṇā ca sabbe.

‘‘Tasmā hi nārī ca naro ca sīlavā,

Aṭṭhaṅgupetaṃ upavassuposathaṃ;

Puññāni katvāna sukhudrayāni,

Aninditā saggamupenti ṭhāna’’nti. tatiyaṃ;

4. Vāseṭṭhasuttaṃ

44. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho vāseṭṭho upāsako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho vāseṭṭhaṃ upāsakaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato, vāseṭṭha, uposatho upavuttho mahapphalo hoti…pe… aninditā saggamupenti ṭhāna’’nti.

Evaṃ vutte vāseṭṭho upāsako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘piyā me, bhante, ñātisālohitā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavaseyyuṃ, piyānampi me assa ñātisālohitānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. Sabbe cepi, bhante, khattiyā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavaseyyuṃ, sabbesampissa khattiyānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. Sabbe cepi, bhante, brāhmaṇā…pe… vessā … suddā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavaseyyuṃ, sabbesampissa suddānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti.

‘‘Evametaṃ, vāseṭṭha, evametaṃ, vāseṭṭha! Sabbe cepi, vāseṭṭha, khattiyā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavaseyyuṃ, sabbesampissa khattiyānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. Sabbe cepi, vāseṭṭha, brāhmaṇā…pe… vessā… suddā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavaseyyuṃ, sabbesampissa suddānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. Sadevako cepi, vāseṭṭha, loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavaseyyuṃ upavaseyya (?), sadevakassapissa sadevakassa (sabbattha) a. ni. 4.193; ma. ni. 3.64 passitabbaṃ lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. Ime cepi, vāseṭṭha, mahāsālā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavaseyyuṃ, imesampissa mahāsālānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya ( ) (sace ceteyyuṃ) katthaci atthi. a. ni. 4.193 passitabbaṃ. Ko pana vādo manussabhūtassā’’ti! Catutthaṃ.

44. Pañcamassa catutthe ime cepi, vāseṭṭha, mahāsālāti purato ṭhite dve sālarukkhe dassento parikappopamaṃ āha. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ime tāva mahāsālā acetanā. Sace etepi sacetanā hutvā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavaseyyuṃ, etesampi so uposathavāso dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya assa. Bhūte pana vattabbameva natthīti.

5. Bojjhasuttaṃ

45. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Atha kho bojjhā upāsikā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho bojjhaṃ upāsikaṃ bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato, bojjhe, uposatho upavuttho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro. Kathaṃ upavuttho ca, bojjhe, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro? Idha, bojjhe, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘yāvajīvaṃ arahanto pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā nihitadaṇḍā nihitasatthā lajjī dayāpannā, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampino viharanti. Ahaṃ pajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharāmi. Imināpaṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā paṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti…pe….

‘‘‘Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭiviratā nīcaseyyaṃ kappenti – mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Ahaṃ pajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato nīcaseyyaṃ kappemi – mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā. Imināpaṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi, uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti. Iminā aṭṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. Evaṃ upavuttho kho, bojjhe, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro.

‘‘Kīvamahapphalo hoti, kīvamahānisaṃso, kīvamahājutiko, kīvamahāvipphāro? Seyyathāpi, bojjhe, yo imesaṃ soḷasannaṃ mahājanapadānaṃ pahūtarattaratanānaṃ issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāreyya, seyyathidaṃ – aṅgānaṃ magadhānaṃ kāsīnaṃ kosalānaṃ vajjīnaṃ mallānaṃ cetīnaṃ vaṅgānaṃ kurūnaṃ pañcālānaṃ macchānaṃ sūrasenānaṃ assakānaṃ avantīnaṃ gandhārānaṃ kambojānaṃ, aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa uposathassa etaṃ kalaṃ nāgghati soḷasiṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Kapaṇaṃ, bojjhe, mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya.

‘‘Yāni, bojjhe, mānusakāni paññāsa vassāni, cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Tena saṃvaccharena dibbāni pañca vassasatāni cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, bojjhe, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā cātumahārājikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, bojjhe, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ – ‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāya’’’.

‘‘Yaṃ, bojjhe, mānusakaṃ vassasataṃ…pe… tāni, bojjhe, mānusakāni dve vassasatāni…pe… cattāri vassasatāni…pe… aṭṭha vassasatāni…pe… soḷasa vassasatāni paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ eso eko rattindivo. Tāya rattiyā tiṃsarattiyo māso. Tena māsena dvādasamāsiyo saṃvaccharo. Tena saṃvaccharena dibbāni soḷasa vassasahassāni paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ. Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ, bojjhe, vijjati yaṃ idhekacco itthī vā puriso vā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ uposathaṃ upavasitvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā paranimmitavasavattīnaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjeyya. Idaṃ kho panetaṃ, bojjhe, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ – ‘kapaṇaṃ mānusakaṃ rajjaṃ dibbaṃ sukhaṃ upanidhāyā’’’ti.

‘‘Pāṇaṃ na haññe na cadinnamādiye,

Musā na bhāse na ca majjapo siyā;

Abrahmacariyā virameyya methunā,

Rattiṃ na bhuñjeyya vikālabhojanaṃ.

‘‘Mālaṃ na dhāre na ca gandhamācare,

Mañce chamāyaṃ va sayetha santhate;

Etañhi aṭṭhaṅgikamāhuposathaṃ,

Buddhena dukkhantagunā pakāsitaṃ.

‘‘Cando ca suriyo ca ubho sudassanā,

Obhāsayaṃ anupariyanti yāvatā;

Tamonudā te pana antalikkhagā,

Nabhe pabhāsanti disāvirocanā.

‘‘Etasmiṃ yaṃ vijjati antare dhanaṃ,

Muttā maṇi veḷuriyañca bhaddakaṃ;

Siṅgīsuvaṇṇaṃ atha vāpi kañcanaṃ,

Yaṃ jātarūpaṃ haṭakanti vuccati.

‘‘Aṭṭhaṅgupetassa uposathassa,

Kalampi te nānubhavanti soḷasiṃ;

Candappabhā tāragaṇā ca sabbe.

‘‘Tasmā hi nārī ca naro ca sīlavā,

Aṭṭhaṅgupetaṃ upavassuposathaṃ;

Puññāni katvāna sukhudrayāni,

Aninditā saggamupenti ṭhāna’’nti. pañcamaṃ;

6. Anuruddhasuttaṃ

46. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anuruddho divāvihāraṃ gato hoti paṭisallīno. Atha kho sambahulā manāpakāyikā devatā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho tā devatā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘mayaṃ, bhante anuruddha, manāpakāyikā nāma devatā tīsu ṭhānesu issariyaṃ kārema vasaṃ vattema. Mayaṃ, bhante anuruddha, yādisakaṃ vaṇṇaṃ ākaṅkhāma tādisakaṃ vaṇṇaṃ ṭhānaso paṭilabhāma; yādisakaṃ saraṃ ākaṅkhāma tādisakaṃ saraṃ ṭhānaso paṭilabhāma; yādisakaṃ sukhaṃ ākaṅkhāma tādisakaṃ sukhaṃ ṭhānaso paṭilabhāma. Mayaṃ, bhante anuruddha, manāpakāyikā nāma devatā imesu tīsu ṭhānesu issariyaṃ kārema vasaṃ vattemā’’ti.

Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa etadahosi – ‘‘aho vatimā devatā sabbāva nīlā assu nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā’’ti. Atha kho tā devatā āyasmato anuruddhassa cittamaññāya sabbāva nīlā ahesuṃ nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā.

Atha kho āyasmato anuruddhassa etadahosi – ‘‘aho vatimā devatā sabbāva pītā assu…pe… sabbāva lohitakā assu… sabbāva odātā assu odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā’’ti. Atha kho tā devatā āyasmato anuruddhassa cittamaññāya sabbāva odātā ahesuṃ odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā.

Atha kho tā devatā ekā ca ko (sī.), ekāva (syā. pī.) gāyi ekā ca ekā pana (sī.), ekāva (syā. pī.) nacci ekā ca ekā (sī.), ekāva (syā. pī.) accharaṃ vādesi. Seyyathāpi nāma pañcaṅgikassa tūriyassa turiyassa (sī. syā. pī.) suvinītassa suppaṭipatāḷitassa kusalehi susamannāhatassa saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca pemanīyo ca madanīyo ca; evamevaṃ tāsaṃ devatānaṃ alaṅkārānaṃ saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca pemanīyo ca madanīyo ca. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho indriyāni okkhipi.

Atha kho tā devatā ‘‘na khvayyo anuruddho sādiyatī’’ti sādayatīti (saddanītidhātumālā) tatthevantaradhāyiṃsu. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā anuruddho bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Idhāhaṃ, bhante, divāvihāraṃ gato homi paṭisallīno. Atha kho, bhante, sambahulā manāpakāyikā devatā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho, bhante, tā devatā maṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘mayaṃ, bhante anuruddha, manāpakāyikā nāma devatā tīsu ṭhānesu issariyaṃ kārema vasaṃ vattema. Mayaṃ, bhante anuruddha, yādisakaṃ vaṇṇaṃ ākaṅkhāma tādisakaṃ vaṇṇaṃ ṭhānaso paṭilabhāma; yādisakaṃ saraṃ ākaṅkhāma tādisakaṃ saraṃ ṭhānaso paṭilabhāma; yādisakaṃ sukhaṃ ākaṅkhāma tādisakaṃ sukhaṃ ṭhānaso paṭilabhāma. Mayaṃ, bhante anuruddha, manāpakāyikā nāma devatā imesu tīsu ṭhānesu issariyaṃ kārema vasaṃ vattemā’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, etadahosi – ‘aho vatimā devatā sabbāva nīlā assu nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā’ti. Atha kho, bhante, tā devatā mama cittamaññāya sabbāva nīlā ahesuṃ nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā.

‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, etadahosi – ‘aho vatimā devatā sabbāva pītā assu…pe… sabbāva lohitakā assu…pe… sabbāva odātā assu odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā’ti. Atha kho, bhante, tā devatā mama cittamaññāya sabbāva odātā ahesuṃ odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā.

‘‘Atha kho, bhante, tā devatā ekā ca gāyi ekā ca nacci ekā ca accharaṃ vādesi. Seyyathāpi nāma pañcaṅgikassa tūriyassa suvinītassa suppaṭipatāḷitassa kusalehi susamannāhatassa saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca pemanīyo ca madanīyo ca; evamevaṃ tāsaṃ devatānaṃ alaṅkārānaṃ saddo hoti vaggu ca rajanīyo ca kamanīyo ca pemanīyo ca madanīyo ca. Atha khvāhaṃ, bhante, indriyāni okkhipiṃ.

‘‘Atha kho, bhante, tā devatā ‘na khvayyo anuruddho sādiyatī’ti tatthevantaradhāyiṃsu. Katihi nu kho, bhante, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjatī’’ti?

‘‘Aṭṭhahi kho, anuruddha, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, anuruddha, mātugāmo yassa mātāpitaro bhattuno denti atthakāmā hitesino anukampakā anukampaṃ upādāya tassa hoti pubbuṭṭhāyinī pacchānipātinī kiṅkārapaṭissāvinī manāpacārinī piyavādinī.

‘‘Ye te bhattu garuno guruno (ka.) honti – mātāti vā pitāti vā samaṇabrāhmaṇāti vā – te sakkaroti, garuṃ karoti garukaroti (sī. syā. pī.), māneti, pūjeti, abbhāgate ca āsanodakena paṭipūjeti.

‘‘Ye te bhattu abbhantarā kammantā – uṇṇāti vā kappāsāti vā – tattha dakkhā hoti analasā tatrupāyāya tatrūpāyāya (sī.), a. ni. 4.35; 11.14 vīmaṃsāya samannāgatā alaṃ kātuṃ alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ.

‘‘Yo so bhattu abbhantaro antojano – dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā – tesaṃ katañca katato jānāti akatañca akatato jānāti, gilānakānañca balābalaṃ jānāti khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyañcassa paccaṃsena paccayena (syā.), paccattaṃsena (ka.) a. ni. 5.33 saṃvibhajati.

‘‘Yaṃ bhattu āharati dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā taṃ ārakkhena guttiyā sampādeti, tattha ca hoti adhuttī athenī asoṇḍī avināsikā.

‘‘Upāsikā kho pana hoti buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā.

‘‘Sīlavatī kho pana hoti – pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā, adinnādānā paṭiviratā, kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratā, musāvādā paṭiviratā, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā.

‘‘Cāgavatī kho pana hoti. Vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgā muttacāgī (syā.) payatapāṇinī payatapāṇi (sī.), payatapāṇī (syā. pī. ka.) vossaggaratā yācayogā dānasaṃvibhāgaratā.

‘‘Imehi kho, anuruddha, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjatī’’ti.

‘‘Yo naṃ bharati sabbadā, niccaṃ ātāpi ussuko;

Taṃ sabbakāmadaṃ taṃ sabbakāmaharaṃ (sī. syā. pī.) sabbakāmaharaṃ (a. ni. 5.33 posaṃ, bhattāraṃ nātimaññati.

‘‘Na cāpi sotthi bhattāraṃ, issāvādena rosaye;

Bhattu ca garuno sabbe, paṭipūjeti paṇḍitā.

‘‘Uṭṭhāhikā uṭṭhāyikā (ka.) analasā, saṅgahitaparijjanā;

Bhattu manāpaṃ carati, sambhataṃ anurakkhati.

‘‘Yā evaṃ vattati nārī, bhattu chandavasānugā;

Manāpā nāma te manāpakāyikā (sī. ka.) devā, yattha sā upapajjatī’’ti. chaṭṭhaṃ;

46. Chaṭṭhe yenāyasmā anuruddhoti tā kira devatā attano sampattiṃ oloketvā ‘‘kiṃ nu kho nissāya ayaṃ sampatti amhehi laddhā’’ti āvajjamānā theraṃ disvā ‘‘mayaṃ amhākaṃ ayyassa pubbe cakkavattirajjaṃ karontassa pādaparicārikā hutvā tena dinnovāde ṭhatvā imaṃ sampattiṃ labhimha, gacchāma theraṃ ānetvā imaṃ sampattiṃ anubhavissāmā’’ti divā yenāyasmā anuruddho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Tīsu ṭhānesūti tīsu kāraṇesu. Ṭhānaso paṭilabhāmāti khaṇeneva labhāma. Saranti vacanasaddaṃ vā gītasaddaṃ vā ābharaṇasaddaṃ vā. Pītā assūtiādīni nīlā tāva jātā, pītā bhavituṃ na sakkhissantītiādinā nayena cintetvā vitakketi. Tāpi ‘‘idāni ayyo amhākaṃ pītabhāvaṃ icchati, idāni lohitabhāva’’nti tādisāva ahesuṃ.

Accharaṃ vādesīti pāṇitalaṃ vādesi. Pañcaṅgikassāti ātataṃ, vitataṃ, ātatavitataṃ, ghanaṃ, susiranti imehi pañcahi aṅgehi samannāgatassa. Tattha ātataṃ nāma cammapariyonaddhesu bheriādīsu ekatalatūriyaṃ, vitataṃ nāma ubhayatalaṃ, ātatavitataṃ nāma sabbaso pariyonaddhaṃ, susiraṃ vaṃsādi, ghanaṃ sammādi. Suvinītassāti ākaḍḍhanasithilakaraṇādīhi samucchitassa. Suppaṭipatāḷitassāti pamāṇe ṭhitabhāvajānanatthaṃ suṭṭhu paṭipatāḷitassa. Kusalehi susamannāhatassāti ye vādetuṃ kusalā chekā, tehi vāditassa. Vaggūti cheko sundaro. Rajanīyoti rañjetuṃ samattho. Kamanīyoti kāmetabbayutto. Khamanīyoti vā pāṭho, divasampi suyyamāno khamateva, na nibbindatīti attho. Madanīyoti mānamadapurisamadajanano. Indriyāni okkhipīti ‘‘asāruppaṃ imā devatā karontī’’ti indriyāni heṭṭhā khipi, na akkhīni ummīletvā olokesi. Na khvayyo anuruddho sādiyatīti ‘‘mayaṃ naccāma gāyāma, ayyo pana anuruddho na kho sādiyati, akkhīni ummīletvā na oloketi, kiṃ mayaṃ naccitvā vā gāyitvā vā karissāmā’’ti tattheva antaradhāyiṃsu. Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamīti tāsaṃ devatānaṃ ānubhāvaṃ disvā ‘‘katihi nu kho dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo manāpakāyike devaloke nibbattatī’’ti imamatthaṃ pucchituṃ upasaṅkami.

7. Dutiyavisākhāsuttaṃ

47. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā…pe… ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho visākhaṃ migāramātaraṃ bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Aṭṭhahi kho, visākhe, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo yassa mātāpitaro bhattuno denti atthakāmā hitesino anukampakā anukampaṃ upādāya tassa hoti pubbuṭṭhāyinī pacchānipātinī kiṅkārapaṭissāvinī manāpacārinī piyavādinī…pe….

‘‘Cāgavatī kho pana hoti. Vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgā payatapāṇinī vossaggaratā yācayogā dānasaṃvibhāgaratā. Imehi kho, visākhe, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjatī’’ti.

‘‘Yo naṃ bharati sabbadā, niccaṃ ātāpi ussuko;

Taṃ sabbakāmadaṃ posaṃ, bhattāraṃ nātimaññati.

‘‘Na cāpi sotthi bhattāraṃ, issāvādena rosaye;

Bhattu ca garuno sabbe, paṭipūjeti paṇḍitā.

‘‘Uṭṭhāhikā analasā, saṅgahitaparijjanā;

Bhattu manāpaṃ carati, sambhataṃ anurakkhati.

‘‘Yā evaṃ vattati nārī, bhattu chandavasānugā;

Manāpā nāma te manāpakāyikā (sī. ka.) devā, yattha sā upapajjatī’’ti. sattamaṃ;

8. Nakulamātāsuttaṃ

48. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati suṃsumāragire suṃsumāragire (sī. syā. pī.) bhesakaḷāvane migadāye. Atha kho nakulamātā gahapatānī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā…pe…. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho nakulamātaraṃ gahapatāniṃ bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Aṭṭhahi kho, nakulamāte, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjati. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, nakulamāte, mātugāmo yassa mātāpitaro bhattuno denti atthakāmā hitesino anukampakā anukampaṃ upādāya tassa hoti pubbuṭṭhāyinī pacchānipātinī kiṅkārapaṭissāvinī manāpacārinī piyavādinī.

‘‘Ye te bhattu garuno honti – mātāti vā pitāti vā samaṇabrāhmaṇāti vā – te sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti, abbhāgate ca āsanodakena paṭipūjeti.

‘‘Ye te bhattu abbhantarā kammantā – uṇṇāti vā kappāsāti vā – tattha dakkhā hoti analasā tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgatā alaṃ kātuṃ alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ.

‘‘Yo so bhattu abbhantaro antojano – dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā – tesaṃ katañca katato jānāti akatañca akatato jānāti, gilānakānañca balābalaṃ jānāti khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyañcassa paccaṃsena saṃvibhajati.

‘‘Yaṃ bhattā āharati dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā taṃ ārakkhena guttiyā sampādeti, tattha ca hoti adhuttī athenī asoṇḍī avināsikā.

‘‘Upāsikā kho pana hoti buddhaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā dhammaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā saṅghaṃ saraṇaṃ gatā.

‘‘Sīlavatī kho pana hoti – pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā…pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratā…pe….

‘‘Cāgavatī kho pana hoti vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgā payatapāṇinī vossaggaratā yācayogā dānasaṃvibhāgaratā.

‘‘Imehi kho, nakulamāte, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā manāpakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjatī’’ti.

‘‘Yo naṃ bharati sabbadā, niccaṃ ātāpi ussuko;

Taṃ sabbakāmadaṃ posaṃ, bhattāraṃ nātimaññati.

‘‘Na cāpi sotthi bhattāraṃ, issāvādena rosaye;

Bhattu ca garuno sabbe, paṭipūjeti paṇḍitā.

‘‘Uṭṭhāhikā analasā, saṅgahitaparijjanā;

Bhattu manāpaṃ carati, sambhataṃ anurakkhati.

‘‘Yā evaṃ vattati nārī, bhattu chandavasānugā;

Manāpā nāma te manāpakāyikā (sī.) devā, yattha sā upapajjatī’’ti. aṭṭhamaṃ;

41-48. Pañcamassa paṭhamādīsu natthi vattabbaṃ. Chaṭṭhe (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1.165) pañca aṅgāni etassāti pañcaṅgaṃ, pañcaṅgameva pañcaṅgikaṃ, tassa pañcaṅgikassa. Mahatī daddarī vīṇāvisesopi ātatamevāti **‘‘cammapariyonaddhesū’’**ti visesanaṃ kataṃ. Ekatalatūriyaṃ kumbhathunadaddarikādi. Ubhayatalaṃ bherimudiṅgādi. Cammapariyonaddhaṃ hutvā vinibaddhaṃ ātatavitataṃ. Sabbaso pariyonaddhaṃ nāma caturassaambaṇaṃ paṇavādi ca. Gomukhīādīnampi ettheva saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Vaṃsādīti ādi-saddena saṅkhādīnaṃ saṅgaho. Sammādīti sammatāḷakaṃsatāḷasilāsalākatāḷādi. Tattha sammatāḷaṃ nāma dantamayatāḷaṃ. Kaṃsatāḷaṃ lohamayaṃ. Silāmayaṃ ayopattena ca vādanatāḷaṃ silāsalākatāḷaṃ. Sumucchitassāti suṭṭhu paṭiyattassa. Pamāṇeti nātidaḷhanātisithilasaṅkhāte majjhime mucchanāpamāṇe. Chekoti paṭu paṭṭho. So cassa paṭubhāvo manoharoti āha **‘‘sundaro’’**ti. Rañjetunti rāgaṃ uppādetuṃ. Khamatevāti rocateva. Na nibbindatīti na tajjeti, sotasukhabhāvato piyāyitabbova hoti.

Bhattāraṃ nātimaññatīti sāmikaṃ muñcitvā aññaṃ manasāpi na pattheti. Uṭṭhāhikāti uṭṭhānavīriyasampannā. Analasāti nikkosajjā. Saṅgahitaparijjanāti sammānanādīhi ceva chaṇādīsu pesetabba-piyabhaṇḍādipaṇṇākārapesanādīhi ca saṅgahitaparijanā. Idha parijano nāma sāmikassa ceva attano ca ñātijano. Sambhatanti kasivaṇijjādīni katvā ābhatadhanaṃ. Sattamaṭṭhamāni uttānatthāni.

Saṃkhittūposathasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

9. Paṭhamaidhalokikasuttaṃ

49. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. Atha kho visākhā migāramātā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami…pe…. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho visākhaṃ migāramātaraṃ bhagavā etadavoca –

‘‘Catūhi kho, visākhe, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo idhalokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, ayaṃsa loko āraddho hoti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo susaṃvihitakammanto hoti, saṅgahitaparijano, bhattu manāpaṃ carati, sambhataṃ anurakkhati.

‘‘Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo susaṃvihitakammanto hoti? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo ye te bhattu abbhantarā kammantā – uṇṇāti vā kappāsāti vā – tattha dakkhā hoti analasā tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgatā alaṃ kātuṃ alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. Evaṃ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo susaṃvihitakammanto hoti.

‘‘Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo saṅgahitaparijano hoti? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo yo so bhattu abbhantaro antojano – dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā – tesaṃ katañca katato jānāti akatañca akatato jānāti, gilānakānañca balābalaṃ jānāti khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyañcassa paccaṃsena saṃvibhajati. Evaṃ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo saṅgahitaparijano hoti.

‘‘Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo bhattu manāpaṃ carati? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo yaṃ bhattu amanāpasaṅkhātaṃ taṃ jīvitahetupi na ajjhācarati. Evaṃ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo bhattu manāpaṃ carati.

‘‘Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo sambhataṃ anurakkhati? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo yaṃ bhattā āharati dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā taṃ ārakkhena guttiyā sampādeti, tattha ca hoti adhuttī athenī asoṇḍī avināsikā. Evaṃ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo sambhataṃ anurakkhati. Imehi kho, visākhe, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo idhalokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, ayaṃsa loko āraddho hoti.

‘‘Catūhi kho, visākhe, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo paralokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, paraloko āraddho hoti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo saddhāsampanno hoti, sīlasampanno hoti, cāgasampanno hoti, paññāsampanno hoti.

‘‘Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo saddhāsampanno hoti? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Evaṃ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo saddhāsampanno hoti.

‘‘Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo sīlasampanno hoti? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Evaṃ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo sīlasampanno hoti.

‘‘Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo cāgasampanno hoti? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgā payatapāṇinī vossaggaratā yācayogā dānasaṃvibhāgaratā. Evaṃ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo cāgasampanno hoti.

‘‘Kathañca, visākhe, mātugāmo paññāsampanno hoti? Idha, visākhe, mātugāmo paññavā hoti…pe… evaṃ kho, visākhe, mātugāmo paññāsampanno hoti. Imehi kho, visākhe, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo paralokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, paraloko āraddho hotī’’ti.

‘‘Susaṃvihitakammantā, saṅgahitaparijjanā;

Bhattu manāpaṃ carati, sambhataṃ anurakkhati.

‘‘Saddhā sīlena sampannā, vadaññū vītamaccharā;

Niccaṃ maggaṃ visodheti, sotthānaṃ samparāyikaṃ.

‘‘Iccete aṭṭha dhammā ca, yassā vijjanti nāriyā;

Tampi sīlavatiṃ āhu, dhammaṭṭhaṃ saccavādiniṃ.

‘‘Soḷasākārasampannā, aṭṭhaṅgasusamāgatā;

Tādisī sīlavatī upāsikā;

Upapajjati devalokaṃ manāpa’’nti. navamaṃ;

10. Dutiyaidhalokikasuttaṃ

50. ‘‘Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo idhalokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, ayaṃsa loko āraddho hoti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo susaṃvihitakammanto hoti, saṅgahitaparijano, bhattu manāpaṃ carati, sambhataṃ anurakkhati.

‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo susaṃvihitakammanto hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo ye te bhattu abbhantarā kammantā…pe… evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo susaṃvihitakammanto hoti.

‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo saṅgahitaparijano hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo yo so bhattu abbhantaro antojano…pe… evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo saṅgahitaparijano hoti.

‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo bhattu manāpaṃ carati? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo yaṃ bhattu amanāpasaṅkhātaṃ taṃ jīvitahetupi na ajjhācarati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo bhattu manāpaṃ carati.

‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo sambhataṃ anurakkhati? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo yaṃ bhattā āharati…pe… evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo sambhataṃ anurakkhati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo idhalokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, ayaṃsa loko āraddho hoti.

‘‘Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo paralokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, paraloko āraddho hoti. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo saddhāsampanno hoti, sīlasampanno hoti, cāgasampanno hoti, paññāsampanno hoti.

‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo saddhāsampanno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo saddho hoti…pe… evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo saddhāsampanno hoti.

‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo sīlasampanno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo sīlasampanno hoti.

‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo cāgasampanno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati…pe… evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo cāgasampanno hoti.

‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, mātugāmo paññāsampanno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, mātugāmo paññavā hoti…pe… evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmo paññāsampanno hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato mātugāmo paralokavijayāya paṭipanno hoti, paraloko āraddho hotī’’ti.

‘‘Susaṃvihitakammantā, saṅgahitaparijjanā;

Bhattu manāpaṃ carati, sambhataṃ anurakkhati.

‘‘Saddhā sīlena sampannā, vadaññū vītamaccharā;

Niccaṃ maggaṃ visodheti, sotthānaṃ samparāyikaṃ.

‘‘Iccete aṭṭha dhammā ca, yassā vijjanti nāriyā;

Tampi sīlavatiṃ āhu, dhammaṭṭhaṃ saccavādiniṃ.

‘‘Soḷasākārasampannā, aṭṭhaṅgasusamāgatā;

Tādisī sīlavatī upāsikā, upapajjati devalokaṃ manāpa’’nti. dasamaṃ;

Uposathavaggo pañcamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Saṃkhitte vitthate visākhe, vāseṭṭho bojjhāya pañcamaṃ;

Anuruddhaṃ puna visākhe, nakulā idhalokikā dveti.

Paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ samattaṃ.

49-50. Navame ayaṃ’sa loko āraddho hotīti ayamassa loko idhaloke karaṇamattāya āraddhattā paripuṇṇattā āraddho hoti paripuṇṇo. Soḷasākārasampannāti sutte vuttehi aṭṭhahi, gāthāsu aṭṭhahīti soḷasahi ākārehi samannāgatā, yāni vā aṭṭhaṅgāni parampi tesu samādapetīti evampi soḷasākārasampannāti eke. Saddhāsīlapaññā panettha missikā kathitā. Dasamaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa kathitaṃ. Sabbasuttesu pana yaṃ na vuttaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā āgatanayattā uttānatthamevāti.

Uposathavaggo pañcamo.

Paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

49-50. Navame idhalokavijayāyāti idhalokavijinanatthāya abhibhavatthāya. Yo hi diṭṭhadhammikaṃ anatthaṃ parivajjanavasena abhibhavati, tato eva tadatthaṃ sampādeti, so idhalokavijayāya paṭipanno nāma hoti paccatthikaniggaṇhanato sadatthasampādanato ca. Tenāha **‘‘ayaṃsa loko āraddho hotī’’**ti. (Pasaṃsāvahato tayidaṃ pasaṃsāvahanaṃ kittisaddena idhaloke saddānaṃ cittatosanaviddheyyabhāvāpādanena ca hotīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.) Susaṃvihitakammantoti yāgubhattapacanakālādīni anatikkamitvā tassa tassa sādhukaṃ karaṇena suṭṭhu saṃvihitakammanto. Paralokavijayāyāti paralokassa vijinanatthāya abhibhavatthāya. Yo hi samparāyikaṃ anatthaṃ parivajjanavasena abhibhavati, tato eva tadatthaṃ sampādeti, so paralokavijayāya paṭipanno nāma hoti. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānameva.

Paṭhamaidhalokikasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Uposathavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Paṭhamapaṇṇāsakaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

2. Dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ

(6) 1. Gotamīvaggo

1. Gotamīsuttaṃ

51. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodhārāme. Atha kho mahāpajāpatī mahāpajāpati (syā.) cūḷava. 402 gotamī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu, bhante, labheyya mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajja’’nti. ‘‘Alaṃ, gotami! Mā te rucci mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjā’’ti.

Dutiyampi kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu, bhante, labheyya mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajja’’nti. ‘‘Alaṃ, gotami! Mā te rucci mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjā’’ti. ‘‘Tatiyampi kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu bhante, labheyya mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajja’’nti. ‘‘Alaṃ, gotami! Mā te rucci mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjā’’ti.

Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī ‘‘na bhagavā anujānāti mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajja’’nti dukkhī dummanā assumukhī rudamānā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

Atha kho bhagavā kapilavatthusmiṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena vesālī tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī kese chedāpetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā sambahulāhi sākiyānīhi saddhiṃ yena vesālī tena pakkāmi. Anupubbena yena vesālī mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī sūnehi pādehi rajokiṇṇena gattena dukkhī dummanā assumukhī rudamānā bahidvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhāsi.

Addasā kho āyasmā ānando mahāpajāpatiṃ gotamiṃ sūnehi pādehi rajokiṇṇena gattena dukkhiṃ dummanaṃ assumukhiṃ rudamānaṃ bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitaṃ. Disvāna mahāpajāpatiṃ gotamiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ nu tvaṃ, gotami, sūnehi pādehi rajokiṇṇena gattena dukkhī dummanā assumukhī rudamānā bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitā’’ti? ‘‘Tathā hi pana, bhante ānanda, na bhagavā anujānāti mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajja’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ, gotami, muhuttaṃ idheva tāva hohi, yāvāhaṃ bhagavantaṃ yācāmi mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajja’’nti.

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘esā, bhante, mahāpajāpatī gotamī sūnehi pādehi rajokiṇṇena gattena dukkhī dummanā assumukhī rudamānā bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitā – ‘na bhagavā anujānāti mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajja’nti. Sādhu, bhante, labheyya mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajja’’nti. ‘‘Alaṃ, ānanda! Mā te rucci mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjā’’ti.

Dutiyampi kho…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu, bhante, labheyya mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajja’’nti. ‘‘Alaṃ, ānanda! Mā te rucci mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjā’’ti.

Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘na bhagavā anujānāti mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjaṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ aññenapi pariyāyena bhagavantaṃ yāceyyaṃ mātugāmassa tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajja’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhabbo nu kho, bhante, mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā sotāpattiphalaṃ vā sakadāgāmiphalaṃ vā anāgāmiphalaṃ vā arahattaphalaṃ vā sacchikātu’’nti? ‘‘Bhabbo, ānanda, mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā sotāpattiphalampi sakadāgāmiphalampi anāgāmiphalampi arahattaphalampi sacchikātu’’nti. ‘‘Sace, bhante, bhabbo mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā sotāpattiphalampi…pe… arahattaphalampi sacchikātuṃ, bahukārā, bhante, mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavato mātucchā āpādikā posikā khīrassa dāyikā; bhagavantaṃ janettiyā kālaṅkatāya thaññaṃ pāyesi. Sādhu, bhante, labheyya mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajja’’nti.

‘‘Sace, ānanda, mahāpajāpatī gotamī aṭṭha garudhamme paṭiggaṇhāti, sāvassā hotu upasampadā –

pāci. 149; cūḷava. 403 ‘‘Vassasatūpasampannāya bhikkhuniyā tadahūpasampannassa bhikkhuno abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ kattabbaṃ. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṃ katvā garukatvā (sī. syā. pī.) mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo.

‘‘Na bhikkhuniyā abhikkhuke āvāse vassaṃ upagantabbaṃ. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṃ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo.

‘‘Anvaḍḍhamāsaṃ bhikkhuniyā bhikkhusaṅghato dve dhammā paccāsīsitabbā paccāsiṃsitabbā (sī. syā. pī.) – uposathapucchakañca, ovādūpasaṅkamanañca. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṃ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo.

‘‘Vassaṃvuṭṭhāya bhikkhuniyā ubhatosaṅghe tīhi ṭhānehi pavāretabbaṃ – diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṃ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo.

‘‘Garudhammaṃ ajjhāpannāya bhikkhuniyā ubhatosaṅghe pakkhamānattaṃ caritabbaṃ. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṃ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo.

‘‘Dve vassāni chasu dhammesu sikkhitasikkhāya sikkhamānāya ubhatosaṅghe upasampadā pariyesitabbā. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṃ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo.

‘‘Na kenaci pariyāyena bhikkhuniyā bhikkhu akkositabbo paribhāsitabbo. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṃ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo.

‘‘Ajjatagge ovaṭo bhikkhunīnaṃ bhikkhūsu vacanapatho, anovaṭo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīsu vacanapatho. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṃ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo.

‘‘Sace, ānanda, mahāpajāpatī gotamī ime aṭṭha garudhamme paṭiggaṇhāti, sāvassā hotu upasampadā’’ti.

Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato santike ime aṭṭha garudhamme uggahetvā yena mahāpajāpatī gotamī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā mahāpajāpatiṃ gotamiṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Sace kho tvaṃ, gotami, aṭṭha garudhamme paṭiggaṇheyyāsi, sāva te bhavissati upasampadā –

‘‘Vassasatūpasampannāya bhikkhuniyā tadahūpasampannassa bhikkhuno abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ kattabbaṃ. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṃ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo…pe….

‘‘Ajjatagge ovaṭo bhikkhunīnaṃ bhikkhūsu vacanapatho, anovaṭo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīsu vacanapatho. Ayampi dhammo sakkatvā garuṃ katvā mānetvā pūjetvā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyo. Sace kho tvaṃ, gotami, ime aṭṭha garudhamme paṭiggaṇheyyāsi, sāva te bhavissati upasampadā’’ti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhante ānanda, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko maṇḍanakajātiyo (sī. pī.) sīsaṃnhāto sīsaṃnahāto (sī. pī.), sīsanahāto (syā.) uppalamālaṃ vā vassikamālaṃ vā adhimuttakamālaṃ atimuttakamālaṃ (sī.) vā labhitvā ubhohi hatthehi paṭiggahetvā uttamaṅge sirasmiṃ patiṭṭhāpeyya; evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante ānanda, ime aṭṭha garudhamme paṭiggaṇhāmi yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīye’’ti.

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘paṭiggahitā, bhante, mahāpajāpatiyā gotamiyā aṭṭha garudhammā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyā’’ti.

‘‘Sace, ānanda, nālabhissa mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjaṃ, ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, ānanda, brahmacariyaṃ abhavissa, vassasahassameva saddhammo tiṭṭheyya. Yato ca kho, ānanda, mātugāmo tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito, na dāni, ānanda, brahmacariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ bhavissati. Pañceva dāni, ānanda, vassasatāni saddhammo ṭhassati.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, ānanda, yāni kānici kulāni bahutthikāni bahukitthikāni (sī. pī.), bahuitthikāni (syā.) appapurisakāni, tāni suppadhaṃsiyāni honti corehi kumbhatthenakehi; evamevaṃ kho, ānanda, yasmiṃ dhammavinaye labhati mātugāmo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjaṃ, na taṃ brahmacariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ hoti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sampanne sālikkhette setaṭṭhikā nāma rogajāti nipatati, evaṃ taṃ sālikkhettaṃ na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ hoti; evamevaṃ kho, ānanda, yasmiṃ dhammavinaye labhati mātugāmo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjaṃ, na taṃ brahmacariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ hoti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sampanne ucchukkhette mañjiṭṭhikā mañjeṭṭhikā (sī. syā.) nāma rogajāti nipatati, evaṃ taṃ ucchukkhettaṃ na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ hoti; evamevaṃ kho, ānanda, yasmiṃ dhammavinaye labhati mātugāmo agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajjaṃ, na taṃ brahmacariyaṃ ciraṭṭhitikaṃ hoti.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, ānanda, puriso mahato taḷākassa paṭikacceva paṭigacceva (sī. pī.) āḷiṃ bandheyya yāvadeva udakassa anatikkamanāya; evamevaṃ kho, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva bhikkhunīnaṃ aṭṭha garudhammā paññattā yāvajīvaṃ anatikkamanīyā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

51. Chaṭṭhassa paṭhame sakkesu viharatīti paṭhamagamanena gantvā viharati. Mahāpajāpatīti puttapajāya ceva dhītupajāya ca mahantattā evaṃladdhanāmā. Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamīti bhagavā kapilapuraṃ gantvā paṭhamameva nandaṃ pabbājesi, sattame divase rāhulakumāraṃ. Cumbaṭakakalahe (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.331; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.37) pana ubhayanagaravāsikesu yuddhatthāya nikkhantesu satthā gantvā te rājāno saññāpetvā attadaṇḍasuttaṃ (su. ni. 941 ādayo; mahāni. 170 ādayo) kathesi. Rājāno pasīditvā aḍḍhatiyasate aḍḍhatiyasate kumāre adaṃsu, tāni pañca kumārasatāni satthu santike pabbajiṃsu, atha nesaṃ pajāpatiyo sāsanaṃ pesetvā anabhiratiṃ uppādayiṃsu. Satthā tesaṃ anabhiratiyā uppannabhāvaṃ ñatvā te pañcasate daharabhikkhū kuṇāladahaṃ netvā attano kuṇālakāle nisinnapubbe pāsāṇatale nisīditvā kuṇālajātakakathāya (jā. 2.21.kuṇālajātaka) tesaṃ anabhiratiṃ vinodetvā sabbepi te sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāpesi, puna mahāvanaṃ ānetvā arahattaphaleti. Tesaṃ cittajānanatthaṃ punapi pajāpatiyo sāsanaṃ pahiṇiṃsu. Te ‘‘abhabbā mayaṃ gharāvāsassā’’ti paṭisāsanaṃ pahiṇiṃsu. Tā ‘‘na dāni amhākaṃ gharaṃ gantuṃ yuttaṃ, mahāpajāpatiyā santikaṃ gantvā pabbajjaṃ anujānāpetvā pabbajissāmā’’ti pañcasatāpi mahāpajāpatiṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘ayye, amhākaṃ pabbajjaṃ anujānāpethā’’ti āhaṃsu. Mahāpajāpatī tā itthiyo gahetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. Setacchattassa heṭṭhā rañño parinibbutakāle upasaṅkamītipi vadantiyeva.

Alaṃ gotami, mā te ruccīti kasmā paṭikkhipi, nanu sabbesampi buddhānaṃ catasso parisā hontīti? Kāmaṃ honti, kilametvā pana anekavāraṃ yācite anuññātaṃ pabbajjaṃ ‘‘dukkhena laddhā’’ti sammā paripālessantīti garuṃ katvā anuññātukāmo paṭikkhipi. Pakkāmīti puna kapilapurameva pāvisi. Yathābhirantaṃ viharitvāti bodhaneyyasattānaṃ upanissayaṃ olokento yathājjhāsayane viharitvā. Cārikaṃ pakkāmīti mahājanasaṅgahaṃ karonto uttamāya buddhasiriyā anopamena buddhavilāsena aturitacārikaṃ pakkāmi.

Sambahulāhi sākiyānīhi saddhinti antonivesanamhiyeva dasabalaṃ uddissa pabbajjāvesaṃ gahetvā pañcasatā sākiyāniyo pabbajjāvesaṃyeva gāhāpetvā sabbāhipi tāhi sambahulāhi sākiyānīhi saddhiṃ. Cārikaṃ pakkāmīti gamanaṃ abhinīhari. Gamanābhinīharaṇakāle pana tā sukhumālā rājitthiyo padasā gantuṃ na sakkhissantīti sākiyakoliyarājāno sovaṇṇasivikāyo upaṭṭhāpayiṃsu. Tā pana ‘‘yāne āruyha gacchantīti satthari agāravo kato hotī’’ti ekapaṇṇāsayojanikaṃ padasāva paṭipajjiṃsu. Rājānopi purato ca pacchato ca ārakkhaṃ saṃvidahāpetvā taṇḍulasappitelādīnaṃ sakaṭāni pūrāpetvā ‘‘gataṭṭhāne gataṭṭhāne āhāraṃ paṭiyādethā’’ti purise pesayiṃsu. Sūnehi pādehīti tāsañhi sukhumālattā pādesu eko phoṭo uṭṭheti, eko bhijjati. Ubho pādā katakaṭṭhisamparikiṇṇā viya hutvā uddhumātā jātā. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘sūnehi pādehī’’ti. Bahidvārakoṭṭhaketi dvārakoṭṭhakato bahi. Kasmā panevaṃ ṭhitāti? Evaṃ kirassā ahosi – ‘‘ahaṃ tathāgatena ananuññātā sayameva pabbajjāvesaṃ aggahesiṃ, evaṃ gahitabhāvo ca pana me sakalajambudīpe pākaṭo jāto. Sace satthā pabbajjaṃ anujānāti, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. Sace pana nānujānissati, mahatī garahā bhavissatī’’ti vihāraṃ pavisituṃ asakkontī rodamānāva aṭṭhāsi.

2. Ovādasuttaṃ

52. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘katihi nu kho, bhante, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako sammannitabbo’’ti?

pāci. 147 ‘‘Aṭṭhahi kho, ānanda, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako sammannitabbo. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idhānanda, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti…pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti…pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; ubhayāni kho panassa pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso; kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya visaṭṭhāya (ka.) anelagaḷāya aneḷagaḷāya (sī. ka.) atthassa viññāpaniyā; paṭibalo hoti bhikkhunisaṅghassa dhammiyā kathāya sandassetuṃ samādapetuṃ samuttejetuṃ sampahaṃsetuṃ; yebhuyyena bhikkhunīnaṃ piyo hoti manāpo; na kho panetaṃ bhagavantaṃ uddissa pabbajitāya kāsāyavatthanivasanāya garudhammaṃ ajjhāpannapubbo hoti; vīsativasso vā hoti atirekavīsativasso vā. Imehi kho, ānanda, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhikkhunovādako sammannitabbo’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

52. Dutiye bahussutoti idha sakalassapi buddhavacanassa vasena bahussutabhāvo veditabbo. Garudhammanti kāyasaṃsaggaṃ. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Bhikkhunovādakavinicchayo pana samantapāsādikāya (pāci. aṭṭha. 144 ādayo) vuttanayeneva veditabbo.

3. Saṃkhittasuttaṃ

53. cūḷava. 406 Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho mahāpajāpatī gotamī yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sā mahāpajāpatī gotamī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetu, yamahaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā ekā vūpakaṭṭhā appamattā ātāpinī pahitattā vihareyya’’nti. ‘‘Ye kho tvaṃ, gotami, dhamme jāneyyāsi – ‘ime dhammā sarāgāya saṃvattanti, no virāgāya; saṃyogāya saṃvattanti, no visaṃyogāya; ācayāya saṃvattanti, no apacayāya; mahicchatāya saṃvattanti, no appicchatāya; asantuṭṭhiyā saṃvattanti, no santuṭṭhiyā; saṅgaṇikāya saṃvattanti, no pavivekāya; kosajjāya saṃvattanti, no vīriyārambhāya; dubbharatāya saṃvattanti, no subharatāyā’ti, ekaṃsena, gotami, dhāreyyāsi – ‘neso dhammo, neso vinayo, netaṃ satthusāsana’’’nti.

‘‘Ye ca kho tvaṃ, gotami, dhamme jāneyyāsi – ‘ime dhammā virāgāya saṃvattanti, no sarāgāya; visaṃyogāya saṃvattanti, no saṃyogāya; apacayāya saṃvattanti, no ācayāya; appicchatāya saṃvattanti, no mahicchatāya; santuṭṭhiyā saṃvattanti, no asantuṭṭhiyā; pavivekāya saṃvattanti, no saṅgaṇikāya; vīriyārambhāya saṃvattanti, no kosajjāya; subharatāya saṃvattanti, no dubbharatāyā’ti, ekaṃsena, gotami, dhāreyyāsi – ‘eso dhammo, eso vinayo, etaṃ satthusāsana’’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.

53. Tatiye sarāgāyāti sarāgatthāya. Virāgāyāti virajjanatthāya. Saṃyogāyāti vaṭṭe saṃyogatthāya. Visaṃyogāyāti vaṭṭe visaṃyogabhāvatthāya. Ācayāyāti vaṭṭassa vaḍḍhanatthāya. No apacayāyāti na vaṭṭaviddhaṃsanatthāya. Dubbharatāyāti dupposanatthāya. No subharatāyāti na sukhaposanatthāya. Imasmiṃ sutte paṭhamavārena vaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ, dutiyavārena vivaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ. Iminā ca pana ovādena gotamī arahattaṃ pattāti.

51-53. Chaṭṭhassa paṭhame (sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.402) gotamīti gottaṃ. Nāmakaraṇadivase panassā laddhasakkārā brāhmaṇā lakkhaṇasampattiṃ disvā ‘‘sace ayaṃ dhītaraṃ labhissati, cakkavattirañño mahesī bhavissati. Sace puttaṃ labhissati, cakkavattirājā bhavissatīti ubhayathāpi mahatīyevassā pajā bhavissatī’’ti byākariṃsu. Athassā ‘‘mahāpajāpatī’’ti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Tenāha **‘‘puttapajāya ceva dhītupajāya ca mahantattā evaṃladdhanāmā’’**ti.

‘‘Attadaṇḍā bhayaṃ jātaṃ, janaṃ passatha medhagaṃ;

Saṃvegaṃ kittayissāmi, yathā saṃvijitaṃ mayā’’ti. (su. ni. 941; mahāni. 170) –

Ādinā attadaṇḍasuttaṃ kathesi. Taṃtaṃpalobhanakiriyā kāyavācāhi parakkamantiyo ukkaṇṭhantūti sāsanaṃ pesenti nāmāti katvā vuttaṃ **‘‘sāsanaṃ pesetvā’’**ti. Kuṇāladahanti kuṇāladahatīraṃ. Anabhiratiṃ vinodetvāti itthīnaṃ dosadassanamukhena kāmānaṃ vokārasaṃkilesavibhāvanena anabhiratiṃ vinodetvā.

Āpādikāti saṃvaddhakā, tumhākaṃ hatthapādesu kiccaṃ asādhentesu hatthe ca pāde ca vaḍḍhetvā paṭijaggitāti attho. Posikāti divasassa dve tayo vāre nahāpetvā bhojetvā pāyetvā tumhe posesi. Thaññaṃ pāyesīti nandakumāro kira bodhisattato katipāheneva daharo, tasmiṃ jāte mahāpajāpatī attano puttaṃ dhātīnaṃ datvā sayaṃ bodhisattassa dhātikiccaṃ sādhayamānā attano thaññaṃ pāyesi. Taṃ sandhāya thero evamāha. Daharoti taruṇo. Yuvāti yobbaññe ṭhito. Maṇḍanakajātikoti alaṅkārasabhāvo. Tattha koci taruṇopi yuvā na hoti yathā atitaruṇo. Koci yuvāpi maṇḍanakajātiko na hoti yathā upasantasabhāvo, ālasiyabyasanādīhi vā abhibhūto. Idha pana daharo ceva yuvā ca maṇḍanakajātiko ca adhippeto, tasmā evamāha. Uppalādīni maṇḍanakajātiko ca lokasammatattā vuttāni.

4. Dīghajāṇusuttaṃ

54. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā koliyesu viharati kakkarapattaṃ nāma koliyānaṃ nigamo. Atha kho dīghajāṇu koliyaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho dīghajāṇu koliyaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayaṃ, bhante, gihī kāmabhogino kāmabhogī (sī. syā. pī.) puttasambādhasayanaṃ ajjhāvasāma, kāsikacandanaṃ paccanubhoma, mālāgandhavilepanaṃ dhārayāma, jātarūparajataṃ sādayāma. Tesaṃ no, bhante, bhagavā amhākaṃ tathā dhammaṃ desetu ye amhākaṃ assu dhammā diṭṭhadhammahitāya diṭṭhadhammasukhāya, samparāyahitāya samparāyasukhāyā’’ti.

‘‘Cattārome, byagghapajja, dhammā kulaputtassa diṭṭhadhammahitāya saṃvattanti diṭṭhadhammasukhāya. Katame cattāro? Uṭṭhānasampadā, ārakkhasampadā, kalyāṇamittatā, samajīvitā samajīvikatā (sī.) a. ni. 8.75. Katamā ca, byagghapajja, uṭṭhānasampadā? Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto yena kammaṭṭhānena jīvikaṃ jīvitaṃ (ka.) kappeti – yadi kasiyā, yadi vaṇijjāya, yadi gorakkhena, yadi issattena issatthena (sī. syā. pī.), yadi rājaporisena, yadi sippaññatarena – tattha dakkho hoti analaso, tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, alaṃ kātuṃ alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati, byagghapajja, uṭṭhānasampadā.

‘‘Katamā ca, byagghapajja, ārakkhasampadā? Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputtassa bhogā honti uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatā bāhābalaparicitā, sedāvakkhittā, dhammikā dhammaladdhā. Te ārakkhena guttiyā sampādeti – ‘kinti me ime bhoge neva rājāno hareyyuṃ, na corā hareyyuṃ, na aggi ḍaheyya, na udakaṃ vaheyya, na appiyā dāyādā hareyyu’nti! Ayaṃ vuccati, byagghapajja, ārakkhasampadā.

‘‘Katamā ca, byagghapajja, kalyāṇamittatā? Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto yasmiṃ gāme vā nigame vā paṭivasati, tattha ye te honti – gahapatī vā gahapatiputtā vā daharā vā vuddhasīlino, vuddhā vā vuddhasīlino, saddhāsampannā, sīlasampannā, cāgasampannā, paññāsampannā – tehi saddhiṃ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṃ samāpajjati; yathārūpānaṃ saddhāsampannānaṃ saddhāsampadaṃ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṃ sīlasampannānaṃ sīlasampadaṃ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṃ cāgasampannānaṃ cāgasampadaṃ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṃ paññāsampannānaṃ paññāsampadaṃ anusikkhati. Ayaṃ vuccati, byagghapajja, kalyāṇamittatā.

‘‘Katamā ca, byagghapajja, samajīvitā? Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṃ viditvā, vayañca bhogānaṃ viditvā, samaṃ jīvikaṃ samajīvikaṃ (syā.), samajīvitaṃ (ka.) kappeti nāccogāḷhaṃ nātihīnaṃ – ‘evaṃ me āyo vayaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. Seyyathāpi, byagghapajja, tulādhāro vā tulādhārantevāsī vā tulaṃ paggahetvā jānāti – ‘ettakena vā onataṃ oṇataṃ (ka.), ettakena vā unnata’nti uṇṇatanti (ka.); evamevaṃ kho, byagghapajja, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṃ viditvā, vayañca bhogānaṃ viditvā, samaṃ jīvikaṃ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṃ nātihīnaṃ – ‘evaṃ me āyo vayaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. Sacāyaṃ, byagghapajja, kulaputto appāyo samāno uḷāraṃ jīvikaṃ jīvitaṃ (ka.) kappeti, tassa bhavanti vattāro – ‘udumbarakhādīvāyaṃ udumbarakhādikaṃ vāyaṃ (sī. pī.), udumbarakhādakaṃ cāyaṃ (syā.) kulaputto bhoge khādatī’ti. Sace panāyaṃ, byagghapajja, kulaputto mahāyo samāno kasiraṃ jīvikaṃ jīvitaṃ (ka.) kappeti, tassa bhavanti vattāro – ‘ajeṭṭhamaraṇaṃvāyaṃ ajaddhumārikaṃ vāyaṃ (sī. pī.), addhamārakaṃ cāyaṃ (syā.), ettha jaddhūti asanaṃ = bhattabhuñjanaṃ, tasmā ajaddhumārikanti anasanamaraṇanti vuttaṃ hoti. ma. ni. 1.379 adholipiyā ‘‘ajaddhuka’’nti padaṃ dassitaṃ kulaputto marissatī’ti. Yato ca khoyaṃ, byagghapajja, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṃ viditvā, vayañca bhogānaṃ viditvā, samaṃ jīvikaṃ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṃ nātihīnaṃ – ‘evaṃ me āyo vayaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. Ayaṃ vuccati, byagghapajja, samajīvitā.

‘‘Evaṃ samuppannānaṃ, byagghapajja, bhogānaṃ cattāri apāyamukhāni honti – itthidhutto, surādhutto, akkhadhutto, pāpamitto pāpasahāyo pāpasampavaṅko. Seyyathāpi, byagghapajja, mahato taḷākassa cattāri ceva āyamukhāni, cattāri ca apāyamukhāni. Tassa puriso yāni ceva āyamukhāni tāni pidaheyya, yāni ca apāyamukhāni tāni vivareyya; devo ca na sammā dhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. Evañhi tassa, byagghapajja, mahato taḷākassa parihāniyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no vuddhi; evamevaṃ, byagghapajja, evaṃ samuppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ cattāri apāyamukhāni honti – itthidhutto, surādhutto, akkhadhutto, pāpamitto pāpasahāyo pāpasampavaṅko.

‘‘Evaṃ samuppannānaṃ, byagghapajja, bhogānaṃ cattāri āyamukhāni honti – na itthidhutto, na surādhutto, na akkhadhutto, kalyāṇamitto kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko. Seyyathāpi, byagghapajja, mahato taḷākassa cattāri ceva āyamukhāni, cattāri ca apāyamukhāni. Tassa puriso yāni ceva āyamukhāni tāni vivareyya, yāni ca apāyamukhāni tāni pidaheyya; devo ca sammā dhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. Evañhi tassa, byagghapajja, mahato taḷākassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni; evamevaṃ kho, byagghapajja, evaṃ samuppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ cattāri āyamukhāni honti – na itthidhutto, na surādhutto, na akkhadhutto, kalyāṇamitto kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko. Ime kho, byagghapajja, cattāro dhammā kulaputtassa diṭṭhadhammahitāya saṃvattanti diṭṭhadhammasukhāya.

‘‘Cattārome, byagghapajja, dhammā kulaputtassa samparāyahitāya saṃvattanti samparāyasukhāya. Katame cattāro? Saddhāsampadā, sīlasampadā, cāgasampadā, paññāsampadā. Katamā ca, byagghapajja, saddhāsampadā? Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Ayaṃ vuccati, byagghapajja, saddhāsampadā.

‘‘Katamā ca, byagghapajja, sīlasampadā? Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Ayaṃ vuccati, byagghapajja, sīlasampadā.

‘‘Katamā ca, byagghapajja, cāgasampadā? Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Ayaṃ vuccati, byagghapajja, cāgasampadā.

‘‘Katamā ca, byagghapajja, paññāsampadā? Idha, byagghapajja, kulaputto paññavā hoti, udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Ayaṃ vuccati, byagghapajja, paññāsampadā. Ime kho, byagghapajja, cattāro dhammā kulaputtassa samparāyahitāya saṃvattanti samparāyasukhāyā’’ti.

‘‘Uṭṭhātā kammadheyyesu, appamatto vidhānavā;

Samaṃ kappeti jīvikaṃ jīvitaṃ (ka.), sambhataṃ anurakkhati.

‘‘Saddho sīlena sampanno, vadaññū vītamaccharo;

Niccaṃ maggaṃ visodheti, sotthānaṃ samparāyikaṃ.

‘‘Iccete aṭṭha dhammā ca, saddhassa gharamesino;

Akkhātā saccanāmena, ubhayattha sukhāvahā.

‘‘Diṭṭhadhammahitatthāya, samparāyasukhāya ca;

Evametaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ, cāgo puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī’’ti. catutthaṃ;

54. Catutthe byagghapajjāti idamassa paveṇi nāma vasena ālapanaṃ. Tassa hi pubbapurisā byagghapathe jātāti tasmiṃ kule manussā byagghapajjāti vuccanti. Issatthenāti issāsakammena. Tatrupāyāyāti ‘‘imasmiṃ kāle idaṃ nāma kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti jānane upāyabhūtāya. Vuddhasīlinoti vaḍḍhitasīlā vuddhasamācārā. Āyanti āgamanaṃ. Nāccogāḷhanti nātimahantaṃ. Nātihīnanti nātikasiraṃ. Pariyādāyāti gahetvā khepetvā. Tattha yassa vayato diguṇo āyo, tassa vayo āyaṃ pariyādātuṃ na sakkoti.

‘‘Catudhā vibhaje bhoge, paṇḍito gharamāvasaṃ;

Ekena bhoge bhuñjeyya, dvīhi kammaṃ payojaye;

Catutthañca nidhāpeyya, āpadāsu bhavissatī’’ti. (dī. ni. 3.265) –

Evaṃ paṭipajjato pana vayo āyaṃ pariyādātuṃ na sakkotiyeva.

Udumbarakhādīvāti yathā udumbarāni khāditukāmena pakke udumbararukkhe cālite ekappahāreneva bahūni phalāni patanti, so khāditabbayuttakāni khāditvā itarāni bahutarāni pahāya gacchati, evamevaṃ yo āyato vayaṃ bahutaraṃ katvā vippakiranto bhoge paribhuñjati, so ‘‘udumbarakhādikaṃvāyaṃ kulaputto bhoge khādatī’’ti vuccati. Ajeṭṭhamaraṇanti anāyakamaraṇaṃ. Samaṃ jīvikaṃ kappetīti sammā jīvikaṃ kappeti. Samajīvitāti samajīvitāya jīvitā. Apāyamukhānīti vināsassa ṭhānāni.

Uṭṭhātā kammadheyyesūti kammakaraṇaṭṭhānesu uṭṭhānavīriyasampanno. Vidhānavāti vidahanasampanno. Sotthānaṃ samparāyikanti sotthibhūtaṃ samparāyikaṃ. Saccanāmenāti buddhattāyeva buddhoti evaṃ avitathanāmena. Cāgo puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatīti cāgo ca sesapuññañca pavaḍḍhati. Imasmiṃ sutte saddhādayo missakā kathitā. Pañcamaṃ uttānameva.

5. Ujjayasuttaṃ

55. Atha kho ujjayo brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho ujjayo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayaṃ, bho gotama, pavāsaṃ gantukāmā. Tesaṃ no bhavaṃ gotamo amhākaṃ tathā dhammaṃ desetu – ye amhākaṃ assu dhammā diṭṭhadhammahitāya, diṭṭhadhammasukhāya, samparāyahitāya, samparāyasukhāyā’’ti.

‘‘Cattārome, brāhmaṇa, dhammā kulaputtassa diṭṭhadhammahitāya saṃvattanti, diṭṭhadhammasukhāya. Katame cattāro? Uṭṭhānasampadā, ārakkhasampadā, kalyāṇamittatā, samajīvitā. Katamā ca, brāhmaṇa, uṭṭhānasampadā? Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto yena kammaṭṭhānena jīvikaṃ kappeti – yadi kasiyā, yadi vaṇijjāya, yadi gorakkhena, yadi issattena, yadi rājaporisena, yadi sippaññatarena – tattha dakkho hoti analaso, tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, alaṃ kātuṃ alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, uṭṭhānasampadā.

‘‘Katamā ca, brāhmaṇa, ārakkhasampadā? Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputtassa bhogā honti uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatā, bāhābalaparicitā, sedāvakkhittā, dhammikā dhammaladdhā. Te ārakkhena guttiyā sampādeti – ‘kinti me ime bhoge neva rājāno hareyyuṃ, na corā hareyyuṃ, na aggi ḍaheyya, na udakaṃ vaheyya, na appiyā dāyādā hareyyu’nti. Ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, ārakkhasampadā.

‘‘Katamā ca, brāhmaṇa, kalyāṇamittatā? Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto yasmiṃ gāme vā nigame vā paṭivasati tatra ye te honti – gahapatī vā gahapatiputtā vā daharā vā vuddhasīlino, vuddhā vā vuddhasīlino, saddhāsampannā, sīlasampannā, cāgasampannā, paññāsampannā – tehi saddhiṃ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṃ samāpajjati; yathārūpānaṃ saddhāsampannānaṃ saddhāsampadaṃ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṃ sīlasampannānaṃ sīlasampadaṃ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṃ cāgasampannānaṃ cāgasampadaṃ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṃ paññāsampannānaṃ paññāsampadaṃ anusikkhati. Ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, kalyāṇamittatā.

‘‘Katamā ca, brāhmaṇa, samajīvitā? Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṃ viditvā vayañca bhogānaṃ viditvā samaṃ jīvikaṃ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṃ nātihīnaṃ – ‘evaṃ me āyo vayaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, tulādhāro vā tulādhārantevāsī vā tulaṃ paggahetvā jānāti – ‘ettakena vā onataṃ, ettakena vā unnata’nti; evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṃ viditvā vayañca bhogānaṃ viditvā samaṃ jīvikaṃ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṃ nātihīnaṃ – ‘evaṃ me āyo vayaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. Sacāyaṃ, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto appāyo samāno uḷāraṃ jīvikaṃ kappeti, tassa bhavanti vattāro – ‘udumbarakhādīvāyaṃ kulaputto bhoge khādatī’ti. Sace panāyaṃ, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto mahāyo samāno kasiraṃ jīvikaṃ kappeti, tassa bhavanti vattāro – ‘ajeṭṭhamaraṇaṃvāyaṃ kulaputto marissatī’ti. Yato ca khoyaṃ, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṃ viditvā vayañca bhogānaṃ viditvā samaṃ jīvikaṃ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṃ nātihīnaṃ – ‘evaṃ me āyo vayaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti, ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, samajīvitā.

‘‘Evaṃ samuppannānaṃ, brāhmaṇa, bhogānaṃ cattāri apāyamukhāni honti – itthidhutto, surādhutto, akkhadhutto, pāpamitto pāpasahāyo pāpasampavaṅko. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, mahato taḷākassa cattāri ceva āyamukhāni, cattāri ca apāyamukhāni. Tassa puriso yāni ceva āyamukhāni tāni pidaheyya, yāni ca apāyamukhāni tāni vivareyya; devo ca na sammā dhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. Evañhi tassa brāhmaṇa, mahato taḷākassa parihāniyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no vuddhi; evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, evaṃ samuppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ cattāri apāyamukhāni honti – itthidhutto, surādhutto, akkhadhutto, pāpamitto pāpasahāyo pāpasampavaṅko.

‘‘Evaṃ samuppannānaṃ, brāhmaṇa, bhogānaṃ cattāri āyamukhāni honti – na itthidhutto, na surādhutto, na akkhadhutto, kalyāṇamitto kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko. Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇa, mahato taḷākassa cattāri ceva āyamukhāni cattāri ca apāyamukhāni. Tassa puriso yāni ceva āyamukhāni tāni vivareyya, yāni ca apāyamukhāni tāni pidaheyya; devo ca sammā dhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. Evañhi tassa, brāhmaṇa, mahato taḷākassa vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni; evamevaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, evaṃ samuppannānaṃ bhogānaṃ cattāri āyamukhāni honti – na itthidhutto…pe… kalyāṇasampavaṅko. Ime kho, brāhmaṇa, cattāro dhammā kulaputtassa diṭṭhadhammahitāya saṃvattanti diṭṭhadhammasukhāya.

‘‘Cattārome, brāhmaṇa, kulaputtassa dhammā samparāyahitāya saṃvattanti samparāyasukhāya. Katame cattāro? Saddhāsampadā, sīlasampadā, cāgasampadā, paññāsampadā. Katamā ca, brāhmaṇa, saddhāsampadā? Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, saddhāsampadā.

‘‘Katamā ca, brāhmaṇa, sīlasampadā? Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, sīlasampadā.

‘‘Katamā ca, brāhmaṇa, cāgasampadā? Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, cāgasampadā.

‘‘Katamā ca, brāhmaṇa, paññāsampadā? Idha, brāhmaṇa, kulaputto paññavā hoti…pe… sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇa, paññāsampadā. Ime kho, brāhmaṇa, cattāro dhammā kulaputtassa samparāyahitāya saṃvattanti samparāyasukhāyā’’ti.

‘‘Uṭṭhātā kammadheyyesu, appamatto vidhānavā;

Samaṃ kappeti jīvikaṃ, sambhataṃ anurakkhati.

‘‘Saddho sīlena sampanno, vadaññū vītamaccharo;

Niccaṃ maggaṃ visodheti, sotthānaṃ samparāyikaṃ.

‘‘Iccete aṭṭha dhammā ca, saddhassa gharamesino;

Akkhātā saccanāmena, ubhayattha sukhāvahā.

‘‘Diṭṭhadhammahitatthāya, samparāyasukhāya ca;

Evametaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ, cāgo puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī’’ti. pañcamaṃ;

54-55. Catutthe (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.265) ekena bhoge bhuñjeyyāti ekena koṭṭhāsena bhoge bhuñjeyya, vinibhuñjeyya vāti attho. Dvīhi kammanti dvīhi koṭṭhāsehi kasivaṇijjādikammaṃ payojeyya. Nidhāpeyyāti catutthakoṭṭhāsaṃ nidhetvā ṭhapeyya, nidahitvā bhūmigataṃ katvā ṭhapeyyāti attho. Āpadāsu bhavissatīti kulānañhi na sabbakālaṃ ekasadisaṃ vattati, kadāci rājaaggicoradubbhikkhādivasena āpadā uppajjanti, tasmā evaṃ āpadāsu uppannāsu bhavissatīti ekaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ nidhāpeyyāti vuttaṃ. Imesu pana catūsu koṭṭhāsesu kataraṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ gahetvā kusalaṃ kātabbanti? ‘‘Bhoge bhuñjeyyā’’ti vuttakoṭṭhāsaṃ. Tato gaṇhitvā hi bhikkhūnampi kapaṇaddhikānampi dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, pesakāranhāpitādīnampi vetanaṃ dātabbaṃ. Samaṇabrāhmaṇakapaṇaddhikādīnaṃ dānavasena ceva, adhivatthadevatādīnaṃ petabalivasena, nhāpitādīnaṃ vetanavasena ca viniyogopi upayogo eva.

Apenti gacchanti, apentā vā etehīti apāyā, apāyā eva mukhāni dvārānīti apāyamukhāni. Vināsadvārānīti etthāpi eseva nayo. Pañcame natthi vattabbaṃ.

Dīghajāṇusuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

6. Bhayasuttaṃ

56. ‘‘‘Bhaya’nti cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 137, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘Dukkha’nti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘Rogo’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘Gaṇḍo’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘Salla’nti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘Saṅgo’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘Paṅko’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘Gabbho’ti, bhikkhave, kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, ‘bhaya’nti kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ? Yasmā ca kāmarāgarattāyaṃ, bhikkhave, chandarāgavinibaddho diṭṭhadhammikāpi bhayā na parimuccati, samparāyikāpi bhayā na parimuccati, tasmā ‘bhaya’nti kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Kasmā ca, bhikkhave, ‘dukkha’nti…pe… ‘rogo’ti… ‘gaṇḍo’ti… ‘salla’nti… ‘saṅgo’ti… ‘paṅko’ti… ‘gabbho’ti kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ? Yasmā ca kāmarāgarattāyaṃ, bhikkhave, chandarāgavinibaddho diṭṭhadhammikāpi gabbhā na parimuccati, samparāyikāpi gabbhā na parimuccati, tasmā ‘gabbho’ti kāmānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ’’.

‘‘Bhayaṃ dukkhañca rogo ca, gaṇḍo sallañca saṅgo ca;

Paṅko gabbho ca ubhayaṃ, ete kāmā pavuccanti;

Yattha satto puthujjano.

‘‘Otiṇṇo sātarūpena, puna gabbhāya gacchati;

Yato ca bhikkhu ātāpī, sampajaññaṃ sampajañño (syā. ka.) saṃ. ni. 4.251 passitabbaṃ na riccati.

‘‘So imaṃ palipathaṃ duggaṃ, atikkamma tathāvidho;

Pajaṃ jātijarūpetaṃ, phandamānaṃ avekkhatī’’ti. chaṭṭhaṃ;

56. Chaṭṭhe gabbhoti gabbhavāso. Diṭṭhadhammikāpīti sandiṭṭhikā gabbhavāsasadisā punapi manussagabbhā. Samparāyikāpīti ṭhapetvā manussagabbhe sesagabbhā. Ubhayaṃ ete kāmā pavuccantīti bhayañca dukkhañca, bhayañca rogo ca, bhayañca gaṇḍo ca, bhayañca sallañca, bhayañca saṅgo ca, bhayañca paṅko ca, bhayañca gabbho cāti evaṃ ubhayaṃ ete kāmā pavuccanti. Sātarūpenāti kāmasukhena. Palipathanti vaṭṭapalipathaṃ. Atikkammāti imasmiṃ ṭhāne vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā assa bhikkhuno arahattappattabhāvo gahito. Evarūpaṃ pajaṃ jātijarūpetaṃ tīsu bhavesu phandamānaṃ avekkhatīti sutte vaṭṭaṃ kathetvā gāthāsu vivaṭṭaṃ kathitanti. Sattamaṭṭhamāni uttānatthāneva.

7. Paṭhamaāhuneyyasuttaṃ

57. ‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti …pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti…pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko; sammādiṭṭhiko hoti, sammādassanena samannāgato; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo…pe… iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati; dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena…pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti; āsavānaṃ khayā…pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Dutiyaāhuneyyasuttaṃ

58. ‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti …pe… samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu; bahussuto hoti…pe… diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā; āraddhavīriyo viharati thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu; āraññiko hoti pantasenāsano; aratiratisaho hoti, uppannaṃ aratiṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharati; bhayabheravasaho hoti, uppannaṃ bhayabheravaṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharati; catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī; āsavānaṃ khayā…pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

56-58. Chaṭṭhe gabbhavāso idha uttarapadalopena gabbho vuttoti āha **‘‘gabbhoti gabbhavāso’’**ti. Sattamaṭṭhamāni uttānatthāni.

Bhayasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

9. Paṭhamapuggalasuttaṃ

59. ‘‘Aṭṭhime bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa? Katame aṭṭha? Sotāpanno, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sakadāgāmī, sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, anāgāmī, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, arahā, arahattāya paṭipanno. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha puggalā āhuneyyā…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’’ti.

‘‘Cattāro ca paṭipannā, cattāro ca phale ṭhitā;

Esa saṅgho ujubhūto, paññāsīlasamāhito.

‘‘Yajamānānaṃ manussānaṃ, puññapekkhāna pāṇinaṃ;

Karotaṃ opadhikaṃ puññaṃ, saṅghe dinnaṃ mahapphala’’nti. navamaṃ;

10. Dutiyapuggalasuttaṃ

60. ‘‘Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa. Katame aṭṭha? Sotāpanno, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno…pe… arahā, arahattāya paṭipanno. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha puggalā āhuneyyā…pe… anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’’ti.

‘‘Cattāro ca paṭipannā, cattāro ca phale ṭhitā;

Esa saṅgho samukkaṭṭho, sattānaṃ aṭṭha puggalā.

‘‘Yajamānānaṃ manussānaṃ, puññapekkhāna pāṇinaṃ;

Karotaṃ opadhikaṃ puññaṃ, ettha dinnaṃ mahapphala’’nti. dasamaṃ;

Gotamīvaggo paṭhamo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Gotamī ovādaṃ saṃkhittaṃ, dīghajāṇu ca ujjayo;

Bhayā dve āhuneyyā ca, dve ca aṭṭha puggalāti.

59-60. Navame ujubhūtoti kāyavaṅkādīnaṃ abhāvena ujuko. Paññāsīlasamāhitoti paññāya ca sīlena ca samannāgato. Yajamānānanti dānaṃ dadantānaṃ. Puññapekkhānanti puññaṃ olokentānaṃ gavesantānaṃ. Opadhikanti upadhivipākaṃ, opadhibhūtaṃ ṭhānaṃ appamāṇaṃ. Dasame samukkaṭṭhoti ukkaṭṭho uttamo. Sattānanti sabbasattānaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.

Gotamīvaggo chaṭṭho.

59-60. Navame dānaṃ dadantānanti dakkhiṇeyyaṃ uddissa dānaṃ dentānaṃ. Upadhī vipaccanti etena, upadhīsu vā vipaccati, upadhayo vā vipākā etassāti upadhivipākaṃ. Saṅghe dinnaṃ mahapphalanti ariyasaṅghe dinnaṃ vipphāraṭṭhānaṃ hoti, vipulaphalanti attho. Dasame natthi vattabbaṃ.

Puggalasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Gotamīvaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

(7) 2. Bhūmicālavaggo

1. Icchāsuttaṃ

61. a. ni. 8.77 ‘‘Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame aṭṭha? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato lābhāya lābho nuppajjati. So tena alābhena socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave – ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, socī ca paridevī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’’’.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato lābhāya lābho uppajjati. So tena lābhena majjati pamajjati pamādamāpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave – ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca madī ca pamādī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’’’.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So na uṭṭhahati na ghaṭati na vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa anuṭṭhahato aghaṭato avāyamato lābhāya lābho nuppajjati. So tena alābhena socati, kilamati, paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave – ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati na ghaṭati na vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, socī ca paridevī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’’’.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa anuṭṭhahato, aghaṭato, avāyamato lābhāya lābho uppajjati. So tena lābhena majjati, pamajjati, pamādamāpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave – ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati na ghaṭati na vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca madī ca, pamādī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’’’.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato lābhāya lābho nuppajjati. So tena alābhena na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave – ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, na ca socī na ca paridevī, accuto ca saddhammā’’’.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato lābhāya lābho uppajjati. So tena lābhena na majjati, na pamajjati, na pamādamāpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave – ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, na ca madī na ca pamādī, accuto ca saddhammā’’’.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa anuṭṭhahato, aghaṭato, avāyamato lābhāya lābho nuppajjati. So tena alābhena na socati, na kilamati, na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave – ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, na ca socī na ca paridevī, accuto ca saddhammā’’’.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa anuṭṭhahato aghaṭato avāyamato lābhāya lābho uppajjati. So tena lābhena na majjati, na pamajjati, na pamādamāpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave – ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, na ca madī na ca pamādī, accuto ca saddhammā ’. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmi’’nti. Paṭhamaṃ.

61. Sattamassa paṭhame pavivittassāti kāyavivekena vivittassa. Nirāyattavuttinoti katthaci anāyattavuttino vipassanākammikassa. Lābhāyāti catupaccayalābhāya. Socī ca paridevī cāti sokī ca paridevī ca. Socicca parideviccātipi pāṭho. Cuto ca saddhammāti taṃkhaṇaṃyeva vipassanāsaddhammā cuto. Imasmiṃ sutte vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ.

2. Alaṃsuttaṃ

62. ‘‘Chahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano alaṃ paresaṃ. Katamehi chahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko dhārakajātiko (sī. syā. pī.) a. ni. 8.78 hoti; dhātānañca dhatānañca (sī. syā. pī.) dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā atthūpavarikkhī (sī. syā. pī.) hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā; sandassako ca hoti samādapako samādāpako (?) samuttejako sampahaṃsako sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano alaṃ paresaṃ.

‘‘Pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano alaṃ paresaṃ. Katamehi pañcahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti…pe… atthassa viññāpaniyā; sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṃsako sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano alaṃ paresaṃ.

‘‘Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano nālaṃ paresaṃ. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā; no ca sandassako hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṃsako sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano nālaṃ paresaṃ.

‘‘Catūhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ paresaṃ nālaṃ attano. Katamehi catūhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; no ca dhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; na ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo…pe… atthassa viññāpaniyā; sandassako ca hoti…pe… sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ paresaṃ, nālaṃ attano.

‘‘Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano nālaṃ paresaṃ. Katamehi tīhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā; no ca sandassako hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṃsako sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano, nālaṃ paresaṃ.

‘‘Tīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ paresaṃ, nālaṃ attano. Katamehi tīhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; no ca dhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; no ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti…pe… atthassa viññāpaniyā; sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṃsako sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ paresaṃ, nālaṃ attano.

‘‘Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano, nālaṃ paresaṃ. Katamehi dvīhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; no ca sutānaṃ dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti…pe… atthassa viññāpaniyā; no ca sandassako hoti…pe… sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano, nālaṃ paresaṃ.

‘‘Dvīhi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ paresaṃ, nālaṃ attano. Katamehi dvīhi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; no ca sutānaṃ dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; no ca dhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; no ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā; sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṃsako sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ paresaṃ, nālaṃ attano’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

62. Dutiye alaṃ attano alaṃ paresanti attano ca paresañca hitapaṭipattiyaṃ samattho pariyatto anucchaviko. Khippanisantīti khippaṃ upadhāreti, khandhadhātuāyatanādīsu kathiyamānesu te dhamme khippaṃ jānātīti attho. Imasmiṃ sutte samathavipassanā kathitā. Puggalajjhāsayena pana desanāvilāsena cetaṃ matthakato paṭṭhāya heṭṭhā otarantaṃ kathitanti.

3. Saṃkhittasuttaṃ

63. Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami…pe… ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetu, yamahaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyya’’nti. ‘‘Evamevaṃ panidhekacce moghapurisā mamaññeva ajjhesanti. Dhamme ca bhāsite mamaññeva anubandhitabbaṃ maññantī’’ti. ‘‘Desetu me, bhante, bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ, desetu sugato saṃkhittena dhammaṃ. Appeva nāmāhaṃ bhagavato bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājāneyyaṃ, appeva nāmāhaṃ bhagavato bhāsitassa dāyādo assa’’nti. ‘‘Tasmātiha te, bhikkhu evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘ajjhattaṃ me cittaṃ ṭhitaṃ bhavissati susaṇṭhitaṃ, na ca uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassantī’ti. Evañhi te, bhikkhu, sikkhitabbaṃ’’.

‘‘Yato kho te, bhikkhu, ajjhattaṃ cittaṃ ṭhitaṃ hoti susaṇṭhitaṃ, na ca uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti, tato te, bhikkhu, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘mettā me cetovimutti bhāvitā bhavissati bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā’ti. Evañhi te, bhikkhu, sikkhitabbaṃ.

‘‘Yato kho te, bhikkhu, ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito hoti bahulīkato, tato tvaṃ, bhikkhu, imaṃ samādhiṃ savitakkampi savicāraṃ savitakkasavicārampi (ka.) bhāveyyāsi, avitakkampi vicāramattaṃ avitakkavicāramattampi (ka.) visuddhi. 1.271 passitabbaṃ bhāveyyāsi, avitakkampi avicāraṃ avitakkaavicārampi (ka.) bhāveyyāsi, sappītikampi bhāveyyāsi, nippītikampi bhāveyyāsi, sātasahagatampi bhāveyyāsi, upekkhāsahagatampi bhāveyyāsi.

‘‘Yato kho, te bhikkhu, ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito hoti subhāvito, tato te, bhikkhu, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘karuṇā me cetovimutti… muditā me cetovimutti… upekkhā me cetovimutti bhāvitā bhavissati bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā’ti. Evañhi te, bhikkhu, sikkhitabbaṃ.

‘‘Yato kho te, bhikkhu, ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito hoti subhāvito, tato tvaṃ, bhikkhu, imaṃ samādhiṃ savitakkasavicārampi bhāveyyāsi, avitakkavicāramattampi bhāveyyāsi, avitakkaavicārampi bhāveyyāsi, sappītikampi bhāveyyāsi, nippītikampi bhāveyyāsi, sātasahagatampi bhāveyyāsi, upekkhāsahagatampi bhāveyyāsi.

‘‘Yato kho te, bhikkhu, ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito hoti subhāvito, tato te, bhikkhu, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘kāye kāyānupassī viharissāmi ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassa’nti. Evañhi te, bhikkhu, sikkhitabbaṃ.

‘‘Yato kho te, bhikkhu, ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito hoti bahulīkato, tato tvaṃ, bhikkhu, imaṃ samādhiṃ savitakkasavicārampi bhāveyyāsi, avitakkavicāramattampi bhāveyyāsi, avitakkaavicārampi bhāveyyāsi, sappītikampi bhāveyyāsi, nippītikampi bhāveyyāsi, sātasahagatampi bhāveyyāsi, upekkhāsahagatampi bhāveyyāsi.

‘‘Yato kho te, bhikkhu, ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito hoti subhāvito, tato te, bhikkhu, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharissāmi ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassa’nti; citte cittānupassī viharissāmi ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassa’nti; dhammesu dhammānupassī viharissāmi ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassa’nti. Evañhi te, bhikkhu, sikkhitabbaṃ.

‘‘Yato kho te, bhikkhu, ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito hoti bahulīkato, tato tvaṃ, bhikkhu, imaṃ samādhiṃ savitakkasavicārampi bhāveyyāsi, avitakkavicāramattampi bhāveyyāsi, avitakkaavicārampi bhāveyyāsi, sappītikampi bhāveyyāsi, nippītikampi bhāveyyāsi, sātasahagatampi bhāveyyāsi, upekkhāsahagatampi bhāveyyāsi.

‘‘Yato kho te, bhikkhu, ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito hoti subhāvito, tato tvaṃ, bhikkhu, yena yeneva gagghasi phāsuṃyeva gagghasi, yattha yattha ṭhassasi phāsuṃyeva ṭhassasi, yattha yattha nisīdissasi phāsuṃyeva nisīdissasi, yattha yattha seyyaṃ kappessasi phāsuṃyeva seyyaṃ kappessasī’’ti.

Atha kho so bhikkhu bhagavatā iminā ovādena ovadito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Atha kho so bhikkhu eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti, tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’’ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahataṃ ahosīti. Tatiyaṃ.

63. Tatiye evamevāti nikkāraṇeneva. Yathā vā ayaṃ yācati, evameva. Moghapurisāti mūḷhapurisā tucchapurisā. Ajjhesantīti yācanti. Anubandhitabbanti iriyāpathānugamanena anubandhitabbaṃ maṃ na vijahitabbaṃ maññanti. Ājānanatthaṃ apasādento evamāha. Esa kira bhikkhu ovāde dinnepi pamādameva anuyuñjati, dhammaṃ sutvā tattheva vasati, samaṇadhammaṃ kātuṃ na icchati. Tasmā bhagavā evaṃ apasādetvā puna yasmā so arahattassa upanissayasampanno, tasmā taṃ ovadanto tasmātiha te bhikkhu evaṃ sikkhitabbantiādimāha. Tattha ajjhattaṃ me cittaṃ ṭhitaṃ bhavissati susaṇṭhitaṃ, na ca uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassantīti iminā tāvassa ovādena niyakajjhattavasena cittekaggatāmatto mūlasamādhi vutto.

Tato ‘‘ettakeneva santuṭṭhiṃ anāpajjitvā evaṃ so samādhi vaḍḍhetabbo’’ti dassetuṃ yato kho te bhikkhu ajjhattaṃ cittaṃ ṭhitaṃ hoti susaṇṭhitaṃ, na ca uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti, tato te bhikkhu evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ **‘‘mettā me cetovimutti bhāvitā bhavissati…pe… susamāraddhā’’**ti evamassa mettāvasena bhāvanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā puna yato kho te bhikkhu ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito hoti bahulīkato, tato tvaṃ bhikkhu imaṃ samādhiṃ savitakkasavicārampi bhāveyyāsītiādi vuttaṃ. Tassattho – yadā te bhikkhu ayaṃ mūlasamādhi evaṃ mettāvasena bhāvito hoti, tadā tvaṃ tāvatakenapi tuṭṭhiṃ anāpajjitvāva imaṃ mūlasamādhiṃ aññesupi ārammaṇesu catukkapañcakajjhānāni pāpayamāno ‘‘savitakkasavicārampī’’tiādinā nayena bhāveyyāsīti.

Evaṃ vatvā ca pana avasesabrahmavihārapubbaṅgamampissa aññesu ārammaṇesu catukkapañcakajjhānabhāvanaṃ kareyyāsīti dassento **yato kho te bhikkhu ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito hoti subhāvito, tato te bhikkhu evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ ‘‘karuṇā me cetovimuttī’’**tiādimāha. Evaṃ mettāpubbaṅgamaṃ catukkapañcakajjhānabhāvanaṃ dassetvā puna kāyānupassanādipubbaṅgamaṃ dassetuṃ **yato kho te bhikkhu ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito hoti subhāvito, tato te bhikkhu evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ ‘‘kāye kāyānupassī’’**tiādiṃ vatvā yato kho te bhikkhu ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito hoti subhāvito, tato tvaṃ bhikkhu yena yeneva gagghasītiādimāha. Tattha gagghasīti gamissasi. Phāsuṃyevāti iminā arahattaṃ dasseti. Arahattappatto hi sabbiriyāpathesu phāsu viharati nāma.

4. Gayāsīsasuttaṃ

64. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā gayāyaṃ viharati gayāsīse. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi…pe… ‘‘pubbāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattova samāno obhāsaññeva kho sañjānāmi, no ca rūpāni passāmi’’.

‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘sace kho ahaṃ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṃ rūpāni ca passeyyaṃ; evaṃ me idaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ parisuddhataraṃ assā’’’ti.

‘‘So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi; no ca kho tāhi devatāhi saddhiṃ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṃ samāpajjāmi.

‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘sace kho ahaṃ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṃ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṃ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṃ santiṭṭheyyaṃ sallapeyyaṃ sākacchaṃ samāpajjeyyaṃ; evaṃ me idaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ parisuddhataraṃ assā’’’ti.

‘‘So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṃ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṃ samāpajjāmi; no ca kho tā devatā jānāmi – imā devatā amukamhā vā amukamhā vā devanikāyāti.

‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘sace kho ahaṃ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṃ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṃ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṃ santiṭṭheyyaṃ sallapeyyaṃ sākacchaṃ samāpajjeyyaṃ, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṃ – imā devatā amukamhā vā amukamhā vā devanikāyā’ti; evaṃ me idaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ parisuddhataraṃ assā’’’ti.

‘‘So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṃ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṃ samāpajjāmi, tā ca devatā jānāmi – ‘imā devatā amukamhā vā amukamhā vā devanikāyā’ti; no ca kho tā devatā jānāmi – ‘imā devatā imassa kammassa vipākena ito cutā tattha upapannā’ti…pe… tā ca devatā jānāmi – ‘imā devatā imassa kammassa vipākena ito cutā tattha upapannā’ti; no ca kho tā devatā jānāmi – ‘imā devatā imassa kammassa vipākena evamāhārā evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvediniyo’ti …pe… tā ca devatā jānāmi – ‘imā devatā imassa kammassa vipākena evamāhārā evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvediniyo’ti; no ca kho tā devatā jānāmi – ‘imā devatā evaṃdīghāyukā evaṃciraṭṭhitikā’ti…pe… tā ca devatā jānāmi – ‘imā devatā evaṃdīghāyukā evaṃciraṭṭhitikā’ti; no ca kho tā devatā jānāmi yadi vā me imāhi devatāhi saddhiṃ sannivutthapubbaṃ yadi vā na sannivutthapubbanti.

‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘sace kho ahaṃ obhāsañceva sañjāneyyaṃ, rūpāni ca passeyyaṃ, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṃ santiṭṭheyyaṃ sallapeyyaṃ sākacchaṃ samāpajjeyyaṃ, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṃ – ‘imā devatā amukamhā vā amukamhā vā devanikāyā’ti, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṃ – ‘imā devatā imassa kammassa vipākena ito cutā tattha upapannā’ti, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṃ – ‘imā devatā evamāhārā evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvediniyo’ti, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṃ – ‘imā devatā evaṃdīghāyukā evaṃciraṭṭhitikā’ti, tā ca devatā jāneyyaṃ yadi vā me imāhi devatāhi saddhiṃ sannivutthapubbaṃ yadi vā na sannivutthapubbanti; evaṃ me idaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ parisuddhataraṃ assā’’’ti.

‘‘So kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, aparena samayena appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto obhāsañceva sañjānāmi, rūpāni ca passāmi, tāhi ca devatāhi saddhiṃ santiṭṭhāmi sallapāmi sākacchaṃ samāpajjāmi, tā ca devatā jānāmi – ‘imā devatā amukamhā vā amukamhā vā devanikāyā’ti, tā ca devatā jānāmi – ‘imā devatā imassa kammassa vipākena ito cutā tattha upapannā’ti, tā ca devatā jānāmi – ‘imā devatā evamāhārā evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvediniyo’ti, tā ca devatā jānāmi – ‘imā devatā evaṃdīghāyukā evaṃciraṭṭhitikā’ti, tā ca devatā jānāmi yadi vā me devatāhi saddhiṃ sannivutthapubbaṃ yadi vā na sannivutthapubbanti.

‘‘Yāvakīvañca me, bhikkhave, evaṃ aṭṭhaparivaṭṭaṃ adhidevañāṇadassanaṃ na suvisuddhaṃ ahosi, neva tāvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ‘sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti abhisambuddho (sī. syā. pī.) paccaññāsiṃ. Yato ca kho me, bhikkhave, evaṃ aṭṭhaparivaṭṭaṃ adhidevañāṇadassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ ahosi, athāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ‘sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṃ; ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṃ udapādi; akuppā me cetovimutti vimutti (ka. sī. ka.); ayamantimā jāti natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

64. Catutthe etadavocāti attano padhānabhūmiyaṃ uppannaṃ vitakkaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa ārocetuṃ – ‘‘pubbāhaṃ, bhikkhave’’tiādivacanaṃ avoca. Obhāsanti dibbacakkhuñāṇobhāsaṃ. Ñāṇadassananti dibbacakkhubhūtaṃ ñāṇasaṅkhātaṃ dassanaṃ. Sannivutthapubbanti ekato vasitapubbaṃ. Imasmiṃ pana sutte dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ, iddhividhañāṇaṃ, cetopariyañāṇaṃ, yathākammupagañāṇaṃ, anāgataṃsañāṇaṃ, paccuppannaṃsañāṇaṃ, atītaṃsañāṇaṃ, pubbenivāsañāṇanti imāni tāva aṭṭha ñāṇāni pāḷiyaṃyeva āgatāni, tehi pana saddhiṃ vipassanāñāṇāni cattāri maggañāṇāni, cattāri phalañāṇāni, cattāri paccavekkhaṇañāṇāni, cattāri paṭisambhidāñāṇāni cha asādhāraṇañāṇānīti etāni ñāṇāni samodhānetvā kathentena evaṃ idaṃ suttaṃ kathitaṃ nāma hoti.

5. Abhibhāyatanasuttaṃ

65. dī. ni. 3.338, 358; a. ni. 10.29 ‘‘Aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, abhibhāyatanāni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti, evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti, evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti, evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti, evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ catutthaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti, evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ pañcamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti, evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti, evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ sattamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti, evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha abhibhāyatanānī’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.

65. Pañcame abhibhāyatanānīti abhibhavanakāraṇāni. Kiṃ abhibhavanti? Paccanīkadhammepi ārammaṇānipi. Tāni hi paṭipakkhabhāvena paccanīkadhamme abhibhavanti, puggalassa ñāṇuttariyatāya ārammaṇāni. Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññītiādīsu pana ajjhattarūpe parikammavasena ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī nāma hoti. Ajjhattañhi nīlaparikammaṃ karonto kese vā pitte vā akkhitārakāya vā karoti. Pītaparikammaṃ karonto mede vā chaviyā vā hatthatalapādatalesu vā akkhīnaṃ pītaṭṭhāne vā karoti. Lohitaparikammaṃ karonto maṃse vā lohite vā jivhāya vā akkhīnaṃ rattaṭṭhāne vā karoti. Odātaparikammaṃ karonto aṭṭhimhi vā dante vā nakhe vā akkhīnaṃ setaṭṭhāne vā karoti. Taṃ pana sunīlakaṃ supītakaṃ sulohitakaṃ suodātaṃ na hoti, avisuddhameva hoti.

Eko bahiddhā rūpāni passatīti yassevaṃ parikammaṃ ajjhattaṃ uppannaṃ hoti, nimittaṃ pana bahiddhā, so evaṃ ajjhattaṃ parikammassa bahiddhā ca appanāya vasena ‘‘ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passatī’’ti vuccati. Parittānīti avaḍḍhitāni. Suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānīti suvaṇṇāni vā hontu dubbaṇṇāni vā, parittavaseneva idaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Tāni abhibhuyyāti yathā nāma sampannaggahaṇiko kaṭacchumattaṃ bhattaṃ labhitvā ‘‘kiṃ ettha bhuñjitabbaṃ atthī’’ti saṃkaḍḍhitvā ekakabaḷameva karoti, evameva ñāṇuttariko puggalo visadañāṇo ‘‘kimettha parittake ārammaṇe samāpajjitabbaṃ atthi, nāyaṃ mama bhāro’’ti tāni rūpāni abhibhavitvā samāpajjati, saha nimittuppādenevettha appanaṃ pāpetīti attho. Jānāmi passāmīti iminā panassa ābhogo kathito. So ca kho samāpattito vuṭṭhitassa, na antosamāpattiyaṃ. Evaṃsaññī hotīti ābhogasaññāyapi jhānasaññāyapi evaṃsaññī hoti. Abhibhavanasaññā hissa antosamāpattiyampi atthi, ābhogasaññā pana samāpattito vuṭṭhitasseva.

Appamāṇānīti vaḍḍhitappamāṇāni, mahantānīti attho. Abhibhuyyāti ettha ca pana yathā mahagghaso puriso ekaṃ bhattavaḍḍhitakaṃ labhitvā ‘‘aññāpi hotu, aññāpi hotu, kiṃ esā mayhaṃ karissatī’’ti na taṃ mahantato passati, evameva ñāṇuttaro puggalo visadañāṇo ‘‘kiṃ ettha samāpajjitabbaṃ, nayidaṃ appamāṇaṃ, na mayhaṃ cittekaggatākaraṇe bhāro atthī’’ti abhibhavitvā samāpajjati, saha nimittuppādanevettha appanaṃ pāpetīti attho.

Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññīti alābhitāya vā anatthikatāya vā ajjhattarūpe parikammasaññāvirahito.

6. Vimokkhasuttaṃ

66. ‘‘Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, vimokkhā. Katame aṭṭha? Rūpī rūpāni passati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo vimokkho.

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī, bahiddhā arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā (syā. pī. ka.) dī. ni. 2.129; dī. ni. 3.338, 358; a. ni. 8.119; ma. ni. 2.248 passitabbaṃ rūpāni passati. Ayaṃ dutiyo vimokkho.

‘‘Subhanteva adhimutto hoti. Ayaṃ tatiyo vimokkho.

‘‘Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ catuttho vimokkho.

‘‘Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ pañcamo vimokkho.

‘‘Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho vimokkho.

‘‘Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ sattamo vimokkho.

‘‘Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo vimokkho. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha vimokkhā’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

66. Vimokkhāti kenaṭṭhena vimokkhā? Adhimuccanaṭṭhena. Ko panāyaṃ adhimuccanaṭṭho nāma? Paccanīkadhammehi ca suṭṭhu muccanaṭṭho, ārammaṇe ca abhirativasena suṭṭhu muccanaṭṭho, pituaṅke vissaṭṭhaṅgapaccaṅgassa dārakassa sayanaṃ viya aniggahitabhāvena nirāsaṅkatāya ārammaṇe pavattīti vuttaṃ hoti. Ayaṃ panattho pacchime vimokkhe natthi, purimesu vimokkhesu atthi.

Rūpī rūpāni passatīti ettha ajjhattaṃ kesādīsu nīlakasiṇādivasena uppāditaṃ rūpajjhānaṃ rūpaṃ, tadassatthīti rūpī. Bahiddhāpi nīlakasiṇādīni rūpāni jhānacakkhunā passati. Iminā ajjhattabahiddhavatthukesu kasiṇesu uppāditajjhānassa puggalassa cattāri rūpāvacarajjhānāni dassitāni. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññīti ajjhattaṃ na rūpasaññī, attano kesādīsu anuppāditarūpāvacarajjhānoti attho. Iminā bahiddhā parikammaṃ katvā bahiddhāva uppāditajjhānassa rūpāvacarajjhānāni dassitāni.

Subhanteva adhimutto hotīti iminā suvisuddhesu nīlādīsu vaṇṇakasiṇesu jhānāni dassitāni. Tattha kiñcāpi antoappanāya ‘‘subha’’nti ābhogo natthi, yo pana suvisuddhaṃ subhaṃ kasiṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā viharati, so yasmā ‘‘subhanti adhimutto hotī’’ti vattabbataṃ āpajjati, tasmā evaṃ desanā katā. Paṭisambhidāmagge pana –

‘‘Kathaṃ subhanteva adhimutto hotīti vimokkho? Idha bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ …pe… viharati. Mettāya bhāvitattā sattā appaṭikūlā honti. Karuṇāsahagatena…pe… muditāsahagatena …pe… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ…pe… viharati. Upekkhāya bhāvitattā sattā appaṭikūlā honti. Evaṃ subhanteva adhimutto hotīti vimokkho’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.212) vuttaṃ.

Sabbaso rūpasaññānantiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.276-277) vuttameva. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo vimokkhoti ayaṃ catunnaṃ khandhānaṃ sabbaso vissaṭṭhattā vimuttattā aṭṭhamo uttamo vimokkho nāma.

66. Chaṭṭhe (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.129) kenaṭṭhenāti kena sabhāvena. Sabhāvo hi ñāṇena yāthāvato araṇīyato ñātabbato ‘‘attho’’ti vuccati, so eva ttha-kārassa ṭṭha-kāraṃ katvā ‘‘aṭṭho’’ti vutto. Adhimuccanaṭṭhenāti adhikaṃ savisesaṃ muccanaṭṭhena. Etena satipi sabbassapi rūpāvacarajjhānassa vikkhambhanavasena paṭipakkhato vimuttabhāve yena bhāvanāvisesena taṃ jhānaṃ sātisayaṃ paṭipakkhato vimuccitvā pavattati, so bhāvanāviseso dīpito. Bhavati hi samānajātiyuttopi bhāvanāvisesena pavattiākāraviseso. Yathā taṃ saddhāvimuttato diṭṭhippattassa, tathā paccanīkadhammehi suṭṭhu vimuttatāya eva aniggahitabhāvena nirāsaṅkatāya abhirativasena suṭṭhu adhimuccanaṭṭhenapi vimokkho. Tenāha **‘‘ārammaṇe cā’’**tiādi. Ayaṃ panatthoti ayaṃ adhimuccanaṭṭho pacchime vimokkhe nirodhe natthi. Kevalo vimuttaṭṭho eva tattha labbhati, taṃ sayameva parato vakkhati.

7. Anariyavohārasuttaṃ

67. ‘‘Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, anariyavohārā. Katame aṭṭha? Adiṭṭhe diṭṭhavāditā, asute sutavāditā, amute mutavāditā, aviññāte viññātavāditā, diṭṭhe adiṭṭhavāditā, sute asutavāditā, mute amutavāditā, viññāte aviññātavāditā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha anariyavohārā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

67. Sattame anariyānaṃ lāmakānaṃ vohāro anariyavohāro. Diṭṭhavāditāti diṭṭhaṃ mayāti evaṃ vāditā. Evaṃ sesesupi. Ettha ca taṃtaṃsamuṭṭhāpakacetanāvasena attho veditabbo. Tenāha **‘‘yāhi cetanāhī’’**tiādi.

Anariyavohārasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

8. Ariyavohārasuttaṃ

68. ‘‘Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, ariyavohārā. Katame aṭṭha? Adiṭṭhe adiṭṭhavāditā, asute asutavāditā, amute amutavāditā, aviññāte aviññātavāditā, diṭṭhe diṭṭhavāditā, sute sutavāditā, mute mutavāditā, viññāte viññātavāditā. Ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha ariyavohārā’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

67-68. Sattame anariyavohārāti na ariyakathā sadosakathā. Yāhi cetanāhi te vohāre voharanti, tāsaṃ etaṃ nāmaṃ. Aṭṭhame vuttapaṭipakkhanayena attho veditabbo.

9. Parisāsuttaṃ

69. ‘‘Aṭṭhimā, bhikkhave, parisā. Katamā aṭṭha? Khattiyaparisā, brāhmaṇaparisā, gahapatiparisā, samaṇaparisā, cātumahārājikaparisā, tāvatiṃsaparisā, māraparisā, brahmaparisā. Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, bhikkhave, anekasataṃ khattiyaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpannapubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā ca kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’’’ti.

‘‘Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, bhikkhave, anekasataṃ brāhmaṇaparisaṃ…pe… gahapatiparisaṃ… samaṇaparisaṃ… cātumahārājikaparisaṃ… tāvatiṃsaparisaṃ… māraparisaṃ… brahmaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbañceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpannapubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā ca kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti. Imā kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha parisā’’ti. Navamaṃ.

69. Navame khattiyaparisāti khattiyānaṃ parisānaṃ sannipāto samāgamo. Esa nayo sabbattha. Anekasataṃ khattiyaparisanti bimbisārasamāgama-ñātisamāgama-licchavisamāgamādisadisaṃ, aññesu cakkavāḷesupi labbhateva. Sallapitapubbanti ālāpasallāpo katapubbo. Sākacchāti dhammasākacchāpi samāpajjitapubbā. Yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇoti te odātāpi honti kāḷāpi maṅguracchavīpi, satthā suvaṇṇavaṇṇo. Idaṃ pana saṇṭhānaṃ paṭicca kathitaṃ. Saṇṭhānampi ca kevalaṃ tesaṃ paññāyatiyeva. Na pana bhagavā milakkhasadiso hoti, nāpi āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalo, buddhaveseneva nisīdati. Tepi attano samānasaṇṭhānameva passanti. Yādisako tesaṃ saroti te chinnassarāpi honti gaggassarāpi kākassarāpi, satthā brahmassarova. Idaṃ pana bhāsantaraṃ sandhāya kathitaṃ. Sacepi hi satthā rājāsane nisinno katheti, ‘‘ajja rājā madhurena kathetī’’ti nesaṃ hoti. Kathetvā pakkante pana bhagavati puna rājānaṃ āgataṃ disvā ‘‘ko nu kho aya’’nti vīmaṃsā uppajjati. Tattha ko nu kho ayanti ‘‘imasmiṃ ṭhāne idāneva māgadhabhāsāya sīhaḷabhāsāya madhurena ākārena kathento ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito, kiṃ devo udāhu manusso’’ti evaṃ vīmaṃsantāpi na jānantīti attho. Kimatthaṃ panevaṃ ajānantānaṃ dhammaṃ desetīti? Vāsanatthāya. Evaṃ sutopi hi dhammo anāgate paccayo hotīti anāgataṃ paṭicca deseti. Anekasataṃ brāhmaṇaparisantiādinaṃ soṇadaṇḍasamāgamādivasena ceva aññacakkavāḷavasena ca sambhavo veditabbo.

69. Navame (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.172) samāgantabbato, samāgacchatīti vā samāgamo, parisā. Bimbisārappamukho samāgamo bimbisārasamāgamo. Sesadvayepi eseva nayo. Bimbisāra…pe… samāgamasadisaṃ khattiyaparisanti yojanā. Aññesu cakkavāḷesupi labbhateva satthu khattiyaparisādiupasaṅkamanaṃ. Ādito tehi saddhiṃ satthu bhāsanaṃ ālāpo, kathanappaṭikathanaṃ sallāpo. Dhammūpasaṃhitā pucchāpaṭipucchā dhammasākacchā. Saṇṭhānaṃ paṭicca kathitaṃ saṇṭhānapariyāyattā vaṇṇa-saddassa ‘‘mahantaṃ hatthirājavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.138) viya. Tesanti padaṃ ubhayapadāpekkhaṃ ‘‘tesampi lakkhaṇasaṇṭhānaṃ viya satthu sarīrasaṇṭhānaṃ tesaṃ kevalaṃ paññāyati evā’’ti. Nāpi āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalo bhagavā hotīti yojanā. Chinnassarāti dvidhā bhinnassarā. Gaggarassarāti jajjaritassarā. Bhāsantaranti tesaṃ sattānaṃ bhāsāto aññaṃ bhāsaṃ. Vīmaṃsāti cintanā. Kimatthaṃ…pe… desetīti idaṃ nanu attānaṃ jānāpetvā dhamme kathite tesaṃ sātisayo pasādo hotīti iminā adhippāyena vuttaṃ? Yesaṃ attānaṃ ajānāpetvāva dhamme kathite pasādo hoti, na jānāpetvā, tādise sandhāya satthā tathā karoti. Tattha payojanamāha **‘‘vāsanatthāyā’’**ti. Evaṃ sutopīti evaṃ aviññātadesako aviññātāgamanopi suto dhammo attano dhammasudhammatāyeva anāgate paccayo hoti suṇantassa.

10. Bhūmicālasuttaṃ

70. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaṇhāhi, ānanda, nisīdanaṃ. Yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ pāvālacetiyaṃ (syā.), cāpālacetiyaṃ (pī. ka.) tenupasaṅkamissāma divāvihārāyā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṃ ādāya bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi.

Atha kho bhagavā yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtakaṃ cetiyaṃ; ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, ākaṅkhamāno so, ānanda, kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto.

Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, ākaṅkhamāno so, ānanda, kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā…pe… ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto.

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ gaccha kho tvaṃ (saṃ. ni. 5.822) udā. 51 passitabbaṃ, ānanda, yassa dāni kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Atha kho māro pāpimā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –

‘‘Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā pattayogakkhemā idaṃ padaṃ dī. ni. 2.168 ca saṃ. ni. 5.822 ca na dissati bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā pattayogakkhemā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti.

‘‘Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā pattayogakkhemā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi, bhante, upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā pattayogakkhemā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti.

‘‘Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’nti. Etarahi, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ.

‘‘Parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato. Parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato’’ti. ‘‘Appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi. Naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’’ti.

Atha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossaji. Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

‘‘Tulamatulañca sambhavaṃ, bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni;

Ajjhattarato samāhito, abhindi kavacamivattasambhava’’nti.

Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘mahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti?

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mahā vatāyaṃ, bhante, bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ, bhante, bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso, devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti?

‘‘Aṭṭhime, ānanda, hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Katame aṭṭha? Ayaṃ, ānanda, mahāpathavī udake patiṭṭhitā; udakaṃ vāte patiṭṭhitaṃ; vāto ākāsaṭṭho hoti. So, ānanda, samayo yaṃ mahāvātā vāyanti; mahāvātā vāyantā udakaṃ kampenti; udakaṃ kampitaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti. Ayaṃ, ānanda, paṭhamo hetu, paṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto devatā vā mahiddhikā mahānubhāvā. Tassa parittā pathavīsaññā bhāvitā hoti, appamāṇā āposaññā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti saṅkampeti sampakampeti sampavedheti. Ayaṃ, ānanda, dutiyo hetu, dutiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto tusitā kāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ, ānanda, tatiyo hetu; tatiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto sato sampajāno mātukucchismā nikkhamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ, ānanda, catuttho hetu, catuttho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ, ānanda, pañcamo hetu, pañcamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ, ānanda, chaṭṭho hetu, chaṭṭho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossajjati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ, ānanda, sattamo hetu, sattamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ, ānanda, aṭṭhamo hetu, aṭṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Bhūmicālavaggo dutiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Icchā alañca saṃkhittaṃ, gayā abhibhunā saha;

Vimokkho dve ca vohārā, parisā bhūmicālenāti.

70. Dasame nisīdananti idha cammakhaṇḍaṃ adhippetaṃ. Udenaṃ cetiyanti udenayakkhassa vasanaṭṭhāne katavihāro vuccati. Gotamakādīsupi eseva nayo. Bhāvitāti vaḍḍhitā. Bahulīkatāti punappunaṃ katā. Yānīkatāti yuttayānaṃ viya katā. Vatthukatāti patiṭṭhānaṭṭhena vatthu viya katā. Anuṭṭhitāti adhiṭṭhitā. Paricitāti samantato citā suvaḍḍhitā. Susamāraddhāti suṭṭhu samāraddhā.

Iti aniyamena kathetvā puna niyametvā dassento tathāgatassa khotiādimāha. Ettha kappanti āyukappaṃ. Tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kāle yaṃ manussānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ, taṃ paripuṇṇaṃ karonto tiṭṭheyya. Kappāvasesaṃ vāti ‘‘appaṃ vā bhiyyo’’ti vuttavassasatato atirekaṃ vā. Mahāsīvatthero panāha – ‘‘buddhānaṃ aṭṭhāne gajjitaṃ nāma natthi, punappunaṃ samāpajjitvā maraṇantikavedanaṃ vikkhambhento bhaddakappameva tiṭṭheyya. Kasmā pana na ṭhitoti? Upādinnakasarīraṃ nāma khaṇḍiccādīhi abhibhuyyati, buddhā ca khaṇḍiccādibhāvaṃ appatvā pañcame āyukoṭṭhāse bahujanassa piyamanāpakāleyeva parinibbāyanti. Buddhānubuddhesu ca mahāsāvakesu parinibbutesu ekakeneva khāṇukena viya ṭhātabbaṃ hoti daharasāmaṇeraparivārena vā, tato ‘aho buddhānaṃ parisā’ti hīḷetabbataṃ āpajjeyya. Tasmā na ṭhito’’ti. Evaṃ vuttepi yo pana vuccati ‘‘āyukappo’’ti, idameva aṭṭhakathāya niyāmitaṃ.

Yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacittoti ettha tanti nipātamattaṃ, yathā mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto ajjhotthaṭacitto aññopi koci puthujjano paṭivijjhituṃ na sakkuṇeyya, evameva nāsakkhi paṭivijjhitunti attho. Māro hi yassa sabbena sabbaṃ dvādasa vipallāsā appahīnā, tassa cittaṃ pariyuṭṭhāti. Therassa ca cattāro vipallāsā appahīnā, tenassa māro cittaṃ pariyuṭṭhāsi. So pana cittapariyuṭṭhānaṃ karonto kiṃ karotīti? Bheravaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ vā dasseti, saddārammaṇaṃ vā sāveti. Tato sattā taṃ disvā vā sutvā vā satiṃ vissajjetvā vivaṭamukhā honti, tesaṃ mukhena hatthaṃ pavesetvā hadayaṃ maddati, tato visaññāva hutvā tiṭṭhanti. Therassa panesa mukhe hatthaṃ pavesetuṃ kiṃ sakkhissati, bheravārammaṇaṃ pana dassesi. Taṃ disvā thero nimittobhāsaṃ nappaṭivijjhi. Bhagavā jānantoyeva kimatthaṃ yāva tatiyaṃ āmantesīti? Parato ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante bhagavā’’ti yācite ‘‘tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddha’’nti dosāropanena so katanukaraṇatthaṃ.

Māro pāpimāti ettha satte anatthe niyojento māretīti māro. Pāpimāti tasseva vevacanaṃ. So hi pāpadhammasamannāgatattā ‘‘pāpimā’’ti vuccati. Kaṇho, antako, namuci, pamattabandhūtipi tasseva nāmāni. Bhāsitā kho panesāti ayañhi bhagavato sambodhipattiyā aṭṭhame sattāhe bodhimaṇḍeyeva āgantvā ‘‘bhagavā yadatthaṃ tumhehi pāramiyo pūritā, so vo attho anuppatto, paṭividdhaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, kiṃ te lokavicāraṇenā’’ti vatvā yathā ajja, evameva ‘‘parinibbātu dāni, bhante bhagavā’’ti yāci. Bhagavā cassa ‘‘na tāvāha’’ntiādīni vatvā paṭikkhipi. Taṃ sandhāya – ‘‘bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante’’tiādimāha.

(8) 3. Yamakavaggo

1. Paṭhamasaddhāsuttaṃ

71. ‘‘Saddho ca saddho (syā.) ettheva. a. ni. 9.4, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti, no ca no (syā.) evamuparipi ‘‘no’’tveva dissati sīlavā. Evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti. Tena taṃ aṅgaṃ paripūretabbaṃ – ‘kintāhaṃ saddho ca assaṃ sīlavā cā’ti. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca, evaṃ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti.

‘‘Saddho ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti sīlavā ca, no ca bahussuto. Evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti. Tena taṃ aṅgaṃ paripūretabbaṃ – ‘kintāhaṃ saddho ca assaṃ, sīlavā ca, bahussuto cā’ti. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca bahussuto ca, evaṃ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti.

‘‘Saddho ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti sīlavā ca bahussuto ca, no ca dhammakathiko…pe… dhammakathiko ca, no ca parisāvacaro…pe… parisāvacaro ca, no ca visārado parisāya dhammaṃ deseti…pe… visārado ca parisāya dhammaṃ deseti, no ca catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī…pe… catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, no ca āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti. Tena taṃ aṅgaṃ paripūretabbaṃ – ‘kintāhaṃ saddho ca assaṃ, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, catunnañca jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī assaṃ akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyya’’’nti.

‘‘Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṃ deseti, catunnañca jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; evaṃ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti. Imehi, kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu samantapāsādiko ca hoti sabbākāraparipūro cā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Dutiyasaddhāsuttaṃ

72. ‘‘Saddho ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti, no ca sīlavā. Evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti. Tena taṃ aṅgaṃ paripūretabbaṃ – ‘kintāhaṃ saddho ca assaṃ sīlavā cā’ti. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca, evaṃ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti.

‘‘Saddho ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu hoti sīlavā ca, no ca bahussuto…pe… bahussuto ca, no ca dhammakathiko…pe… dhammakathiko ca, no ca parisāvacaro…pe… parisāvacaro ca, no ca visārado parisāya dhammaṃ deseti …pe… visārado ca parisāya dhammaṃ deseti, no ca ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena phusitvā viharati…pe… ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena phusitvā viharati, no ca āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti. Tena taṃ aṅgaṃ paripūretabbaṃ – ‘kintāhaṃ saddho ca assaṃ, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṃ deseyyaṃ, ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te kāyena phusitvā vihareyyaṃ, āsavānañca khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyya’’’nti.

‘‘Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṃ deseti. Ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā te ca kāyena phusitvā viharati, āsavānañca khayā…pe… sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati; evaṃ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu samantapāsādiko ca hoti sabbākāraparipūro cā’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

71-72. Aṭṭhamassa paṭhame no ca sīlavāti na sīlesu paripūrakārī. Samantapāsādikoti samantato pasādajanako. Sabbākāraparipūroti sabbehi samaṇākārehi samaṇadhammakoṭṭhāsehi paripūro. Dutiye santāti paccanīkasantatāya santā. Vimokkhāti paccanīkadhammehi vimuttattā ca vimokkhā.

3. Paṭhamamaraṇassatisuttaṃ

73. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā nātike nādike (sī. syā.), nāṭike (pī.) a. ni. 6.19 viharati giñjakāvasathe. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘maraṇassati, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā. Bhāvetha no tumhe, bhikkhave, maraṇassati’’nti.

Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassati’’nti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassati’’nti? ‘‘Idha mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ rattindivaṃ jīveyyaṃ, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahu bahuṃ (sī. pī.) vata me kataṃ assā’ti. Evaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassati’’nti.

Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassati’’nti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassati’’nti? ‘‘Idha mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ divasaṃ jīveyyaṃ, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahu vata me kataṃ assā’ti. Evaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassati’’nti.

Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassati’’nti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassati’’nti? ‘‘Idha mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ upaḍḍhadivasaṃ jīveyyaṃ, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahu vata me kataṃ assā’ti. Evaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassati’’nti.

Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassati’’nti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassati’’nti? ‘‘Idha mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jīveyyaṃ yadantaraṃ ekapiṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahu vata me kataṃ assā’ti. Evaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassati’’nti.

Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassati’’nti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassati’’nti? ‘‘Idha mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jīveyyaṃ yadantaraṃ upaḍḍhapiṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahu vata me kataṃ assā’ti. Evaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassati’’nti.

Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassati’’nti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassati’’nti? ‘‘Idha mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jīveyyaṃ yadantaraṃ cattāro pañca ālope saṅkhāditvā saṅkharitvā (ka.) ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahu vata me kataṃ assā’ti. Evaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassati’’nti.

Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassati’’nti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassati’’nti? ‘‘Idha mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jīveyyaṃ yadantaraṃ ekaṃ ālopaṃ saṅkhāditvā saṅkharitvā (ka.) ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahu vata me kataṃ assā’ti. Evaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassati’’nti.

Aññataropi kho bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahampi kho, bhante, bhāvemi maraṇassati’’nti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ, bhikkhu, bhāvesi maraṇassati’’nti? ‘‘Idha mayhaṃ bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jīveyyaṃ yadantaraṃ assasitvā vā passasāmi, passasitvā vā assasāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahu vata me kataṃ assā’ti. Evaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante bhāvemi maraṇassati’’nti.

Evaṃ vutte bhagavā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘yvāyaṃ yo cāyaṃ (ka. sī.), bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇassatiṃ bhāveti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ rattindivaṃ jīveyyaṃ, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahu vata me kataṃ assā’ti. Yo cāyaṃ yo pāyaṃ (ka.) a. ni. 6.19 passitabbaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇassatiṃ bhāveti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ divasaṃ jīveyyaṃ, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahu vata me kataṃ assā’ti; yo cāyaṃ yo pāyaṃ (ka.) a. ni. 6.19 passitabbaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇassatiṃ bhāveti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ upaḍḍhadivasaṃ jīveyyaṃ, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahu vata me kataṃ assā’ti. Yo cāyaṃ yo pāyaṃ (ka.) a. ni. 6.19 passitabbaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇassatiṃ bhāveti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jīveyyaṃ yadantaraṃ ekapiṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahu vata me kataṃ assā’ti; yo cāyaṃ yo pāyaṃ (ka.) a. ni. 6.19 passitabbaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇassatiṃ bhāveti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jīveyyaṃ yadantaraṃ upaḍḍhapiṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahu vata me kataṃ assā’ti. Yo cāyaṃ yo pāyaṃ (ka.) a. ni. 6.19 passitabbaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇassatiṃ bhāveti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jīveyyaṃ yadantaraṃ cattāro pañca ālope saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahu vata me kataṃ assā’ti – ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhū pamattā viharanti, dandhaṃ maraṇassatiṃ bhāventi āsavānaṃ khayāya’’’.

‘‘Yo ca khvāyaṃ yo cāyaṃ (syā.), yo ca kho yaṃ (ka.), bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇassatiṃ bhāveti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jīveyyaṃ yadantaraṃ ekaṃ ālopaṃ saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahu vata me kataṃ assā’ti. Yo cāyaṃ yo pāyaṃ (ka.), bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇassatiṃ bhāveti – ‘aho vatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jīveyyaṃ yadantaraṃ assasitvā vā passasāmi, passasitvā vā assasāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahu vata me kataṃ assā’ti – ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhū appamattā viharanti, tikkhaṃ maraṇassatiṃ bhāventi āsavānaṃ khayāya’’’.

‘‘Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ – ‘appamattā viharissāma, tikkhaṃ maraṇassatiṃ bhāvayissāma āsavānaṃ khayāyā’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabba’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.

4. Dutiyamaraṇassatisuttaṃ

74. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi …pe… maraṇassati, bhikkhave, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā.

‘‘Kathaṃ bhāvitā ca, bhikkhave, maraṇassati kathaṃ bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu divase nikkhante rattiyā patihitāya paṭihitāya (pī.), (a. ni. 6.20 passitabbaṃ) iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘bahukā kho me paccayā maraṇassa – ahi vā maṃ ḍaṃseyya, vicchiko vā maṃ ḍaṃseyya, satapadī vā maṃ ḍaṃseyya; tena me assa kālakiriyā. So mama assa mamassa (a. ni. 6.20) antarāyo. Upakkhalitvā vā papateyyaṃ, bhattaṃ vā me bhuttaṃ byāpajjeyya, pittaṃ vā me kuppeyya, semhaṃ vā me kuppeyya, satthakā vā me vātā kuppeyyuṃ, manussā vā maṃ upakkameyyuṃ, amanussā vā maṃ upakkameyyuṃ; tena me assa kālakiriyā. So mama assa antarāyo’ti. Tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā iti paṭisañcikkhitabbaṃ – ‘atthi nu kho me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā ye me assu rattiṃ kālaṃ karontassa antarāyāyā’’’ti.

‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘atthi me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā ye me assu rattiṃ kālaṃ karontassa antarāyāyā’ti, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tesaṃyeva pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṃ.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ādittacelo vā ādittasīso vā tasseva celassa vā sīsassa vā nibbāpanāya adhimattaṃ chandañca vāyāmañca ussāhañca ussoḷhiñca appaṭivāniñca satiñca sampajaññañca kareyya; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tena bhikkhunā tesaṃyeva pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṃ.

‘‘Sace pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘natthi me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā ye me assu rattiṃ kālaṃ karontassa antarāyāyā’ti, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṃ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rattiyā nikkhantāya divase patihite iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘bahukā kho me paccayā maraṇassa – ahi vā maṃ ḍaṃseyya, vicchiko vā maṃ ḍaṃseyya, satapadī vā maṃ ḍaṃseyya; tena me assa kālakiriyā. So mama assa antarāyo. Upakkhalitvā vā papateyyaṃ, bhattaṃ vā me bhuttaṃ byāpajjeyya, pittaṃ vā me kuppeyya, semhaṃ vā me kuppeyya, satthakā vā me vātā kuppeyyuṃ, manussā vā maṃ upakkameyyuṃ, amanussā vā maṃ upakkameyyuṃ; tena me assa kālakiriyā. So mama assa antarāyo’ti. Tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā iti paṭisañcikkhitabbaṃ – ‘atthi nu kho me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā ye me assu divā kālaṃ karontassa antarāyāyā’’’ti.

‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘atthi me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā ye me assu divā kālaṃ karontassa antarāyāyā’ti, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tesaṃyeva pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṃ.

‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, ādittacelo vā ādittasīso vā tasseva celassa vā sīsassa vā nibbāpanāya adhimattaṃ chandañca vāyāmañca ussāhañca ussoḷhiñca appaṭivāniñca satiñca sampajaññañca kareyya; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tena bhikkhunā tesaṃyeva pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañca karaṇīyaṃ.

‘‘Sace pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paccavekkhamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘natthi me pāpakā akusalā dhammā appahīnā ye me assu divā kālaṃ karontassa antarāyāyā’ti, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṃ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu. Evaṃ bhāvitā kho, bhikkhave, maraṇassati evaṃ bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

5. Paṭhamasampadāsuttaṃ

75. ‘‘Aṭṭhimā, bhikkhave, sampadā. Katamā aṭṭha? a. ni. 8.54 Uṭṭhānasampadā, ārakkhasampadā, kalyāṇamittatā, samajīvitā, saddhāsampadā, sīlasampadā, cāgasampadā, paññāsampadā – imā kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha sampadā’’ti.

‘‘Uṭṭhātā kammadheyyesu, appamatto vidhānavā;

Samaṃ kappeti jīvikaṃ, sambhataṃ anurakkhati.

‘‘Saddho sīlena sampanno, vadaññū vītamaccharo;

Niccaṃ maggaṃ visodheti, sotthānaṃ samparāyikaṃ.

‘‘Iccete aṭṭha dhammā ca, saddhassa gharamesino;

Akkhātā saccanāmena, ubhayattha sukhāvahā.

‘‘Diṭṭhadhammahitatthāya, samparāyasukhāya ca;

Evametaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ, cāgo puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī’’ti. pañcamaṃ;

6. Dutiyasampadāsuttaṃ

76. ‘‘Aṭṭhimā, bhikkhave, sampadā. Katamā aṭṭha? Uṭṭhānasampadā, ārakkhasampadā, kalyāṇamittatā, samajīvitā, saddhāsampadā, sīlasampadā, cāgasampadā, paññāsampadā. Katamā ca, bhikkhave, uṭṭhānasampadā? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto yena kammaṭṭhānena jīvitaṃ kappeti – yadi kasiyā yadi vaṇijjāya yadi gorakkhena yadi issattena yadi rājaporisena yadi sippaññatarena – tattha dakkho hoti analaso, tatrupāyāya vīmaṃsāya samannāgato, alaṃ kātuṃ alaṃ saṃvidhātunti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, uṭṭhānasampadā.

‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, ārakkhasampadā? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputtassa bhogā honti uṭṭhānavīriyādhigatā bāhābalaparicitā sedāvakkhittā dhammikā dhammaladdhā te ārakkhena guttiyā sampādeti – ‘kinti me bhoge neva rājāno hareyyuṃ, na corā hareyyuṃ, na aggi ḍaheyya, na udakaṃ vaheyya, na appiyā dāyādā hareyyu’nti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ārakkhasampadā.

‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, kalyāṇamittatā? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto yasmiṃ gāme vā nigame vā paṭivasati, tattha ye te honti gahapatī vā gahapatiputtā vā daharā vā vuddhasīlino vuddhā vā vuddhasīlino saddhāsampannā sīlasampannā cāgasampannā paññāsampannā, tehi saddhiṃ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṃ samāpajjati; yathārūpānaṃ saddhāsampannānaṃ saddhāsampadaṃ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṃ sīlasampannānaṃ sīlasampadaṃ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṃ cāgasampannānaṃ cāgasampadaṃ anusikkhati, yathārūpānaṃ paññāsampannānaṃ paññāsampadaṃ anusikkhati. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kalyāṇamittatā.

‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, samajīvitā? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṃ viditvā vayañca bhogānaṃ viditvā samaṃ jīvikaṃ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṃ nātihīnaṃ – ‘evaṃ me āyo vayaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, tulādhāro vā tulādhārantevāsī vā tulaṃ paggahetvā jānāti – ‘ettakena vā onataṃ, ettakena vā unnata’nti; evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṃ viditvā vayañca bhogānaṃ viditvā samaṃ jīvikaṃ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṃ nātihīnaṃ – ‘evaṃ me āyo vayaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. Sacāyaṃ, bhikkhave, kulaputto appāyo samāno uḷāraṃ jīvikaṃ kappeti, tassa bhavanti vattāro ‘udumbarakhādī vāyaṃ kulaputto bhoge khādatī’ti. Sace panāyaṃ, bhikkhave, kulaputto mahāyo samāno kasiraṃ jīvikaṃ kappeti, tassa bhavanti vattāro – ‘ajeṭṭhamaraṇaṃ vāyaṃ kulaputto marissatī’ti. Yato ca khoyaṃ, bhikkhave, kulaputto āyañca bhogānaṃ viditvā vayañca bhogānaṃ viditvā samaṃ jīvikaṃ kappeti nāccogāḷhaṃ nātihīnaṃ – ‘evaṃ me āyo vayaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassati, na ca me vayo āyaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatī’ti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, samajīvitā.

‘‘Katamā ca bhikkhave, saddhāsampadā? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto saddho hoti, saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ – ‘itipi so bhagavā…pe… satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saddhāsampadā.

‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sīlasampadā? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti…pe… surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sīlasampadā.

‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, cāgasampadā? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati…pe… yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, cāgasampadā.

‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, paññāsampadā? Idha, bhikkhave, kulaputto paññavā hoti…pe… sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paññāsampadā. Imā kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha sampadā’’ti.

‘‘Uṭṭhātā kammadheyyesu, appamatto vidhānavā;

Samaṃ kappeti jīvikaṃ, sambhataṃ anurakkhati.

‘‘Saddho sīlena sampanno, vadaññū vītamaccharo;

Niccaṃ maggaṃ visodheti, sotthānaṃ samparāyikaṃ.

‘‘Iccete aṭṭha dhammā ca, saddhassa gharamesino;

Akkhātā saccanāmena, ubhayattha sukhāvahā.

‘‘Diṭṭhadhammahitatthāya, samparāyasukhāya ca;

Evametaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ, cāgo puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī’’ti. chaṭṭhaṃ;

7. Icchāsuttaṃ

77. Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āvuso bhikkhavo’’ti! ‘‘Āvuso’’ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṃ. Āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca –

a. ni. 8.61 ‘‘Aṭṭhime, āvuso, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ. Katame aṭṭha? Idhāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So uṭṭhahati, ghaṭati, vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa uṭṭhahato, ghaṭato, vāyamato lābhāya lābho nuppajjati. So tena alābhena socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati, ghaṭati, vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, socī ca paridevī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’’’.

‘‘Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So uṭṭhahati, ghaṭati, vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato lābhāya lābho uppajjati. So tena lābhena majjati pamajjati pamādamāpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, madī ca pamādī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’’’.

‘‘Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa anuṭṭhahato, aghaṭato, avāyamato lābhāya lābho nuppajjati. So tena alābhena socati kilamati paridevati, urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, socī ca paridevī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’’’.

‘‘Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa anuṭṭhahato, aghaṭato, avāyamato lābhāya lābho uppajjati. So tena lābhena majjati pamajjati pamādamāpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati na ghaṭati na vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, madī ca pamādī ca, cuto ca saddhammā’’’.

‘‘Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So uṭṭhahati, ghaṭati, vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa uṭṭhahato, ghaṭato, vāyamato lābhāya, lābho nuppajjati. So tena alābhena na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, na ca socī na ca paridevī, accuto ca saddhammā’’’.

‘‘Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So uṭṭhahati, ghaṭati, vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa uṭṭhahato, ghaṭato, vāyamato lābhāya, lābho uppajjati. So tena lābhena na majjati na pamajjati na pamādamāpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, uṭṭhahati, ghaṭati, vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, na ca madī na ca pamādī, accuto ca saddhammā’’’.

‘‘Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa anuṭṭhahato, aghaṭato, avāyamato lābhāya, lābho nuppajjati. So tena alābhena na socati na kilamati na paridevati, na urattāḷiṃ kandati, na sammohaṃ āpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, na ca lābhī, na ca socī na ca paridevī, accuto ca saddhammā’’’.

‘‘Idha panāvuso, bhikkhuno pavivittassa viharato nirāyattavuttino icchā uppajjati lābhāya. So na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya. Tassa anuṭṭhahato, aghaṭato, avāyamato lābhāya, lābho uppajjati. So tena lābhena na majjati na pamajjati na pamādamāpajjati. Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso, ‘bhikkhu iccho viharati lābhāya, na uṭṭhahati, na ghaṭati, na vāyamati lābhāya, lābhī ca, na ca madī na ca pamādī, accuto ca saddhammā’. Ime kho, āvuso, aṭṭha puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmi’’nti. Sattamaṃ.

8. Alaṃsuttaṃ

78. a. ni. 8.62 Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi…pe… chahāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano, alaṃ paresaṃ. Katamehi chahi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā; sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṃsako sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, āvuso, chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano, alaṃ paresaṃ.

‘‘Pañcahāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano, alaṃ paresaṃ. Katamehi pañcahi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti…pe… sandassako ca hoti…pe… sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, āvuso, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano, alaṃ paresaṃ.

‘‘Catūhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano, nālaṃ paresaṃ. Katamehi catūhi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti…pe… no ca sandassako hoti…pe… sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, āvuso, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano, nālaṃ paresaṃ.

‘‘Catūhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ paresaṃ, nālaṃ attano. Katamehi catūhi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; no ca dhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; no ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti…pe… sandassako ca hoti…pe… sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, āvuso, catūhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ paresaṃ, nālaṃ attano.

‘‘Tīhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano, nālaṃ paresaṃ. Katamehi tīhi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti…pe… no ca sandassako hoti…pe… sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, āvuso, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano, nālaṃ paresaṃ.

‘‘Tīhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ paresaṃ, nālaṃ attano. Katamehi tīhi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; sutānañca dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; no ca dhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; no ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti…pe… atthassa viññāpaniyā, sandassako ca hoti…pe… sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, āvuso, tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ paresaṃ, nālaṃ attano.

‘‘Dvīhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano, nālaṃ paresaṃ. Katamehi dvīhi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; no ca sutānaṃ dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; dhātānañca dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti…pe… no ca sandassako hoti…pe… sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, āvuso, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ attano, nālaṃ paresaṃ.

‘‘Dvīhāvuso, dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ paresaṃ, nālaṃ attano. Katamehi dvīhi? Idhāvuso, bhikkhu na heva kho khippanisanti ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu; no ca sutānaṃ dhammānaṃ dhāraṇajātiko hoti; no ca dhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthūpaparikkhitā hoti; no ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti; kalyāṇavāco ca hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo, poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā; sandassako ca hoti samādapako samuttejako sampahaṃsako sabrahmacārīnaṃ. Imehi kho, āvuso, dvīhi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu alaṃ paresaṃ, nālaṃ attano’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

9. Parihānasuttaṃ

79. ‘‘Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti. Katame aṭṭha? Kammārāmatā, bhassārāmatā, niddārāmatā, saṅgaṇikārāmatā, indriyesu aguttadvāratā, bhojane amattaññutā, saṃsaggārāmatā, papañcārāmatā – ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno parihānāya saṃvattanti.

‘‘Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattanti. Katame aṭṭha? Na kammārāmatā, na bhassārāmatā, na niddārāmatā, na saṅgaṇikārāmatā, indriyesu guttadvāratā, bhojane mattaññutā, asaṃsaggārāmatā, nippapañcārāmatā – ime kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha dhammā sekhassa bhikkhuno aparihānāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Navamaṃ.

73-79. Tatiye bhāvetha noti bhāvetha nu. Sāsananti anusiṭṭhi. Āsavānaṃ khayāyāti arahattaphalatthāya. Catutthe patihitāyāti paṭipannāya. So mamassa antarāyoti so mama jīvitantarāyopi, puthujjanakālakiriyaṃ karontassa saggantarāyopi maggantarāyopi assa. Satthakā vā me vātāti satthaṃ viya aṅgamaṅgāni kantantīti satthakā. Pañcamādīni vuttanayāneva. Navame saṃsaggārāmatāti pañcavidhe saṃsagge ārāmatā.

10. Kusītārambhavatthusuttaṃ

80. di. ni. 3.334, 358 ‘‘Aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, kusītavatthūni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā kammaṃ kattabbaṃ hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘kammaṃ kho me kattabbaṃ bhavissati. Kammaṃ kho pana me karontassa kāyo kilamissati. Handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā kammaṃ kataṃ hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho kammaṃ akāsiṃ. Kammaṃ kho pana me karontassa kāyo kilanto. Handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā maggo gantabbo hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘maggo me gantabbo bhavissati. Maggaṃ kho pana me gacchantassa kāyo kilamissati. Handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā maggo gato hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho maggaṃ agamāsiṃ. Maggaṃ kho pana me gacchantassa kāyo kilanto. Handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṃ bhikkhave, catutthaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto na labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto nālatthaṃ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Tassa me kāyo kilanto akammañño. Handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati…pe… idaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto alatthaṃ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Tassa me kāyo garuko akammañño māsācitaṃ maññe. Handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati…pe… idaṃ, bhikkhave, chaṭṭhaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppanno hoti appamattako ābādho. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘uppanno kho me ayaṃ appamattako ābādho atthi kappo nipajjituṃ. Handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati…pe… idaṃ, bhikkhave, sattamaṃ kusītavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilānā vuṭṭhito a. ni. 6.16 suttavaṇṇanā ṭīkā oloketabbā hoti aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. Tassa me kāyo dubbalo akammañño. Handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’ti. So nipajjati, na vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamaṃ kusītavatthu. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha kusītavatthūni.

dī. ni. 3.335, 358 ‘‘Aṭṭhimāni, bhikkhave, ārambhavatthūni. Katamāni aṭṭha? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā kammaṃ kattabbaṃ hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘kammaṃ kho me kattabbaṃ bhavissati. Kammaṃ kho mayā karontena na sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ. Handāhaṃ paṭikacceva vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti. So vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā kammaṃ kataṃ hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho kammaṃ akāsiṃ. Kammaṃ kho panāhaṃ karonto nāsakkhiṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ. Handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti. So vīriyaṃ ārabhati. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā maggo gantabbo hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – maggo kho me gantabbo bhavissati. Maggaṃ kho pana me gacchantena na sukaraṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ. Handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ…pe… idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā maggo gato hoti. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ahaṃ kho maggaṃ agamāsiṃ. Maggaṃ kho panāhaṃ gacchanto nāsakkhiṃ buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ manasi kātuṃ. Handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto na labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ahaṃ kho gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto nālatthaṃ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Tassa me kāyo lahuko kammañño. Handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… idaṃ, bhikkhave, pañcamaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto labhati lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ahaṃ kho gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā piṇḍāya caranto alatthaṃ lūkhassa vā paṇītassa vā bhojanassa yāvadatthaṃ pāripūriṃ. Tassa me kāyo balavā kammañño. Handāhaṃ vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… idaṃ, bhikkhave, chaṭṭhaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno uppanno hoti appamattako ābādho. Tassa evaṃ hoti – uppanno kho me ayaṃ appamattako ābādho. Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ me ābādho pavaḍḍheyya. Handāhaṃ paṭikacceva vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi…pe… idaṃ, bhikkhave, sattamaṃ ārambhavatthu.

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gilānā vuṭṭhito hoti aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. Tassa evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ kho gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā. Ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ me ābādho paccudāvatteyya. Handāhaṃ paṭikacceva vīriyaṃ ārabhāmi appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā’ti. So vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, aṭṭhamaṃ ārambhavatthu. Imāni kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭha ārambhavatthūnī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.

Yamakavaggo tatiyo.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Dve saddhā dve maraṇassatī, dve sampadā athāpare;

Icchā alaṃ parihānaṃ, kusītārambhavatthūnīti.

80. Dasame kusītavatthūnīti kusītassa alasassa vatthūni patiṭṭhā, kosajjakāraṇānīti attho. Kammaṃ kattabbaṃ hotīti cīvaravicāraṇādikammaṃ kattabbaṃ hoti. Na vīriyaṃ ārabhatīti duvidhampi vīriyaṃ nārabhati. Appattassāti jhānavipassanāmaggaphaladhammassa appattassa pattiyā. Anadhigatassāti tasseva anadhigatassa adhigamatthāya. Asacchikatassāti tadeva asacchikatassa sacchikaraṇatthāya. Idaṃ paṭhamanti idaṃ ‘‘handāhaṃ nipajjāmī’’ti evaṃ osīdanaṃ paṭhamaṃ kusītavatthu. Iminā nayena sabbattha attho veditabbo. Māsācitakaṃ maññeti ettha pana māsācitaṃ nāma tintamāso. Yathā tintamāso garuko hoti, evaṃ garukoti adhippāyo. Gilānā vuṭṭhito hotīti gilāno hutvā pacchā vuṭṭhito hoti. Ārambhavatthūnīti vīriyakāraṇāni. Tesampi imināva nayena attho veditabbo. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.

Yamakavaggo aṭṭhamo.

71-80. Aṭṭhamassa paṭhamādīni uttānatthāneva. Dasame kucchitaṃ sīdatīti kusīto da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā. Yassa dhammassa vasena puggalo ‘‘kusīto’’ti vuccati, so kusitabhāvo idha kusita-saddena vutto. Vināpi hi bhāvajotanasaddaṃ bhāvattho viññāyati yathā ‘‘paṭassa sukka’’nti, tasmā kusītabhāvavatthūnīti attho. Tenāha **‘‘kosajjakāraṇānīti attho’’**ti. Kammaṃ nāma samaṇasāruppaṃ īdisanti āha **‘‘cīvaravicāraṇādī’’**ti. Vīriyanti padhānavīriyaṃ. Taṃ pana caṅkamanavasena karaṇe kāyikantipi vattabbataṃ labhatīti āha **‘‘duvidhampī’’**ti. Pattiyāti pāpuṇanatthaṃ. Osīdananti bhāvanānuyoge saṅkoco. Māsehi ācitaṃ nicitaṃ viyāti māsācitaṃ, taṃ maññe. Yasmā māsā tintā visesena garukā honti, tasmā **‘‘yathā tintamāso’’**tiādi vuttaṃ. Vuṭṭhito hoti gilānabhāvāti adhippāyo.

Tesanti ārambhavatthūnaṃ. Imināva nayenāti iminā kusītavatthūsu vutteneva nayena ‘‘duvidhampi vīriyaṃ ārabhatī’’tiādinā. Idaṃ paṭhamanti ‘‘idaṃ, handāhaṃ, vīriyaṃ ārabhāmī’’ti, ‘‘evaṃ bhāvanāya abbhussahanaṃ paṭhamaṃ ārambhavatthū’’tiādinā ca attho veditabbo. Yathā tathā paṭhamaṃ pavattaṃ abbhussahanañhi upari vīriyārambhassa kāraṇaṃ hoti. Anurūpapaccavekkhaṇasahitāni hi abbhussahanāni tammūlakāni vā paccavekkhaṇāni aṭṭha ārambhavatthūnīti veditabbāni.

Saddhāsuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Yamakavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

(9) 4. Sativaggo

1. Satisampajaññasuttaṃ

81. ‘‘Satisampajaññe, bhikkhave, asati satisampajaññavipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti hirottappaṃ. Hirottappe asati hirottappavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti indriyasaṃvaro. Indriyasaṃvare asati indriyasaṃvaravipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti sīlaṃ. Sīle asati sīlavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti sammāsamādhi. Sammāsamādhimhi asati sammāsamādhivipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ. Yathābhūtañāṇadassane asati yathābhūtañāṇadassanavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti nibbidāvirāgo. Nibbidāvirāge asati nibbidāvirāgavipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rukkho sākhāpalāsavipanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi na pāripūriṃ gacchati, tacopi… pheggupi… sāropi na pāripūriṃ gacchati. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, satisampajaññe asati satisampajaññavipannassa hatūpanisaṃ hoti hirottappaṃ; hirottappe asati hirottappavipannassa hatūpaniso hoti…pe… vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ.

‘‘Satisampajaññe, bhikkhave, sati satisampajaññasampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti hirottappaṃ. Hirottappe sati hirottappasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti indriyasaṃvaro. Indriyasaṃvare sati indriyasaṃvarasampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti sīlaṃ. Sīle sati sīlasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti sammāsamādhi. Sammāsamādhimhi sati sammāsamādhisampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ. Yathābhūtañāṇadassane sati yathābhūtañāṇadassanasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti nibbidāvirāgo. Nibbidāvirāge sati nibbidāvirāgasampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, rukkho sākhāpalāsasampanno. Tassa papaṭikāpi pāripūriṃ gacchati, tacopi… pheggupi… sāropi pāripūriṃ gacchati. Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, satisampajaññe sati satisampajaññasampannassa upanisasampannaṃ hoti hirottappaṃ; hirottappe sati hirottappasampannassa upanisasampanno hoti…pe… vimuttiñāṇadassana’’nti. Paṭhamaṃ.

2. Puṇṇiyasuttaṃ

82. Atha kho āyasmā puṇṇiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā puṇṇiyo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante, hetu ko paccayo yena appekadā tathāgataṃ dhammadesanā paṭibhāti, appekadā na paṭibhātī’’ti? ‘‘Saddho ca, puṇṇiya, bhikkhu hoti, no cupasaṅkamitā; neva tathāgataṃ dhammadesanā paṭibhāti. Yato ca kho, puṇṇiya, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, upasaṅkamitā ca; evaṃ tathāgataṃ dhammadesanā paṭibhāti. Saddho ca, puṇṇiya, bhikkhu hoti, upasaṅkamitā ca, no ca payirupāsitā…pe… payirupāsitā ca, no ca paripucchitā… paripucchitā ca, no ca ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇāti… ohitasoto ca dhammaṃ suṇāti, no ca sutvā dhammaṃ dhāreti… sutvā ca dhammaṃ dhāreti, no ca dhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthaṃ upaparikkhati… dhātānañca dhammānaṃ atthaṃ upaparikkhati, no ca atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno hoti. Neva tāva tathāgataṃ dhammadesanā paṭibhāti.

‘‘Yato ca kho, puṇṇiya, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, upasaṅkamitā ca, payirupāsitā ca, paripucchitā ca, ohitasoto ca dhammaṃ suṇāti, sutvā ca dhammaṃ dhāreti, dhātānañca dhammānaṃ atthaṃ upaparikkhati, atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammappaṭipanno ca hoti; evaṃ tathāgataṃ dhammadesanā paṭibhāti. Imehi kho, puṇṇiya, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgatā samannāgato (sī. pī.), samannāgataṃ (syā. ka.) ekantapaṭibhānā ekantapaṭibhānaṃ (sabbattha) a. ni. 10.83 pana passitabbaṃ tathāgataṃ dhammadesanā hotī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.

81-82. Navamassa paṭhamaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayameva. Dutiye saddhoti duvidhāya saddhāya samannāgato. No cupasaṅkamitāti na upaṭṭhahati. No ca paripucchitāti atthānatthaṃ kāraṇākāraṇaṃ paripucchitā na hoti. Samannāgatoti sāmiatthe paccattaṃ, samannāgatassāti vuttaṃ hoti. Ekantapaṭibhānā tathāgataṃ dhammadesanā hotīti tathāgatassa ekantapaṭibhānā dhammadesanā hoti, ekanteneva paṭibhāti upaṭṭhātīti attho.

3. Mūlakasuttaṃ

83. a. ni. 10.58 passitabbaṃ ‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘kiṃmūlakā, āvuso, sabbe dhammā, kiṃsambhavā sabbe dhammā, kiṃsamudayā sabbe dhammā, kiṃsamosaraṇā sabbe dhammā, kiṃpamukhā sabbe dhammā, kiṃadhipateyyā sabbe dhammā, kiṃuttarā sabbe dhammā, kiṃsārā sabbe dhammā’ti, evaṃ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ kinti byākareyyāthā’’ti? ‘‘Bhagavaṃmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā, bhagavaṃnettikā bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu, bhante, bhagavantaṃyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī’’ti.

‘‘Tena hi, bhikkhave, desessāmi. Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘kiṃmūlakā, āvuso, sabbe dhammā, kiṃsambhavā sabbe dhammā, kiṃsamudayā sabbe dhammā, kiṃsamosaraṇā sabbe dhammā, kiṃpamukhā sabbe dhammā, kiṃadhipateyyā sabbe dhammā, kiṃuttarā sabbe dhammā, kiṃsārā sabbe dhammā’ti, evaṃ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ evaṃ byākareyyātha – ‘chandamūlakā, āvuso, sabbe dhammā, manasikārasambhavā sabbe dhammā, phassasamudayā sabbe dhammā, vedanāsamosaraṇā sabbe dhammā, samādhippamukhā sabbe dhammā, satādhipateyyā sabbe dhammā, paññuttarā sabbe dhammā, vimuttisārā sabbe dhammā’ti, evaṃ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ evaṃ byākareyyāthā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.

83. Tatiye sabbe dhammāti pañcakkhandhā. Chandamūlakāti ajjhāsayacchando kattukamyatāchando taṃ mūlaṃ etesanti chandamūlakā. Manasikārato sambhavantīti manasikārasambhavā. Phassato samudenti rāsī bhavantīti phassasamudayā. Vedanāya samosarantīti vedanāsamosaraṇā. Samādhi etesaṃ pamukhoti samādhippamukhā. Jeṭṭhakaṭṭhena sati adhipati etesanti satādhipateyyā, satijeṭṭhakāti attho. Paññā uttarā etesanti paññuttarā. Vimutti eva sāro etesanti vimuttisārā. Ettha ca chandamūlakādayo cattāropi lokiyā kathitā, sesā lokiyalokuttaramissakāti.

4. Corasuttaṃ

84. ‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro khippaṃ pariyāpajjati, na ciraṭṭhitiko hoti. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Appaharantassa paharati, anavasesaṃ ādiyati, itthiṃ hanati, kumāriṃ dūseti, pabbajitaṃ vilumpati, rājakosaṃ vilumpati, accāsanne kammaṃ karoti, na ca nidhānakusalo hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro khippaṃ pariyāpajjati, na ciraṭṭhitiko hoti.

‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro na khippaṃ pariyāpajjati, ciraṭṭhitiko hoti. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Na appaharantassa paharati, na anavasesaṃ ādiyati, na itthiṃ hanati, na kumāriṃ dūseti, na pabbajitaṃ vilumpati, na rājakosaṃ vilumpati, na accāsanne kammaṃ karoti, nidhānakusalo ca hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgato mahācoro na khippaṃ pariyāpajjati, ciraṭṭhitiko hotī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.

84. Catutthe mahācoroti rajjantare dubbhituṃ samattho mahācoro. Pariyāpajjatīti pariyādānaṃ gacchati. Na ciraṭṭhitiko hotīti addhānaṃ pālento ṭhātuṃ na sakkoti. Appaharantassa paharatīti attano averine appaharante guṇasampanne ca mahallake ca taruṇadārake ca appaharitabbayuttake paharati. Anavasesaṃ ādiyatīti nissesaṃ gaṇhāti. Byattacorānañhi idaṃ vattaṃ – parassa dvīsu sāṭakesu eko gahetabbo, ekasmiṃ sante dubbalaṃ datvā thiro gahetabbo. Puṭabhattataṇḍulādīsu ekaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ datvā eko gahetabboti. Accāsanne kammaṃ karotīti gāmanigamarājadhānīnaṃ āsannaṭṭhāne corikakammaṃ karoti. Na ca nidhānakusalo hotīti yaṃ laddhaṃ, taṃ dakkhiṇeyye nidahituṃ cheko na hoti, paralokamaggaṃ na sodheti.

5. Samaṇasuttaṃ

85. ‘‘‘Samaṇo’ti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. ‘Brāhmaṇo’ti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. ‘Vedagū’ti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. ‘Bhisakko’ti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. ‘Nimmalo’ti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. ‘Vimalo’ti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. ‘Ñāṇī’ti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. ‘Vimutto’ti, bhikkhave, tathāgatassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassā’’ti.

‘‘Yaṃ samaṇena pattabbaṃ, brāhmaṇena vusīmatā;

Yaṃ vedagunā pattabbaṃ, bhisakkena anuttaraṃ.

‘‘Yaṃ nimmalena pattabbaṃ, vimalena sucīmatā;

Yaṃ ñāṇinā ca pattabbaṃ, vimuttena anuttaraṃ.

‘‘Sohaṃ vijitasaṅgāmo, mutto mocemi bandhanā;

Nāgomhi paramadanto, asekho parinibbuto’’ti. pañcamaṃ;

85. Pañcame yaṃ samaṇenāti yaṃ guṇajātaṃ samaṇena pattabbaṃ. Vusīmatāti brahmacariyavāsaṃvutena. Mutto mocemi bandhanāti ahaṃ sabbabandhanehi mutto hutvā mahājanampi rāgādibandhanato mocemi. Paramadantoti aññena kenaci asikkhāpito acodito sayambhuñāṇena paṭivijjhitvā paramadamathena dantattā paramadanto nāma. Parinibbutoti kilesaparinibbānena parinibbuto.

6. Yasasuttaṃ

86. Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kosalesu cārikaṃ caramāno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena icchānaṅgalaṃ nāma kosalānaṃ brāhmaṇagāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. Assosuṃ kho icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā – ‘‘samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito icchānaṅgalaṃ anuppatto icchānaṅgale viharati icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍe. Taṃ kho pana bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ evaṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggato – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho…pe… sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’’’ti.

Atha kho icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā tassā rattiyā accayena pahutaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya yena icchānaṅgalavanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bahidvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhaṃsu uccāsaddā mahāsaddā. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nāgito bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ nāgitaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ke pana te, nāgita, uccāsaddā mahāsaddā kevaṭṭā maññe macchavilope’’ti? ‘‘Ete, bhante, icchānaṅgalakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā pahutaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ ādāya bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitā bhagavantaṃyeva uddissa bhikkhusaṅghañcā’’ti. ‘‘Māhaṃ, nāgita, yasena samāgamaṃ, mā ca mayā yaso. Yo kho, nāgita, nayimassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī assa akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Yassāhaṃ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī nikāmalābhī assaṃ (bahūsu) a. ni. 5.30 passitabbaṃ. tattha hi ayaṃ pāṭhabhedā natthi akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, so taṃ mīḷhasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṃ sādiyeyyā’’ti.

‘‘Adhivāsetu dāni, bhante, bhagavā. Adhivāsetu sugato. Adhivāsanakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Yena yeneva dāni, bhante, bhagavā gamissati tanninnāva bhavissanti brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamā ceva jānapadā ca. Seyyathāpi, bhante, thullaphusitake deve vassante yathāninnaṃ udakāni pavattanti; evamevaṃ kho, bhante, yena yeneva dāni bhagavā gamissati tanninnāva bhavissanti brāhmaṇagahapatikā negamā ceva jānapadā ca. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi, bhante, bhagavato sīlapaññāṇa’’nti.

‘‘Māhaṃ, nāgita, yasena samāgamaṃ, mā ca mayā yaso. Yo kho, nāgita, nayimassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī assa akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Yassāhaṃ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī, so taṃ mīḷhasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ lābhasakkārasilokasukhaṃ sādiyeyya.

‘‘Devatāpi kho, nāgita, ekaccā nayimassa ekaccā imassa (?) nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhiniyo assu idaṃ padaṃ katthaci natthi akicchalābhiniyo nikāmalābhiniyo akicchalābhiniyo (?) akasiralābhiniyo, yassāhaṃ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Tumhākampi tāsampi (?) kho, nāgita, saṅgamma samāgamma saṅgaṇikavihāraṃ anuyuttānaṃ viharataṃ anuyutte viharante disvā (?) evaṃ hoti – ‘na hi nūname na hanūname (sī. syā. pī.) āyasmanto imassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhino assu idaṃ padaṃ katthaci natthi akicchalābhino akasiralābhino. Yassāhaṃ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Tathā hi pana me āyasmanto saṅgamma samāgamma saṅgaṇikavihāraṃ anuyuttā viharanti’’’.

‘‘Idhāhaṃ, nāgita, bhikkhū passāmi aññamaññaṃ aṅgulipatodakena aṅgulipatodakehi (sī. pī. ka.) sañjagghante saṅkīḷante. Tassa mayhaṃ, nāgita, evaṃ hoti – ‘na hi nūname āyasmanto imassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhino assu akicchalābhino akasiralābhino. Yassāhaṃ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Tathā hi pana me āyasmanto aññamaññaṃ aṅgulipatodakena sañjagghanti saṅkīḷanti’’’.

‘‘Idha panāhaṃ idhāhaṃ (sī. pī. ka.), nāgita, bhikkhū passāmi yāvadatthaṃ udarāvadehakaṃ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṃ passasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ anuyutte viharante. Tassa mayhaṃ, nāgita, evaṃ hoti – ‘na hi nūname āyasmanto imassa nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhino assu akicchalābhino akasiralābhino. Yassāhaṃ nekkhammasukhassa pavivekasukhassa upasamasukhassa sambodhasukhassa nikāmalābhī akicchalābhī akasiralābhī. Tathā hi pana me āyasmanto yāvadatthaṃ udarāvadehakaṃ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṃ passasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ anuyuttā viharanti’’’.

‘‘Idhāhaṃ idha panāhaṃ (?), nāgita, bhikkhuṃ passāmi gāmantavihāriṃ samāhitaṃ nisinnaṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, nāgita, evaṃ hoti – ‘idāni imaṃ idānimaṃ (katthaci) a. ni. 6.42 āyasmantaṃ ārāmiko vā upaṭṭhahissati paccessati (sī. pī.), upaṭṭhahati (ka.) samaṇuddeso vā. Taṃ tamhā so tamhā (ka. sī.), so taṃ tamhā (?) samādhimhā cāvessatī’ti. Tenāhaṃ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno na attamano homi gāmantavihārena.

‘‘Idha panāhaṃ, nāgita, bhikkhuṃ passāmi āraññikaṃ araññe pacalāyamānaṃ nisinnaṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, nāgita, evaṃ hoti – ‘idāni ayamāyasmā imaṃ niddākilamathaṃ paṭivinodetvā araññasaññaṃyeva manasi karissati ekatta’nti. Tenāhaṃ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena.

‘‘Idha panāhaṃ, nāgita, bhikkhuṃ passāmi āraññikaṃ araññe asamāhitaṃ nisinnaṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, nāgita, evaṃ hoti – ‘idāni ayamāyasmā asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ samādahissati samādahessati (katthaci), samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ anurakkhissatī’ti. Tenāhaṃ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena.

‘‘Idha panāhaṃ, nāgita, bhikkhuṃ passāmi āraññikaṃ araññe samāhitaṃ nisinnaṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, nāgita, evaṃ hoti – ‘idāni ayamāyasmā avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuccissati, vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ anurakkhissatī’ti. Tenāhaṃ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena.

‘‘Idha panāhaṃ, nāgita, bhikkhuṃ passāmi gāmantavihāriṃ lābhiṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. So taṃ lābhasakkārasilokaṃ nikāmayamāno riñcati paṭisallānaṃ, riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni; gāmanigamarājadhāniṃ osaritvā vāsaṃ kappeti. Tenāhaṃ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno na attamano homi gāmantavihārena.

‘‘Idha panāhaṃ, nāgita, bhikkhuṃ passāmi āraññikaṃ lābhiṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. So taṃ lābhasakkārasilokaṃ paṭipaṇāmetvā na riñcati paṭisallānaṃ, na riñcati araññavanapatthāni pantāni senāsanāni. Tenāhaṃ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena. [ ] etthantare pāṭho a. ni. 6.42 chakkanipāteyeva dissati, na ettha aṭṭhakanipāte

‘‘Yasmāhaṃ yasmiṃhaṃ (katthaci), nāgita, samaye addhānamaggappaṭipanno na kañci passāmi purato vā pacchato vā, phāsu me, nāgita, tasmiṃ samaye hoti antamaso uccārapassāvakammāyā’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.

86. Chaṭṭhe mā ca mayā yasoti yaso ca mayā saddhiṃ mā gañchi. Akasiralābhīti vipulalābhī. Sīlapaññāṇanti sīlañceva ñāṇañca. Saṅgammāti sannipatitvā. Samāgammāti samāgantvā. Saṅgaṇikavihāranti gaṇasaṅgaṇikavihāraṃ. Na hi nūnameti na hi nūna ime. Tathā hi panameti tathā hi pana ime. Aṅgulipatodakehīti aṅgulipatodayaṭṭhiṃ katvā vijjhanena. Sañjagghanteti mahāhasitaṃ hasante. Saṃkīḷanteti keḷiṃ karonte.

7. Pattanikujjanasuttaṃ

87. cūḷava. 265 ‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatassa upāsakassa ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho pattaṃ nikkujjeyya nikujjeyya (ka.). Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Bhikkhūnaṃ alābhāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṃ anatthāya parisakkati, bhikkhūnaṃ avāsāya anāvāsāya (sī. syā.) parisakkati, bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati, bhikkhū bhikkhūhi bhedeti vibhedeti (bahūsu), buddhassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, saṅghassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgatassa upāsakassa ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho pattaṃ nikkujjeyya.

‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgatassa upāsakassa ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho pattaṃ ukkujjeyya. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Na bhikkhūnaṃ alābhāya parisakkati, na bhikkhūnaṃ anatthāya parisakkati, na bhikkhūnaṃ avāsāya parisakkati, na bhikkhū akkosati paribhāsati, na bhikkhū bhikkhūhi bhedeti, buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahaṅgehi samannāgatassa upāsakassa ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho pattaṃ ukkujjeyyā’’ti. Sattamaṃ.

87. Sattame nikkujjeyyāti tena dinnassa deyyadhammassa appaṭiggahaṇatthaṃ pattanikkujjanakammavācāya nikujjeyya, na adhomukhaṭhapanena. Alābhāyāti catunnaṃ paccayānaṃ alābhatthāya. Anatthāyāti upaddavāya avaḍḍhiyā. Ukkujjeyyāti ukkujjanakammavācāya ukkujjeyya.

8. Appasādapavedanīyasuttaṃ

88. ‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamānā upāsakā appasādaṃ pavedeyyuṃ. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Gihīnaṃ alābhāya parisakkati, gihīnaṃ anatthāya parisakkati, gihī akkosati paribhāsati, gihī gihīhi bhedeti, buddhassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, saṅghassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, agocare ca naṃ passanti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamānā upāsakā appasādaṃ pavedeyyuṃ.

‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamānā upāsakā pasādaṃ pavedeyyuṃ. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Na gihīnaṃ alābhāya parisakkati, na gihīnaṃ anatthāya parisakkati, na gihī akkosati paribhāsati, na gihī gihīhi bhedeti, buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, gocare ca naṃ passanti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamānā upāsakā pasādaṃ pavedeyyu’’nti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.

88. Aṭṭhame appasādaṃ pavedeyyunti appasannabhāvaṃ jānāpeyyuṃ. Appasādaṃ pavedentena pana kiṃ kātabbanti? Nisinnāsanato na uṭṭhātabbaṃ na vanditabbaṃ na paccuggamanaṃ kātabbaṃ, na deyyadhammo dātabbo. Agocareti pañcavidhe agocare.

9. Paṭisāraṇīyasuttaṃ

89. cūḷava. 39 thokaṃ visadisaṃ ‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ kareyya. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Gihīnaṃ alābhāya parisakkati, gihīnaṃ anatthāya parisakkati, gihī akkosati paribhāsati, gihī gihīhi bhedeti, buddhassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dhammassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, saṅghassa avaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dhammikañca gihipaṭissavaṃ na saccāpeti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho paṭisāraṇīyaṃ kammaṃ kareyya.

‘‘Aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ paṭippassambheyya. Katamehi aṭṭhahi? Na gihīnaṃ alābhāya parisakkati, na gihīnaṃ anatthāya parisakkati, na gihī akkosati paribhāsati, na gihī gihīhi bhedeti, buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, dhammikañca gihipaṭissavaṃ saccāpeti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgatassa bhikkhuno ākaṅkhamāno saṅgho paṭisāraṇīyakammaṃ paṭippassambheyyā’’ti. Navamaṃ.

89. Navame dhammikañca gihipaṭissavanti ‘‘imaṃ temāsaṃ idheva vasitabba’’nti vutto ‘‘evaṃ hotū’’tiādinā nayena paṭissavaṃ. Na saccāpetīti vuttaṃ na saccaṃ karoti visaṃvādeti.

10. Sammāvattanasuttaṃ

90. cūḷava. 211 ‘‘Tassapāpiyasikakammakatena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā aṭṭhasu dhammesu sammā vattitabbaṃ – na upasampādetabbo, na nissayo dātabbo, na sāmaṇero upaṭṭhāpetabbo, na bhikkhunovādakasammuti sāditabbā, sammatenapi bhikkhuniyo na ovaditabbā, na kāci saṅghasammuti sāditabbā, na kismiñci paccekaṭṭhāne ṭhapetabbo, na ca tena mūlena vuṭṭhāpetabbo. Tassapāpiyasikakammakatena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā imesu aṭṭhasu dhammesu sammā vattitabba’’nti. Dasamaṃ.

Sativaggo catuttho.

Tassuddānaṃ –

Satipuṇṇiyamūlena, corasamaṇena pañcamaṃ;

Yaso pattappasādena, paṭisāraṇīyañca vattananti.

90. Dasame paccekaṭṭhāneti adhipatiṭṭhāne jeṭṭhakaṭṭhāne. Tañhi jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā kiñci saṅghakammaṃ kātuṃ na labhati. Na ca tena mūlena vuṭṭhāpetabboti taṃ mūlaṃ katvā abbhānakammaṃ kātuṃ na labhati. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.

Sativaggo navamo.

(10) 5. Sāmaññavaggo

91-116. Atha kho ettha ‘‘atha kho’’ti ca, ‘‘upāsikā’’ti ca idaṃ aṭṭhakathāyameva dissati, na pāḷipotthakesu bojjhā bojjhaṅgā (ka. sī.) upāsikā ettha ‘‘atha kho’’ti ca, upāsikā’’ti ca idaṃ aṭṭhakathāyameva dissati, na pāḷipotthakesu, sirīmā, padumā, sutanā sudhanā (sī. pī.), sudhammā (syā.), manujā, uttarā, muttā, khemā, rucī rūpī (sī. pī.), cundī, bimbī, sumanā, mallikā, tissā, tissamātā tissāya mātā (sī. pī.), soṇā, soṇāya mātā soṇamātā (syā.), kāṇā, kāṇamātā kāṇāya mātā (sī. pī.), uttarā nandamātā, visākhā migāramātā, khujjuttarā upāsikā, sāmāvatī upāsikā, suppavāsā koliyadhītā koḷiyadhītā (syā. pī.), suppiyā upāsikā, nakulamātā gahapatānī.

Sāmaññavaggo pañcamo.

Dutiyapaṇṇāsakaṃ samattaṃ.

(11). Rāgapeyyālaṃ

117. ‘‘Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame aṭṭha? Sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi – rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti.

118. ‘‘Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame aṭṭha? Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, tāni abhibhuyya ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, tāni abhibhuyya ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, tāni abhibhuyya ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, tāni abhibhuyya ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni pītāni pītavaṇṇāni…pe… lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni…pe… odātāni odātavaṇṇāni…pe… odātanibhāsāni, tāni abhibhuyya ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti – rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā’’.

119. ‘‘Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā. Katame aṭṭha? Rūpī rūpāni passati, ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati, subhanteva adhimutto hoti, sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati – rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā’’.

120-146. ‘‘Rāgassa, bhikkhave, pariññāya…pe… parikkhayāya… pahānāya… khayāya… vayāya… virāgāya… nirodhāya… cāgāya… paṭinissaggāya…pe… ime aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā’’.

147-626. ‘‘Dosassa…pe… mohassa… kodhassa… upanāhassa… makkhassa… paḷāsassa… issāya… macchariyassa … māyāya… sāṭheyyassa… thambhassa… sārambhassa… mānassa… atimānassa… madassa… pamādassa abhiññāya…pe… pariññāya… parikkhayāya… pahānāya… khayāya… vayāya… virāgāya… nirodhāya… cāgāya… paṭinissaggāya…pe… ime aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti.

Rāgapeyyālaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Aṭṭhakanipātapāḷi niṭṭhitā.

Kalampi te nānubhavanti soḷasinti te sabbepi mahāyāgā ekassa mettācittassa vipākamahantatāya soḷasiṃ kalaṃ na agghanti, soḷasamaṃ bhāgaṃ na pāpuṇantīti attho. Na jinātīti na attanā parassa jāniṃ karoti. Na jāpayeti na parena parassa jāniṃ kāreti. Mettaṃsoti mettāyamānacittakoṭṭhāso hutvā. Sabbabhūtānanti sabbasattesu. Veraṃ tassa na kenacīti tassa kenaci saddhiṃ akusalaveraṃ vā puggalaveraṃ vā natthi.

1. Aṭṭhakanipātassa paṭhame vaḍḍhitāyāti bhāvanāpāripūrivasena paribrūhitāya. Punappunaṃ katāyāti bhāvanāya bahulīkaraṇena aparāparaṃ pavattitāya. Yuttayānasadisakatāyāti yathā yuttaājaññayānaṃ chekena sārathinā adhiṭṭhitaṃ yathāruci pavattati, evaṃ yathāruci pavattārahataṃ gamitāya. Patiṭṭhānaṭṭhenāti sabbasampattiadhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena. Paccupaṭṭhitāyāti bhāvanābahulīkārehi pati pati upaṭṭhitāya avijahitāya. Samantato citāyāti sabbabhāgena bhāvanānurūpaṃ cayaṃ gamitāya. Tenāha **‘‘upacitāyā’’**ti. Suṭṭhu samāraddhāyāti ativiya sammadeva nibbattigatāya.

Yo ca mettaṃ bhāvayatītiādīsu yo koci gahaṭṭho vā pabbajito vā. Mettanti mettājhānaṃ.

Appamāṇanti bhāvanāvasena ārammaṇavasena ca appamāṇaṃ. Asubhabhāvanādayo viya hi ārammaṇe ekadesaggahaṇaṃ akatvā anavasesapharaṇavasena anodhiso pharaṇavasena ca, appamāṇārammaṇatāya paguṇabhāvanāvasena ca appamāṇaṃ. Tanū saṃyojanā hontīti mettaṃ pādakaṃ katvā sammasitvā heṭṭhime ariyamagge adhigacchantassa sukheneva paṭighasaṃyojanādayo pahīyamānā tanū hontīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.

Evaṃ kilesappahānañca nibbānādhigamañca mettābhāvanāya sikhāppattamānisaṃsaṃ dassetvā idāni aññepi ānisaṃse dassetuṃ **‘‘ekampi ce’’**tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha aduṭṭhacittoti mettābalena suṭṭhu vikkhambhitabyāpādatāya byāpādena adūsitacitto. Mettāyatīti hitapharaṇavasena mettaṃ karoti. Kusalīti atisayena kusalavā mahāpuñño, paṭighādianatthavigamena khemī. Sabbe ca pāṇeti ca-saddo byatireko. Manasānukampīti cittena anukampanto. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ekasattavisayāpi tāva mettā mahākusalarāsi, sabbe pana pāṇe attano puttaṃ viya hitapharaṇena manasā anukampanto pahukaṃ pahuṃ anappakaṃ apariyantaṃ catusaṭṭhimahākappepi attano vipākappabandhaṃ pavattetuṃ samatthaṃ uḷāraṃ puññaṃ ariyo parisuddhacitto puggalova karoti nipphādetīti. Sattabharitanti sattehi aviraḷaṃ, ākiṇṇamanussanti attho.

Saṅgahavatthūnīti (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1.120) lokassa saṅgaṇhanakāraṇāni. Nipphannasassato nava bhāge kassakassa datvā raññaṃ ekabhāgaggahaṇaṃ dasamabhāgaggahaṇaṃ. Evaṃ kassakā haṭṭhatuṭṭhā sassāni sampādentīti āha **‘‘sassasampādane medhāvitāti attho’’**ti. Tato orabhāge kira chabhāgaggahaṇaṃ jātaṃ. Chamāsikanti channaṃ channaṃ māsānaṃ pahonakaṃ. Pāsetīti pāsagate viya karoti. Vācāya piyaṃ vācāpiyaṃ, tassa kammaṃ vācāpeyyaṃ. Sabbaso raṭṭhassa iddhādibhāvato khemaṃ. Nirabbudaṃ coriyābhāvato. Iddhañhi raṭṭhaṃ acoriyaṃ. ‘‘Niraggaḷa’’nti vuccati apārutagharabhāvato.

Uddhaṃmūlakaṃ katvāti ummūlaṃ katvā. Dvīhi pariyaññehīti mahāyaññassa pubbabhāge pacchā ca pavattetabbehi dvīhi parivārayaññehi. Satta…pe… bhīsanassāti sattanavutādhikānaṃ pañcannaṃ pasusatānaṃ māraṇena bheravassa pāpabhīrukānaṃ bhayāvahassa. Tathā hi vadanti –

‘‘Chasatāni niyujjanti, pasūnaṃ majjhime hani;

Assamedhassa yaññassa, ūnāni pasūhi tīhī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1.120; a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.39);

Sammanti yugacchidde pakkhipitabbadaṇḍakaṃ. Pāsantīti khipanti. Saṃhārimehīti sakaṭehi vahitabbehi. Pubbe kira eko rājā sammāpāsaṃ yajanto sarassatinaditīre pathaviyā vivare dinne nimuggoyeva ahosi. Andhabālabrāhmaṇā gatānugatigatā ‘‘ayaṃ tassa saggagamanamaggo’’ti saññāya tattha sammāpāsaṃ yaññaṃ paṭṭhapenti. Tena vuttaṃ **‘‘nimuggokāsato pabhutī’’**ti. Ayūpo appakadivaso yāgo, sayūpo bahudivasaṃ sādheyyo satrayāgo. Mantapadābhisaṅkhatānaṃ sappimadhūnaṃ **‘‘vāja’’**miti samaññā. Hiraññasuvaṇṇagomahiṃsādi sattarasakadakkhiṇassa. Sāragabbhakoṭṭhāgārādīsu natthi ettha aggaḷāti niraggaḷo. Tattha kira yaññe attano sāpateyyaṃ anavasesato anigūhitvā niyyātīyati.

Candappabhāti (itivu. aṭṭha. 27) candimasseva pabhāya. Tārāgaṇāva sabbeti yathā sabbepi tārāgaṇā candimasobhāya soḷasimpi kalaṃ nāgghanti, evaṃ te assamedhādayo yaññā mettassa cittassa vuttalakkhaṇena subhāvitassa soḷasimpi kalaṃ nānubhavanti, na pāpuṇanti, nāgghantīti attho.

Idāni aparepi diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyike mettābhāvanāya ānisaṃse dassetuṃ **‘‘yo na hantī’’**tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yoti mettābrahmavihārabhāvanānuyutto puggalo. Na hantīti teneva mettābhāvanānubhāvena dūravikkhambhitabyāpādatāya na kañci sattaṃ hiṃsati, leḍḍudaṇḍādīhi na vibādhati vā. Na ghātetīti paraṃ samādapetvā na satte mārāpeti na vibādhāpeti ca. Na jinātīti sārambhaviggāhikakathādivasena na kañci jināti sārambhasseva abhāvato, jānikaraṇavasena vā aṭṭakaraṇādinā na kañci jināti. Tenāha **‘‘na attanā parassa jāniṃ karotī’’**ti. Na jāpayeti parehi payojetvā paresampi dhanajāniṃ na kārāpeyya. Tenāha **‘‘na parena parassa jāniṃ kāretī’’**ti. Mettāya vā aṃso aviheṭhanaṭṭhena avayavabhūtoti mettaṃso.

Mettāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Kāraṇḍavaṃ (su. ni. aṭṭha. 2.283-284) niddhamathāti vipannasīlatāya kacavarabhūtaṃ puggalaṃ kacavaramiva anapekkhā apanetha. Kasambuṃ apakassathāti kasambubhūtañca naṃ khattiyādīnaṃ majjhagataṃ pabhinnapaggharitakuṭṭhaṃ caṇḍālaṃ viya apakaḍḍhatha. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Saṅghārāmo nāma sīlavantānaṃ kato, na dussīlānaṃ. Yato etadeva sandhāyāha **‘‘tato palāpe vāhetha, assamaṇe samaṇamānine’’**ti. Yathā palāpā antosārarahitā ataṇḍulā bahi thusena vīhī viya dissanti, evaṃ pāpabhikkhū anto sīlarahitāpi bahi kāsāvādiparikkhārena bhikkhū viya dissanti, tasmā ‘‘palāpā’’ti vuccanti. Te palāpe vāhetha opunatha vidhamatha, paramatthato assamaṇe samaṇavesamattena samaṇamānine. Kappayavhoti kappetha, karothāti vuttaṃ hoti. Patissatāti sappatissā. Vaṭṭadukkhassa antaṃ karissatha, parinibbānaṃ pāpuṇissathāti attho.

Kāraṇḍavasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Mettāvaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Evaṃ vuttepi brāhmaṇo duppaññatāya tathāgatassa lokajeṭṭhabhāvaṃ asallakkhento kevalaṃ taṃ vacanaṃ asahamāno āha – arasarūpo bhavaṃ gotamoti. Ayaṃ kirassa adhippāyo – yaṃ loke abhivādanapaccuṭṭhānaañjalikammasāmīcikammaṃ ‘‘sāmaggiraso’’ti vuccati, taṃ bhoto gotamassa natthi. Tasmā arasarūpo bhavaṃ gotamo, arasajātiko arasasabhāvoti. Athassa bhagavā cittamudubhāvajananatthaṃ ujuvipaccanīkabhāvaṃ pariharanto aññathā tassa vacanassa atthaṃ attani sandassento atthi khvesa, brāhmaṇa, pariyāyotiādimāha.

Tattha atthi khvesāti atthi kho esa. Pariyāyoti kāraṇaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – atthi kho, brāhmaṇa, etaṃ kāraṇaṃ, yena kāraṇena maṃ ‘‘arasarūpo bhavaṃ gotamo’’ti vadamāno puggalo sammā vadeyya, avitathavādīti saṅkhaṃ gaccheyya. Katamo pana soti? Ye te, brāhmaṇa, rūparasā…pe… phoṭṭhabbarasā, te tathāgatassa pahīnāti. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Ye te jātivasena vā upapattivasena vā seṭṭhasammatānampi puthujjanānaṃ rūpārammaṇādīni assādentānaṃ abhinandantānaṃ rajjantānaṃ uppajjanti kāmasukhassādasaṅkhātā rūparasā, saddarasā, gandharasā, rasarasā, phoṭṭhabbarasā, ye imaṃ lokaṃ gīvāya bandhitvā viya āviñchanti, vatthārammaṇādisāmaggiyañca uppannattā sāmaggirasāti vuccanti. Te sabbepi tathāgatassa pahīnā. ‘‘Mayhaṃ pahīnā’’ti vattabbepi mamākārena attānaṃ anukkhipanto dhammaṃ deseti, desanāvilāso vā esa tathāgatassa.

Tattha pahīnāti cittasantānato vigatā, pajahitā vā. Etasmiṃ panatthe karaṇe sāmivacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ariyamaggasatthena ucchinnaṃ taṇhāvijjāmayaṃ mūlaṃ etesanti ucchinnamūlā. Tālavatthu viya nesaṃ vatthu katanti tālāvatthukatā. Yathā hi tālarukkhaṃ samūlaṃ uddharitvā tassa vatthumatte tasmiṃ padese kate na puna tassa tālassa uppatti paññāyati, evaṃ ariyamaggasatthena samūle rūpādirase uddharitvā tesaṃ pubbe uppannapubbabhāvena vatthumatte cittasantāne kate sabbepi te tālāvatthukatāti vuccanti. Aviruḷhidhammattā vā matthakacchinnatālo viya katāti tālāvatthukatā. Yasmā pana evaṃ tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā honti, yathā nesaṃ pacchābhāvo na hoti, tathā katā honti. Tasmā āha – anabhāvaṃkatāti. Āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāti anāgate anuppajjanakasabhāvā.

No ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesīti yañca kho tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi, so pariyāyo na hoti. Nanu ca evaṃ vutte yo brāhmaṇena vutto sāmaggiraso, tassa attani vijjamānatā anuññātā hotīti? Na hoti. Yo hi naṃ sāmaggirasaṃ kātuṃ bhabbo hutvā na karoti, so tadabhāvena arasarūpoti vattabbataṃ arahati. Bhagavā pana abhabbova etaṃ kātuṃ, tenassa kāraṇe abhabbataṃ pakāsento āha – ‘‘no ca kho yaṃ tvaṃ sandhāya vadesī’’ti. Yaṃ pariyāyaṃ sandhāya tvaṃ maṃ ‘‘arasarūpo’’ti vadesi, so amhesu neva vattabboti.

Evaṃ brāhmaṇo attanā adhippetaṃ arasarūpataṃ āropetuṃ asakkonto athāparaṃ nibbhogo bhavantiādimāha. Sabbapariyāyesu cettha vuttanayeneva yojanākkamaṃ viditvā sandhāyabhāsitamatthaṃ evaṃ veditabbaṃ – brāhmaṇo tadeva vayovuddhānaṃ abhivādanādikammaṃ loke ‘‘sāmaggiparibhogo’’ti maññamāno tadabhāvena ca bhagavantaṃ ‘‘nibbhogo’’tiādimāha. Bhagavā ca yvāyaṃ rūpādīsu sattānaṃ chandarāgaparibhogo, tadabhāvaṃ attani sampassamāno aparaṃ pariyāyamanujāni.

Puna brāhmaṇo yaṃ loke vayovuddhānaṃ abhivādanādikulasamudācārakammaṃ lokiyā karonti, tassa akiriyaṃ sampassamāno bhagavantaṃ akiriyavādoti āha. Bhagavā pana yasmā kāyaduccaritādīnaṃ akiriyaṃ vadati, tasmā taṃ akiriyavāditaṃ attani sampassamāno aparaṃ pariyāyamanujāni. Tattha ṭhapetvā kāyaduccaritādīni avasesā akusalā dhammā anekavihitā pāpakā akusalā dhammāti veditabbā.

Puna brāhmaṇo tadeva abhivādanādikammaṃ bhagavati apassanto ‘‘imaṃ āgamma ayaṃ lokatanti lokapaveṇī ucchijjatī’’ti maññamāno bhagavantaṃ ucchedavādoti āha. Bhagavā pana yasmā pañcakāmaguṇikarāgassa ceva akusalacittadvayasampayuttassa ca dosassa anāgāmimaggena ucchedaṃ vadati, sabbākusalasambhavassa pana mohassa arahattamaggena ucchedaṃ vadati, ṭhapetvā te tayo avasesānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ yathānurūpaṃ catūhi maggehi ucchedaṃ vadati, tasmā taṃ ucchedavādaṃ attani sampassamāno aparaṃ pariyāyamanujāni.

Puna brāhmaṇo ‘‘jigucchati maññe samaṇo gotamo idaṃ vayovuddhānaṃ abhivādanādikulasamudācārakammaṃ, tena taṃ na karotī’’ti maññamāno bhagavantaṃ jegucchīti āha. Bhagavā pana yasmā jigucchati kāyaduccaritādīhi, yāni kāyavacīmanoduccaritāni ceva yāva ca akusalānaṃ lāmakadhammānaṃ samāpatti samāpajjanā samaṅgibhāvo, taṃ sabbampi gūthaṃ viya maṇḍanakajātiko puriso jigucchati hirīyati, tasmā taṃ jegucchitaṃ attani sampassamāno aparaṃ pariyāyamanujāni. Tattha kāyaduccaritenātiādi karaṇavacanaṃ upayogatthe daṭṭhabbaṃ.

Puna brāhmaṇo tadeva abhivādanādikammaṃ bhagavati apassanto ‘‘ayaṃ idaṃ lokajeṭṭhakakammaṃ vineti vināseti, atha vā yasmā etaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ na karoti, tasmā ayaṃ vinetabbo niggaṇhitabbo’’ti maññamāno bhagavantaṃ venayikoti āha. Tatrāyaṃ padattho – vinayatīti vinayo, vināsetīti vuttaṃ hoti. Vinayo eva venayiko. Vinayaṃ vā arahatīti venayiko, niggahaṃ arahatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhagavā pana yasmā rāgādīnaṃ vinayāya vūpasamāya dhammaṃ deseti, tasmā venayiko hoti. Ayameva cettha padattho – vinayāya dhammaṃ desetīti venayiko. Vicitrā hi taddhitavutti. Svāyaṃ taṃ venayikabhāvaṃ attani sampassamāno aparaṃ pariyāyamanujāni.

Puna brāhmaṇo yasmā abhivādanādīni sāmīcikammāni karontā vayovuddhe tosenti hāsenti, akarontā pana tāpenti vihesenti domanassaṃ nesaṃ uppādenti, bhagavā ca tāni na karoti, tasmā ‘‘ayaṃ vayovuddhe tapatī’’ti maññamāno sappurisācāravirahitattā vā ‘‘kapaṇapuriso aya’’nti maññamāno bhagavantaṃ tapassīti āha. Tatrāyaṃ padattho – tapatīti tapo, roseti vihesetīti attho. Sāmīcikammākaraṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tapo assa atthīti tapassī. Dutiye atthavikappe byañjanāni avicāretvā loke kapaṇapuriso tapassīti vuccati. Bhagavā pana ye akusalā dhammā lokaṃ tapanato tapanīyāni vuccanti, tesaṃ pahīnattā yasmā tapassīti saṅkhaṃ gato. Tasmā taṃ tapassitaṃ attani sampassamāno aparaṃ pariyāyamanujāni. Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho – tapantīti tapā, akusaladhammānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Te tape assi nirassi pahāsi viddhaṃsīti tapassī.

Puna brāhmaṇo taṃ abhivādanādikammaṃ devalokagabbhasampattiyā devalokapaṭisandhipaṭilābhāya saṃvattatīti maññamāno bhagavati cassa abhāvaṃ disvā bhagavantaṃ apagabbhoti āha. Kodhavasena vā bhagavato mātukucchismiṃ paṭisandhiggahaṇe dosaṃ dassentopi evamāha. Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho – gabbhato apagatoti apagabbho, abhabbo devalokūpapattiṃ pāpuṇitunti adhippāyo. Hīno vā gabbho assāti apagabbho. Devalokagabbhaparibāhirattā āyatiṃ hīnagabbhapaṭilābhabhāgīti. Hīno vāssa mātukucchismiṃ gabbhavāso ahosīti adhippāyo. Bhagavato pana yasmā āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā apagatā, tasmā so taṃ apagabbhataṃ attani sampassamāno aparaṃ pariyāyamanujāni. Tatra ca yassa kho, brāhmaṇa, āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbatti pahīnāti etesaṃ padānaṃ evamattho daṭṭhabbo – ‘‘brāhmaṇa, yassa puggalassa anāgate gabbhaseyyā punabbhave ca abhinibbatti anuttarena maggena vihatakāraṇattā pahīnā. Gabbhaseyyāgahaṇena cettha jalābujayoni gahitā, punabbhavābhinibbattiggahaṇena itarā tisso’’pi.

Apica gabbhassa seyyā gabbhaseyyā. Punabbhavo eva abhinibbatti punabbhavābhinibbattīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Yathā ca viññāṇaṭṭhitīti vuttepi na viññāṇato aññā ṭhiti atthi, evamidhāpi na gabbhato aññā seyyā veditabbā. Abhinibbatti ca nāma yasmā punabbhavabhūtāpi apunabbhavabhūtāpi atthi, idha ca punabbhavabhūtā adhippetā, tasmā vuttaṃ – ‘‘punabbhavo eva abhinibbatti punabbhavābhinibbattī’’ti.

Evaṃ āgatakālato paṭṭhāya arasarūpatādīhi aṭṭhahi akkosavatthūhi akkosantampi brāhmaṇaṃ bhagavā dhammissaro dhammarājā dhammasāmī tathāgato anukampāya sītaleneva cakkhunā brāhmaṇaṃ olekento yaṃ dhammadhātuṃ paṭivijjhitvā desanāvilāsappattā nāma hoti, tassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā vigatavalāhake nabhe puṇṇacando viya ca saradakāle sūriyo viya ca brāhmaṇassa hadayandhakāraṃ vidhamento tāniyeva akkosavatthūni tena tena pariyāyena aññathā dassetvā punapi attano karuṇāvipphāraṃ aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi akampiyabhāvena paṭiladdhatādiguṇalakkhaṇaṃ pathavisamacittataṃ akuppadhammatañca pakāsento ‘‘ayaṃ brāhmaṇo kevalaṃ palitasirakhaṇḍadantavalittacatādīhi attano vuddhabhāvaṃ sallakkheti, no ca kho jānāti attānaṃ jātiyā anugataṃ jarāya anusaṭaṃ byādhino adhibhūtaṃ maraṇena abbhāhataṃ ajja maritvā puna sveva uttānaseyyadārakabhāvagamanīyaṃ. Mahantena kho pana ussāhena mama santikaṃ āgato, tadassa āgamanaṃ sātthakaṃ hotū’’ti cintetvā imasmiṃ loke attano appaṭisamaṃ purejātabhāvaṃ dassento seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇātiādinā nayena brāhmaṇassa dhammadesanaṃ vaḍḍhesi.

Tattha seyyathāpītiādīnaṃ heṭṭhā vutanayeneva attho veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva hi te kukkuṭapotakā pakkhe vidhunantā taṃkhaṇānurūpaṃ viravantā nikkhamanti. Evaṃ nikkhamantānañca tesaṃ yo paṭhamataraṃ nikkhamati, so jeṭṭhoti vuccati. Tasmā bhagavā tāya upamāya attano jeṭṭhabhāvaṃ sādhetukāmo brāhmaṇaṃ pucchati – yo nu kho tesaṃ kukkuṭacchāpotakānaṃ…pe… kinti svāssa vacanīyoti. Tattha kukkuṭacchāpakānanti kukkuṭapotakānaṃ. Kinti svāssa vacanīyoti so kinti vacanīyo assa, kiṃ vattabbo bhaveyya jeṭṭho vā kaniṭṭho vāti.

‘‘Jeṭṭho’’tissa, bho gotama, vacanīyoti, bho gotama, so jeṭṭho iti assa vacanīyo. Kasmāti ce? So hi nesaṃ jeṭṭhoti, yasmā so nesaṃ vuddhataroti attho. Athassa bhagavā opammaṃ sampaṭipādento evameva khoti āha, yathā so kukkuṭapotako, evaṃ ahampi. Avijjāgatāya pajāyāti avijjā vuccati aññāṇaṃ, tattha gatāya. Pajāyāti sattadhivacanametaṃ, avijjākosassa anto paviṭṭhesu sattesūpi vuttaṃ hoti. Aṇḍabhūtāyāti aṇḍe bhūtāya pajātāya sañjātāya. Yathā hi aṇḍe nibbattā ekacce sattā aṇḍabhūtāti vuccanti, evamayaṃ sabbāpi pajā avijjaṇḍakose nibbattattā aṇḍabhūtāti vuccati. Pariyonaddhāyāti tena avijjaṇḍakosena samantato onaddhāya baddhāya veṭhitāya. Avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvāti taṃ avijjāmayaṃ aṇḍakosaṃ bhinditvā. Ekova loketi sakalepi lokasannivāse ahameva eko adutiyo. Anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti uttararahitaṃ sabbaseṭṭhaṃ sammā sāmañca bodhiṃ, atha vā pasatthaṃ sundarañca bodhiṃ. Arahattamaggañāṇassetaṃ nāmaṃ, sabbaññutaññāṇassāpi nāmameva. Ubhayampi vaṭṭati. Aññesaṃ arahattamaggo anuttarā bodhi hoti, na hotīti? Na hoti. Kasmā? Asabbaguṇadāyakattā. Tesañhi kassaci arahattamaggo arahattaphalameva deti, kassaci tisso vijjā, kassaci cha abhiññā, kassaci catasso paṭisambhidā, kassaci sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ. Paccekabuddhānampi paccekabodhiñāṇameva deti, buddhānaṃ pana sabbaguṇasampattiṃ deti abhiseko viya rañño sabbalokissarabhāvaṃ. Tasmā aññassa kassacipi anuttarā bodhi na hotīti. Abhisambuddhoti abbhaññāsiṃ paṭivijjhiṃ, pattomhi adhigatomhīti vuttaṃ hoti.

Idāni yadetaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘evameva kho’’tiādinā nayena vuttaṃ opammasampaṭipādanaṃ, taṃ evaṃ atthena saṃsanditvā veditabbaṃ – yathā hi tassā kukkuṭiyā attano aṇḍesu adhisayanāditividhakiriyākaraṇaṃ, evaṃ bodhipallaṅke nisinnassa bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato attano santāne aniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ, anattāti tividhānupassanākaraṇaṃ. Kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyāsampādanena aṇḍānaṃ apūtibhāvo viya bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanāsampādanena vipassanāñāṇassa aparihāni. Kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyākaraṇena aṇḍānaṃ allasinehapariyādānaṃ viya bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanāsampādanena bhavattayānugatanikantisinehapariyādānaṃ. Kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyākaraṇena aṇḍakapālānaṃ tanubhāvo viya bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanāsampādanena avijjaṇḍakosassa tanubhāvo, kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyākaraṇena kukkuṭapotakassa pādanakhatuṇḍakānaṃ thaddhakharabhāvo viya bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanāsampādanena vipassanāñāṇassa tikkhakharavippasannasūrabhāvo. Kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyākaraṇena kukkuṭapotakassa pariṇāmakālo viya bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanāsampādanena vipassanāñāṇassa pariṇāmakālo vaḍḍhikālo gabbhaggahaṇakālo. Kukkuṭiyā tividhakiriyākaraṇena kukkuṭapotakassa pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā pakkhe papphoṭetvā sotthinā abhinibbhidākālo viya bhagavato tividhānupassanāsampādanena vipassanāñāṇagabbhaṃ gaṇhāpetvā anupubbādhigatena arahattamaggena avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā abhiññāpakkhe papphoṭetvā sotthinā sakalabuddhaguṇasacchikatakālo veditabbo.

Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, jeṭṭho seṭṭho lokassāti, brāhmaṇa, yathā tesaṃ kukkuṭapotakānaṃ paṭhamataraṃ aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā abhinibbatto kukkuṭapotako jeṭṭho hoti, evaṃ avijjāgatāya pajāya taṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā paṭhamataraṃ ariyāya jātiyā jātattā ahañhi jeṭṭho vuddhatamoti saṅkhaṃ gato, sabbaguṇehi pana appaṭisamattā seṭṭhoti.

Evaṃ bhagavā attano anuttaraṃ jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvaṃ brāhmaṇassa pakāsetvā idāni yāya paṭipadāya taṃ adhigato, taṃ paṭipadaṃ pubbabhāgato pabhuti dassetuṃ āraddhaṃ kho pana me, brāhmaṇātiādimāha. Tattha āraddhaṃ kho pana me, brāhmaṇa, vīriyaṃ ahosīti, brāhmaṇa, na mayā ayaṃ anuttaro jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvo kusītena muṭṭhassatinā sāraddhakāyena vikkhittacitena adhigato, apica kho tadadhigamāya āraddhaṃ kho pana me vīriyaṃ ahosi. Bodhimaṇḍe nisinnena mayā catusammappadhānabhedaṃ vīriyaṃ āraddhaṃ ahosi, paggahitaṃ asithilappavattitaṃ. Āraddhattāyeva ca me taṃ asallīnaṃ ahosi. Na kevalañca vīriyameva, satipi me ārammaṇābhimukhabhāvena upaṭṭhitā ahosi, upaṭṭhitattāyeva ca asammuṭṭhā. Passaddho kāyo asāraddhoti kāyacittappassaddhivasena kāyopi me passaddho ahosi. Tattha yasmā nāmakāye passaddhe rūpakāyopi passaddhoyeva hoti, tasmā ‘‘nāmakāyo rūpakāyo’’ti avisesetvāva ‘‘passaddho kāyo’’ti vuttaṃ. Asāraddhoti so ca kho passaddhattāyeva asāraddho, vigatadarathoti vuttaṃ hoti. Samāhitaṃ cittaṃ ekagganti cittampi me sammā āhitaṃ suṭṭhu ṭhapitaṃ appitaṃ viya ahosi, samāhitattā eva ca ekaggaṃ acalaṃ nipphandananti. Ettāvatā jhānassa pubbabhāgapaṭipadā kathitā hoti.

Idāni imāya paṭipadāya adhigataṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ ādiṃ katvā vijjāttayapariyosānaṃ visesaṃ dassento so kho ahantiādimāha. Tattha yaṃ yāva vinicchayanayena vattabbaṃ siyā, taṃ visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.69) vuttameva.

Ayaṃ kho me, brāhmaṇātiādīsu pana vijjāti viditakaraṇaṭṭhena vijjā. Kiṃ viditaṃ karoti? Pubbenivāsaṃ. Avijjāti tasseva pubbenivāsassa aviditakaraṇaṭṭhena tappaṭicchādakamoho. Tamoti sveva moho tappaṭicchādakaṭṭhena tamo nāma. Ālokoti sā eva vijjā obhāsakaraṇaṭṭhena ālokoti. Ettha ca vijjā adhigatāti attho, sesaṃ pasaṃsāvacanaṃ. Yojanā panettha – ayaṃ kho me vijjā adhigatā, tassa me adhigatavijjassa avijjā vihatā, vinaṭṭhāti attho. Kasmā? Yasmā vijjā uppannā. Esa nayo itarasmimpi padadvaye. Yathā tanti ettha tanti nipātamattaṃ. Satiyā avippavāsena appamattassa vīriyātāpena ātāpino kāye ca jīvite ca anapekkhātāya pahitattassa pesitattassāti attho. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathā appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato avijjā vihaññeyya, vijjā uppajjeyya tamo vihaññeyya, āloko uppajjeyya, evameva mama avijjā vihatā, vijjā uppannā, tamo vihato, āloko uppanno. Etassa me padhānānuyogassa anurūpameva phalaṃ laddhanti.

Ayaṃ kho me, brāhmaṇa, paṭhamā abhinibbhidā ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva aṇḍakosamhāti ayaṃ kho mama, brāhmaṇa, pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇamukhatuṇḍakena pubbe nivutthakhandhappaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā paṭhamā abhinibbhidā paṭhamā nikkhanti paṭhamā ariyājāti ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva mukhatuṇḍakena vā pādanakhasikhāya vā aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā tamhā aṇḍakosamhā abhinibbhidā nikkhanti kukkuṭanikāye paccājātīti. Ayaṃ tāva pubbenivāsakathāyaṃ nayo.

Cutupapātakathāya pana vijjāti dibbacakkhuñāṇavijjā. Avijjāti cutupapātappaṭicchādikā avijjā. Yathā pana pubbenivāsakathāyaṃ ‘‘pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇamukhatuṇḍakena pubbe nivutthakkhandhappaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā’’ti vuttaṃ, evamidha ‘‘cutupapātañāṇamukhatuṇḍakena cutupapātappaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā’’ti vattabbaṃ.

Yaṃ panetaṃ paccavekkhaṇañāṇapariggahitaṃ āsavānaṃ khayañāṇādhigamaṃ brāhmaṇassa dassento ayaṃ kho me, brāhmaṇa, tatiyā vijjātiādimāha, tattha vijjāti arahattamaggavijjā. Avijjāti catusaccappaṭicchādikā avijjā. Ayaṃ kho me, brāhmaṇa, tatiyā abhinibbhidā ahosīti ettha ayaṃ kho mama, brāhmaṇa, āsavānaṃ khayañāṇamukhatuṇḍakena catusaccapaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā tatiyā abhinibbhidā tatiyā nikkhanti tatiyā ariyajāti ahosi kukkuṭacchāpakasseva mukhatuṇḍakena vā pādanakhasikhāya vā aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā tamhā aṇḍakosamhā abhinibbhidā nikkhanti kukkuṭanikāye paccājātīti.

Ettāvatā kiṃ dassesīti? So hi, brāhmaṇa, kukkuṭacchāpako aṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā tato nikkhamanto sakimeva jāyati, ahaṃ pana pubbenivutthakkhandhappaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ bhinditvā paṭhamaṃ tāva pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇavijjāya jāto. Tato sattānaṃ cutipaṭisandhippaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā dutiyaṃ dibbacakkhuñāṇavijjāya jāto, puna catusaccappaṭicchādakaṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padāletvā tatiyaṃ āsavānaṃ khayañāṇavijjāya jāto. Evaṃ tīhi vijjāhi tikkhattuṃ jātomhi. Sā ca me jāti ariyā suparisuddhāti idaṃ dasseti. Evaṃdassento ca pubbenivāsañāṇena atītaṃsañāṇaṃ, dibbacakkhunā paccuppannānāgataṃsañāṇaṃ, āsavakkhayena sakalalokiyalokuttaraguṇanti evaṃ tīhi vijjāhi sabbepi sabbaññuguṇe pakāsetvā attano ariyāya jātiyā jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvaṃ brāhmaṇassa dassesi.

Evaṃ vutte verañjo brāhmaṇoti evaṃ bhagavatā lokānukampakena brāhmaṇaṃ anukampamānena niguhitabbepi attano ariyāya jātiyā jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāve vijjāttayapakāsikāya dhammadesanāya vutte pītivipphāraparipuṇṇagattacitto verañjo brāhmaṇo taṃ bhagavato ariyāya jātiyā jeṭṭhaseṭṭhabhāvaṃ viditvā ‘‘īdisaṃ nāmāhaṃ sabbalokajeṭṭhaṃ sabbaguṇasamannāgataṃ sabbaññuṃ ‘aññesaṃ abhivādanādikammaṃ na karotī’ti avacaṃ, dhiratthu vata, bho, aññāṇa’’nti attānaṃ garahitvā ‘‘ayaṃ dāni loke ariyāya jātiyā purejātaṭṭhena jeṭṭho, sabbaguṇehi appaṭisamaṭṭhena seṭṭho’’ti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – jeṭṭho bhavaṃ gotamo seṭṭho bhavaṃ gotamoti. Evañca pana vatvā puna taṃ bhagavato dhammadesanaṃ abbhanumodamāno abhikkantaṃ bho gotamātiādimāha. Taṃ vuttatthamevāti.

11. Dutiyassa paṭhame verañjāyaṃ viharatīti (pārā. aṭṭha. 1.1) ettha verañjāti tassa nagarassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tassaṃ verañjāyaṃ. Samīpatthe bhummavacanaṃ. Naḷerupucimandamūleti ettha naḷeru nāma yakkho. Pucimandoti nimbarukkho. Mūlanti samīpaṃ. Ayañhi mūla-saddo ‘‘mūlāni uddhareyya antamaso usīranāḷimattānipī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.195) mūlamūle dissati. ‘‘Lobho akusalamūla’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.305; pari. 323) asādhāraṇahetumhi. ‘‘Yāva majjhanhike kāle chāyā pharati, nivāte paṇṇāni patanti, ettāvatā rukkhamūla’’ntiādīsu (pārā. 494) samīpe. Idha pana samīpe adhippeto, tasmā naḷeruyakkhena adhiggahitassa pucimandassa samīpeti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. So kira pucimando ramaṇīyo pāsādiko anekesaṃ rukkhānaṃ ādhipaccaṃ viya kurumāno tassa nagarassa avidūre gamanāgamanasampanne ṭhāne ahosi. Atha bhagavā verañjaṃ gantvā patirūpe ṭhāne viharanto tassa rukkhassa samīpe heṭṭhābhāge vihāsi. Tena vuttaṃ **‘‘verañjāyaṃ viharati naḷerupucimandamūle’’**ti.

Paccuṭṭhānaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. 1.2) nāma āsanā vuṭṭhānanti āha **‘‘nāsanā vuṭṭhātī’’**ti. Nisinnāsanato na vuṭṭhahatīti attho. Ettha ca jiṇṇe…pe… vayoanuppatteti upayogavacanaṃ āsanā vuṭṭhānakiriyāpekkhaṃ na hoti. Tasmā ‘‘jiṇṇe…pe… vayoanuppatte disvā’’ti ajjhāhāraṃ katvā attho veditabbo. Atha vā paccuggamanakiriyāpekkhaṃ upayogavacanaṃ, tasmā na paccuṭṭhātīti uṭṭhāya paccuggamanaṃ na karotīti attho veditabbo. Paccuggamanampi hi paccuṭṭhānanti vuccati. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘ācariyaṃ pana dūratova disvā paccuṭṭhāya paccuggamanakaraṇaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ nāmā’’ti. Nāsanā vuṭṭhātīti iminā pana paccuggamanābhāvassa upalakkhaṇamattaṃ dassitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Vibhāvane nāma attheti pakativibhāvanasaṅkhāte atthe. Na abhivādeti vāti na abhivādetabbanti vā sallakkhetīti vuttaṃ hoti.

Taṃ aññāṇanti ‘‘ayaṃ mama abhivādanādīni kātuṃ araharūpo na hotī’’ti ajānanavasena pavattaṃ aññāṇaṃ. Olokentoti ‘‘dukkhaṃ kho agāravo viharati appatisso, kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā sakkareyyaṃ garuṃ kareyya’’ntiādisuttavaseneva (a. ni. 4.21) ñāṇacakkhunā olokento. Nipaccakārārahanti paṇipātārahaṃ. Sampatijātoti muhuttajāto, jātasamanantaramevāti vuttaṃ hoti. Uttarena mukhoti uttaradisābhimukho. **‘‘Sattapadavītihārena gantvā sakalaṃ dasasahassilokadhātuṃ olokesi’’**nti idaṃ –

‘‘Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, sampatijāto bodhisatto samehi pādehi patiṭṭhahitvā uttarābhimukho sattapadavītihārena gacchati, setamhi chatte anudhāriyamāne sabbā disā viloketi, āsabhiñca vācaṃ bhāsatī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.31) –

Evaṃ pāḷiyaṃ sattapadavītihārupari ṭhitassa viya sabbādisānulokanassa kathitattā vuttaṃ, na panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ sattapadavītihārato pageva disāvilokanassa katattā. Mahāsatto hi manussānaṃ hatthato muccitvā puratthimaṃ disaṃ olokesi, anekāni cakkavāḷasahassāni ekaṅgaṇāni ahesuṃ. Tattha devamanussā gandhamālādīhi pūjayamānā, ‘‘mahāpurisa, idha tumhehi sadisopi natthi, kuto uttaritaro’’ti āhaṃsu. Evaṃ catasso disā, catasso anudisā, heṭṭhā, uparīti dasapi disā anuviloketvā attano sadisaṃ adisvā ‘‘ayaṃ uttaradisā’’ti sattapadavītihārena agamāsīti veditabbā. Olokesinti mama puññānubhāvena lokavivaraṇapāṭihāriye jāte paññāyamānaṃ dasasahassilokadhātuṃ maṃsacakkhunāva olokesinti attho.

Mahāpurisoti jātigottakulappadesādivasena mahantapuriso. Aggoti guṇehi sabbappadhāno. Jeṭṭhoti guṇavaseneva sabbesaṃ vuddhatamo, guṇehi mahallakatamoti vuttaṃ hoti. Seṭṭhoti guṇavaseneva sabbesaṃ pasatthatamo. Atthato pana pacchimāni dve purimasseva vevacanānīti veditabbaṃ. Tayāti nissakke karaṇavacanaṃ. Uttaritaroti adhikataro. Patimānesīti pūjesi. Āsabhinti uttamaṃ. Mayhaṃ abhivādanādiraho puggaloti mayhaṃ abhivādanādikiriyāya araho anucchaviko puggalo. Niccasāpekkhatāya panettha samāso daṭṭhabbo. Tathāgatāti tathāgatato, tathāgatassa santikāti vuttaṃ hoti. Evarūpanti abhivādanādisabhāvaṃ. Paripākasithilabandhananti paripākena sithilabandhanaṃ.

Taṃ vacananti ‘‘nāhaṃ taṃ brāhmaṇā’’tiādivacanaṃ. ‘‘Nāhaṃ arasarūpo, mādisā vā arasarūpā’’ti vutte brāhmaṇo thaddho bhaveyya. Tena vuttaṃ **‘‘cittamudubhāvajananattha’’**nti.

Katamo pana soti pariyāyāpekkho pulliṅganiddeso, katamo so pariyāyoti attho? Jātivasenāti khattiyādijātivasena. Upapattivasenāti devesu upapattivasena. Seṭṭhasammatānampīti api-saddena pageva aseṭṭhasammatānanti dasseti. Abhinandantānanti sappītikataṇhāvasena pamodamānānaṃ. Rajjantānanti balavarāgavasena rajjantānaṃ. Rūpaparibhogena uppannataṇhāsampayuttasomanassavedanā rūpato nibbattitvā hadayatappanato ambarasādayo viya rūparasāti vuccanti. Āviñcantīti ākaḍḍhanti. Vatthārammaṇādisāmaggiyanti vatthuārammaṇādikāraṇasāmaggiyaṃ. Anukkhipantoti attukkaṃsanavasena kathite brāhmaṇassa asappāyabhāvato attānaṃ anukkhipanto anukkaṃsento.

Etasmiṃ panatthe karaṇe sāmivacananti ‘‘jahitā’’ti etasmiṃ atthe tathāgatassāti karaṇe sāmivacanaṃ, tathāgatena jahitāti attho. Mūlanti bhavamūlaṃ. ‘‘Tālavatthukatā’’ti vattabbe ‘‘oṭṭhamukho’’tiādīsu viya majjhepadalopaṃ katvā a-kārañca dīghaṃ katvā ‘‘tālāvatthukatā’’ti vuttanti āha **‘‘tālavatthu viya nesaṃ vatthu katanti tālāvatthukatā’’**ti. Tattha tālassa vatthu tālavatthu. Yathā ārāmassa vatthubhūtapubbo padeso ārāmassa abhāve ‘‘ārāmavatthū’’ti vuccati, evaṃ tālassa patiṭṭhitokāso samūlaṃ uddharite tāle padesamatte ṭhite tālassa vatthubhūtapubbattā ‘‘tālavatthū’’ti vuccati. Nesanti rūparasādīnaṃ. Kathaṃ pana tālavatthu viya nesaṃ vatthu katanti āha **‘‘yathā hī’’**tiādi. Rūpādiparibhogena uppannataṇhāyuttasomanassavedanāsaṅkhātarūparasādīnaṃ cittasantānassa adhiṭṭhānabhāvato vuttaṃ **‘‘tesaṃ pubbe uppannapubbabhāvena vatthumatte cittasantāne kate’’**ti. Tattha pubbeti pure, sarāgakāleti vuttaṃ hoti. Tālāvatthukatāti vuccantīti tālavatthu viya attano vatthussa katattā rūparasādayo ‘‘tālāvatthukatā’’ti vuccanti. Etena pahīnakilesānaṃ puna uppattiyā abhāvo dassito.

Aviruḷhidhammattāti aviruḷhisabhāvatāya. Matthakacchinno tālo pattaphalādīnaṃ avatthubhūto tālāvatthūti āha **‘‘matthakacchinnatālo viya katā’’**ti. Etena ‘‘tālāvatthu viya katāti tālāvatthukatā’’ti ayaṃ viggaho dassito. Ettha pana ‘‘avatthubhūto tālo viya katāti avatthutālakatā’’ti vattabbe visesanassa paranipātaṃ katvā ‘‘tālāvatthukatā’’ti vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Iminā panatthena idaṃ dasseti – rūparasādivacanena vipākadhammadhammā hutvā pubbe uppannakusalākusalā dhammā gahitā, te uppannāpi matthakasadisānaṃ taṇhāvijjānaṃ maggasatthena chinnattā āyatiṃ tālapattasadise vipākakkhandhe nibbattetuṃ asamatthā jātā, tasmā tālāvatthu viya katāti tālāvatthukatā rūparasādayoti. Imasmiṃ atthe ‘‘abhinandantāna’’nti iminā padena kusalasomanassampi saṅgahitanti vadanti. Anabhāvaṃ katāti ettha anu-saddo pacchāsaddena samānatthoti āha **‘‘yathā nesaṃ pacchābhāvo na hotī’’**tiādi.

Yañca kho tvaṃ sandhāya vadesi, so pariyāyo na hotīti yaṃ vandanādisāmaggirasābhāvasaṅkhātaṃ kāraṇaṃ arasarūpatāya vadesi, taṃ kāraṇaṃ na hoti, na vijjatīti attho. Nanu cāyaṃ brāhmaṇo yaṃ vandanādisāmaggirasābhāvasaṅkhātapariyāyaṃ sandhāya ‘‘arasarūpo bhavaṃ gotamo’’ti āha, ‘‘so pariyāyo natthī’’ti vutte vandanādīni bhagavā karotīti āpajjatīti imaṃ aniṭṭhappasaṅgaṃ dassento āha **‘‘nanu cā’’**tiādi.

Sabbapariyāyesūti sabbavāresu. Sandhāyabhāsitamattanti yaṃ sandhāya brāhmaṇo ‘‘nibbhogo bhavaṃ gotamo’’tiādimāha. Bhagavā ca yaṃ sandhāya nibbhogatādiṃ attani anujānāti, taṃ sandhāyabhāsitamattaṃ. Chandarāgaparibhogoti chandarāgavasena paribhogo. Aparaṃ pariyāyanti aññaṃ kāraṇaṃ.

Kulasamudācārakammanti kulācārasaṅkhātaṃ kammaṃ, kulacārittanti attho. Akiriyanti akaraṇabhāvaṃ. ‘‘Anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammāna’’nti sāmaññavacanepi pārisesañāyato vuttāvasesā akusaladhammā gahetabbāti āha **‘‘ṭhapetvā te dhamme’’**tiādi, te yathāvuttakāyaduccaritādike akusaladhamme ṭhapetvāti attho. Anekavihitāti anekappakārā.

Ayaṃ lokatantīti ayaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ abhivādanādikiriyalakkhaṇā lokappaveṇī. Anāgāmibrahmānaṃ alaṅkārādīsu anāgāmibhikkhūnañca cīvarādīsu nikantivasena rāguppatti hotīti anāgāmimaggena pañcakāmaguṇikarāgasseva pahānaṃ veditabbanti āha **‘‘pañcakāmaguṇikarāgassā’’**ti. Rūpādīsu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu vatthukāmakoṭṭhāsesu uppajjamāno rāgo ‘‘pañcakāmaguṇikarāgo’’ti veditabbo. Koṭṭhāsavacano hettha guṇa-saddo ‘‘vayoguṇā anupubbaṃ jahantī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.4) viya. Akusalacittadvayasampayuttassāti domanassasahagatacittadvayasampayuttassa. Mohassa sabbākusalasādhāraṇattā āha **‘‘sabbākusalasambhavassā’’**ti. Avasesānanti sakkāyadiṭṭhiādīnaṃ.

Jigucchati maññeti ahamabhijāto rūpavā paññavā kathaṃ nāma aññesaṃ abhivādanādiṃ kareyyanti jigucchati viya, jigucchatīti vā sallakkhemi. Akusaladhamme jigucchamāno tesaṃ samaṅgibhāvampi jigucchatīti vuttaṃ **‘‘akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā jigucchatī’’**ti. Samāpattīti etasseva vevacanaṃ samāpajjanā samaṅgibhāvoti. Maṇḍanajātikoti maṇḍanakasabhāvo, maṇḍanakasīloti attho. Jegucchitanti jigucchanasīlataṃ.

Lokajeṭṭhakakammanti lokajeṭṭhakānaṃ kattabbakammaṃ, loke vā seṭṭhasammataṃ kammaṃ. Tatrāti tesu dvīsupi atthavikappesu. Padābhihito attho padattho, byañjanatthoti vuttaṃ hoti. Vinayaṃ vā arahatīti ettha vinayanaṃ vinayo, niggaṇhananti attho. Tenāha **‘‘niggahaṃ arahatīti vuttaṃ hotī’’**ti. Nanu ca paṭhamaṃ vuttesu dvīsupi atthavikappesu sakatthe arahatthe ca taddhitapaccayo saddalakkhaṇato dissati, na pana ‘‘vinayāya dhammaṃ desetī’’ti imasmiṃ atthe. Tasmā kathamettha taddhitapaccayoti āha **‘‘vicitrā hi taddhitavuttī’’**ti. Vicitratā cettha lokappamāṇato veditabbā. Tathā hi yasmiṃ yasmiṃ atthe taddhitappayogo lokassa, tattha tattha taddhitavutti lokato siddhāti vicitrā taddhitavutti, tasmā yathā ‘‘mā saddamakāsī’’ti vadanto ‘‘māsaddiko’’ti vuccati, evaṃ vinayāya dhammaṃ desetīti venayikoti vuccatīti adhippāyo.

Kapaṇapurisoti guṇavirahitatāya dīnamanusso. Byañjanāni avicāretvāti tissadattādisaddesu viya ‘‘imasmiṃ atthe ayaṃ nāma paccayo’’ti evaṃ byañjanavicāraṃ akatvā, anipphannapāṭipadikavasenāti vuttaṃ hoti.

**‘‘Devalokagabbhasampattiyā’’**ti vatvāpi ṭhapetvā bhummadeve sesadevesu gabbhaggahaṇassa abhāvato paṭisandhiyevettha gabbhasampattīti veditabbāti vuttamevatthaṃ vivaritvā dassento āha **‘‘devalokapaṭisandhipaṭilābhāya saṃvattatī’’**ti. Assāti abhivādanādisāmīcikammassa. Mātukucchismiṃ paṭisandhiggahaṇe dosaṃ dassentoti mātito aparisuddhabhāvaṃ dassento, akkositukāmassa dāsiyā puttoti dāsikucchimhi nibbattabhāve dosaṃ dassetvā akkosanaṃ viya bhagavato mātukucchismiṃ paṭisandhiggahaṇe dosaṃ dassetvā akkosantopi evamāhāti adhippāyo. Gabbhatoti devalokappaṭisandhito. Tenevāha **‘‘abhabbo devalokūpapattiṃ pāpuṇitunti adhippāyo’’**ti. ‘‘Hīno vā gabbho assāti apagabbho’’ti imassa viggahassa ekena pariyāyena adhippāyaṃ dassento āha **‘‘devalokagabbhaparibāhirattā āyatiṃ hīnagabbhapaṭilābhabhāgī’’**ti. Iti-saddo hetuattho. Yasmā āyatimpi hīnagabbhapaṭilābhabhāgī, tasmā hīno vā gabbho assāti apagabbhoti adhippāyo. Puna tasseva viggahassa ‘‘kodhavasena…pe… dassento’’ti heṭṭhā vuttanayassa anurūpaṃ katvā adhippāyaṃ dassento āha **‘‘hīno vāssa mātukucchismiṃ gabbhavāso ahosīti adhippāyo’’**ti. Gabbha-saddo atthi mātukucchipariyāyo ‘‘gabbhe vasati māṇavo’’tiādīsu (jā. 1.15.363) viya. Atthi mātukucchismiṃ nibbattasattapariyāyo ‘‘antamaso gabbhapātanaṃ upādāyā’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 129) viya. Tattha mātukucchipariyāyaṃ gahetvā atthaṃ dassento āha **‘‘anāgate gabbhaseyyā’’**ti. Gabbhe seyyā gabbhaseyyā. Anuttarena maggenāti aggamaggena. Kammakilesānaṃ maggena vihatattā āha **‘‘vihatakāraṇattā’’**ti. Itarā tissopīti aṇḍajasaṃsedajaopapātikā. Ettha ca yadipi ‘‘apagabbho’’ti imassa anurūpato gabbhaseyyā eva vattabbā, pasaṅgato pana labbhamānaṃ sabbampi vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti punabbhavābhinibbattipi vuttāti veditabbā.

Idāni sattapariyāyassa gabbha-saddassa vasena viggahanānattaṃ dassento āha **‘‘apicā’’**tiādi. Imasmiṃ pana vikappe gabbhaseyyā punabbhavābhinibbattīti ubhayampi gabbhaseyyavaseneva vuttantipi vadanti. Nanu ca ‘‘āyatiṃ gabbhaseyyā pahīnā’’ti vuttattā gabbhassa seyyā eva pahīnā, na pana gabbhoti āpajjatīti āha **‘‘yathā cā’’**tiādi. Atha ‘‘abhinibbattī’’ti ettakameva avatvā punabbhavaggahaṇaṃ kimatthanti āha **‘‘abhinibbatti ca nāmā’’**tiādi. Apunabbhavabhūtāti khaṇe khaṇe uppajjamānānaṃ dhammānaṃ abhinibbatti.

Dhammadhātunti ettha dhamme anavasese dhāreti yāthāvato upadhāretīti dhammadhātu, dhammānaṃ yathāsabhāvato avabujjhanasabhāvo, sabbaññutaññāṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Paṭivijjhitvāti sacchikatvā, paṭilabhitvāti attho, paṭilābhahetūti vuttaṃ hoti. Desanāvilāsappatto hotīti rucivasena parivattetvā dassetuṃ samatthatā desanāvilāso, taṃ patto adhigatoti attho. Karuṇāvipphāranti sabbasattesu mahākaruṇāya pharaṇaṃ. Tādilakkhaṇameva puna upamāya vibhāvetvā dassento āha **‘‘pathavīsamacittata’’**nti. Yathā pathavī suciasucinikkhepacchedanabhedanādīsu na vikampati, anurodhavirodhaṃ na pāpuṇāti, evaṃ iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu lābhālābhādīsu anurodhavirodhappahānato avikampitacittatāya pathavīsamacittatanti attho. Akuppadhammatanti ettha akuppadhammo nāma phalasamāpattīti keci vadanti. ‘‘Paresu pana akkosantesupi attano pathavīsamacittatāya akuppanasabhāvatanti evamettha attho gahetabbo’’ti amhākaṃ khanti. Jarāya anusaṭanti jarāya paliveṭhitaṃ. Brāhmaṇassa vuddhatāya āsannavuttimaraṇanti sambhāvanavasena **‘‘ajja maritvā’’**tiādi vuttaṃ. **‘‘Mahantena kho pana ussāhenā’’**ti sādhu kho pana tathārūpānaṃ arahataṃ dassanaṃ hotī’’ti evaṃ sañjātamahussāhena. Appaṭisamaṃ purejātabhāvanti anaññasādhāraṇaṃ purejātabhāvaṃ. Natthi etassa paṭisamoti appaṭisamo, purejātabhāvo.

Pakkhe vidhunantāti patte cālentā. Nikkhamantānanti niddhāraṇe sāmivacanaṃ, nikkhantesūti attho.

So jeṭṭho iti assa vacanīyoti yo paṭhamataraṃ aṇḍakosato nikkhanto kukkuṭapotako, so jeṭṭhoti vacanīyo assa, bhaveyyāti attho. Sampaṭipādentoti saṃsandento. Tibhūmapariyāpannāpi sattā avijjākosassa anto paviṭṭhā tattha tattha appahīnāya avijjāya veṭhitattāti āha **‘‘avijjākosassa anto paviṭṭhesu sattesū’’**ti aṇḍakosanti bījakapālaṃ. Lokasannivāseti lokoyeva saṅgamma samāgamma nivāsanaṭṭhena lokasannivāso, sattanikāyo. Sammāsambodhinti ettha sammāti aviparītattho, saṃ-saddo sāmanti imamatthaṃ dīpeti. Tasmā sammā aviparītenākārena sayameva cattāri saccāni bujjhati paṭivijjhatīti sammāsambodhīti maggo vuccati. Tenāha **‘‘sammā sāmañca bodhi’’**nti, sammā sayameva ca bujjhanakanti attho. Sammāti vā pasatthavacano, saṃ-saddo sundaravacanoti āha **‘‘atha vā pasatthaṃ sundarañca bodhi’’**nti.

Asabbaguṇadāyakattāti sabbaguṇānaṃ adāyakattā. Sabbaguṇe na dadātīti hi asabbaguṇadāyako, asamatthasamāsoyaṃ gamakattā yathā ‘‘asūriyapassāni mukhānī’’ti. Tisso vijjāti upanissayavato saheva arahattaphalena tisso vijjā deti. Nanu cettha tīsu vijjāsu āsavakkhayañāṇassa maggapariyāpannattā kathametaṃ yujjati ‘‘maggo tisso vijjā detī’’ti? Nāyaṃ doso. Satipi āsavakkhayañāṇassa maggapariyāpannabhāve aṭṭhaṅgike magge sati maggañāṇena saddhiṃ tisso vijjā paripuṇṇā hontīti ‘‘maggo tisso vijjā detī’’ti vuccati. Cha abhiññāti etthāpi eseva nayo. Sāvakapāramiñāṇanti aggasāvakehi paṭilabhitabbameva lokiyalokuttarañāṇaṃ. Paccekabodhiñāṇanti etthāpi imināva nayena attho veditabbo. Abbhaññāsinti jāniṃ. Jānanañca na anussavādivasenāti āha **‘‘paṭivijjhi’’**nti, paccakkhamakāsinti attho. Paṭivedhopi na dūre ṭhitassa lakkhaṇappaṭivedho viyāti āha **‘‘pattomhī’’**ti, pāpuṇinti attho. Pāpuṇanañca na sayaṃ gantvāti āha **‘‘adhigatomhī’’**ti, santāne uppādanavasena paṭilabhinti attho.

Opammasampaṭipādananti opammatthassa upameyyena sammadeva paṭipādanaṃ. Atthenāti upameyyatthena. Yathā kukkuṭiyā aṇḍesu tividhakiriyākaraṇaṃ kukkuṭacchāpakānaṃ aṇḍakosato nikkhamanassa mūlakāraṇaṃ, evaṃ bodhisattabhūtassa bhagavato tividhānupassanākaraṇaṃ avijjaṇḍakosato nikkhamanassa mūlakāraṇanti āha **‘‘yathā hi tassā kukkuṭiyā…pe… tividhānupassanākaraṇa’’**nti. **‘‘Santāne’’**ti vuttattā aṇḍasadisatā santānassa, bahi nikkhantakukkuṭacchāpakasadisatā buddhaguṇānaṃ, buddhaguṇāti ca atthato buddhoyeva ‘‘tathāgatassa kho etaṃ, vāseṭṭha, adhivacanaṃ dhammakāyo itipī’’ti vacanato. Avijjaṇḍakosassa tanubhāvoti balavavipassanāvasena avijjaṇḍakosassa tanubhāvo, paṭicchādanasāmaññena ca avijjāya aṇḍakosasadisatā. Mudubhūtassapi kharabhāvāpatti hotīti tannivattanatthaṃ **‘‘thaddhakharabhāvo’’**ti vuttaṃ. Tikkhakharavippasannasūrabhāvoti ettha pariggayhamānesu saṅkhāresu vipassanāñāṇassa samādhindriyavasena sukhānuppaveso tikkhatā, anupavisitvāpi satindriyavasena anatikkamanato akuṇṭhatā kharabhāvo. Tikkhopi hi ekacco saro lakkhaṃ patvā kuṇṭho hoti, na tathā idaṃ. Satipi kharabhāve sukhumappavattivasena kilesasamudācārasaṅkhobharahitatāya saddhindriyavasena pasannabhāvo, satipi pasannabhāve antarā anosakkitvā kilesapaccatthikānaṃ suṭṭhu abhibhavanato vīriyindriyavasena sūrabhāvo veditabbo. Evamimehi pakārehi saṅkhārupekkhāñāṇameva gahitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Vipassanāñāṇassa pariṇāmakāloti vipassanāya vuṭṭhānagāminibhāvāpatti. Tadā ca sā maggañāṇagabbhaṃ dhārentī viya hotīti āha **‘‘gabbhaggahaṇakālo’’**ti. Gabbhaṃ gaṇhāpetvāti saṅkhārupekkhāya anantaraṃ sikhāppattaanulomavipassanāvasena maggavijāyanatthaṃ gabbhaṃ gaṇhāpetvā. Abhiññāpakkheti lokiyābhiññāpakkhe. Lokuttarābhiññā hi avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padālitā. Potthakesu pana katthaci ‘‘chābhiññāpakkhe’’ti likhanti, so apāṭhoti veditabbo.

Jeṭṭho seṭṭhoti vuddhatamattā jeṭṭho, sabbaguṇehi uttamattā pasatthatamoti seṭṭho.

Idāni ‘‘āraddhaṃ kho pana me, brāhmaṇa, vīriya’’ntiādikāya desanāya anusandhiṃ dassento āha **‘‘evaṃ bhagavā’’**tiādi. Tattha pubbabhāgato pabhutīti bhāvanāya pubbabhāgīyavīriyārambhādito paṭṭhāya. Muṭṭhassatināti vinaṭṭhassatinā, sativirahitenāti attho. Sāraddhakāyenāti sadarathakāyena. Bodhimaṇḍeti bodhisaṅkhātassa ñāṇassa maṇḍabhāvappatte ṭhāne. Bodhīti hi paññā vuccati. Sā ettha maṇḍā pasannā jātāti so padeso ‘‘bodhimaṇḍo’’ti paññāto. Paggahitanti ārambhaṃ sithilaṃ akatvā daḷhaparakkamasaṅkhātussahanabhāvena gahitaṃ. Tenāha **‘‘asithilappavattita’’**nti. Asallīnanti asaṅkucitaṃ kosajjavasena saṅkocaṃ anāpannaṃ. Upaṭṭhitāti ogāhanasaṅkhātena apilāpanabhāvena ārammaṇaṃ upagantvā ṭhitā. Tenāha **‘‘ārammaṇābhimukhībhāvenā’’**ti. Sammosassa viddhaṃsanavasena pavattiyā na sammuṭṭhāti asammuṭṭhā. Kiñcāpi cittappassaddhivasena cittameva passaddhaṃ, kāyappassaddhivaseneva ca kāyo passaddho hoti, tathāpi yasmā kāyappassaddhi uppajjamānā cittappassaddhiyā saheva uppajjati, na vinā, tasmā vuttaṃ **‘‘kāyacittappassaddhivasenā’’**ti. Kāyappassaddhiyā ubhayesampi kāyānaṃ passambhanāvahattā vuttaṃ **‘‘rūpakāyopi passaddhoyeva hotī’’**ti.

So ca khoti so ca kho kāyo. Vigatadarathoti vigatakilesadaratho. Nāmakāye hi vigatadarathe rūpakāyopi vūpasantadarathapariḷāho hoti. Sammā āhitanti nānārammaṇesu vidhāvanasaṅkhātaṃ vikkhepaṃ vicchinditvā ekasmiṃyeva ārammaṇe avikkhittabhāvāpādanena sammadeva āhitaṃ ṭhapitaṃ. Tenāha **‘‘suṭṭhu ṭhapita’’**ntiādi. Cittassa anekaggabhāvo vikkhepavasena cañcalatā, sā sati ekaggatāya na hotīti āha **‘‘ekaggaṃ acalaṃ nipphandana’’**nti. Ettāvatāti ‘‘āraddhaṃ kho panā’’tiādinā vīriyasatipassaddhisamādhīnaṃ kiccasiddhidassanena. Nanu ca saddhāpaññānampi kiccasiddhi jhānassa pubbabhāgappaṭipadāya icchitabbāti? Saccaṃ, sā pana nānantarikabhāvena avuttasiddhāti na gahitā. Asati hi saddhāya vīriyārambhādīnaṃ asambhavoyeva, paññāpariggahe ca nesaṃ asati ñāyārambhādibhāvo na siyā, tathā asallīnāsammosatādayo vīriyādīnanti asallīnatādiggahaṇenevettha paññākiccasiddhi gahitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Jhānabhāvanāyaṃ vā samādhikiccaṃ adhikaṃ icchitabbanti dassetuṃ samādhipariyosānāva jhānassa pubbabhāgappaṭipadā kathitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.

Atītabhave khandhā tappaṭibaddhāni nāmagottāni ca sabbaṃ pubbenivāsaṃtveva gahitanti āha **‘‘kiṃ viditaṃ karoti? Pubbenivāsa’’**nti. Moho paṭicchādakaṭṭhena tamo viya tamoti āha **‘‘sveva moho’’**ti. Obhāsakaraṇaṭṭhenāti kātabbato karaṇaṃ. Obhāsova karaṇaṃ obhāsakaraṇaṃ. Attano paccayehi obhāsabhāvena nibbattetabbaṭṭhenāti attho. Sesaṃ pasaṃsāvacananti paṭipakkhavidhamanapavattivisesānaṃ bodhanato vuttaṃ. Avijjā vihatāti etena vijānanaṭṭhena vijjāti ayampi attho dīpitoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. **‘‘Kasmā? Yasmā vijjā uppannā’’**ti etena vijjāpaṭipakkhā avijjā. Paṭipakkhatā cassā pahātabbabhāvena vijjāya ca pahāyakabhāvenāti dasseti. Esa nayo itarasmimpi padadvayeti iminā ‘‘tamo vihato vinaṭṭho. Kasmā? Yasmā āloko uppanno’’ti imamatthaṃ atidisati. Kilesānaṃ ātāpanaparitāpanaṭṭhena vīriyaṃ ātāpoti āha **‘‘vīriyātāpena ātāpino’’**ti, vīriyavatoti attho. Pesitattassāti yathādhippetatthasiddhiṃ pati vissaṭṭhacittassa. Yathā appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharatoti aññassapi kassaci mādisassāti adhippāyo. Padhānānuyogassāti sammappadhānamanuyuttassa.

Paccavekkhaṇañāṇapariggahitanti na paṭhamadutiyañāṇadvayādhigamaṃ viya kevalanti adhippāyo. Dassentoti nigamanavasena dassento. Sarūpato hi pubbe dassitamevāti.

Tikkhattuṃ jātoti iminā pana idaṃ dasseti – ‘‘ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, paṭhamavijjāya jātoyeva purejātassa sahajātassa vā abhāvato sabbesaṃ vuddho mahallako, kimaṅgaṃ pana tīhi vijjāhi tikkhattuṃ jāto’’ti. Pubbenivāsañāṇena atītaṃsañāṇanti atītārammaṇasabhāgatāya tabbhāvibhāvato ca pubbenivāsañāṇena atītaṃsañāṇaṃ pakāsetvāti yojetabbaṃ. Tattha atītaṃsañāṇanti atītakkhandhāyatanadhātusaṅkhāte atīte koṭṭhāse appaṭihatañāṇaṃ. Dibbacakkhuñāṇassa paccuppannārammaṇattā yathākammūpagañāṇassa anāgataṃsañāṇassa ca dibbacakkhuvaseneva ijjhanato dibbacakkhuno paribhaṇḍañāṇattā dibbacakkhumhiyeva ca ṭhitassa cetopariyañāṇasiddhito vuttaṃ **‘‘dibbacakkhunā paccuppannānāgataṃsañāṇa’’**nti. Tattha dibbacakkhunāti saparibhaṇḍena dibbacakkhuñāṇena. Paccuppannaṃso ca anāgataṃso ca paccuppannānāgataṃsaṃ, tattha ñāṇaṃ paccuppannānāgataṃsañāṇaṃ. Āsavakkhayañāṇādhigameneva sabbaññutaññāṇassa viya sesāsādhāraṇachañāṇadasabalañāṇaāveṇikabuddhadhammādīnampi anaññasādhāraṇānaṃ buddhaguṇānaṃ ijjhanato vuttaṃ **‘‘āsavakkhayena sakalalokiyalokuttaraguṇa’’**nti. Tenāha **‘‘sabbepi sabbaññuguṇe pakāsetvā’’**ti.

Pītivipphāraparipuṇṇagattacittoti pītipharaṇena paripuṇṇakāyacitto. Aññāṇanti aññāṇassāti attho. Dhi-saddayogato hi sāmiatthe etaṃ upayogavacanaṃ. Sesamettha suviññeyyameva.

Verañjasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto tenupasaṅkamīti nigaṇṭho kira nāṭaputto ‘‘sacāyaṃ sīho kassacideva samaṇassa gotamassa vaṇṇaṃ kathentassa sutvā samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissati, mayhaṃ parihāni bhavissatī’’ti cintetvā paṭhamataraṃyeva sīhaṃ senāpatiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘senāpati imasmiṃ loke ‘ahaṃ buddho ahaṃ buddho’ti bahū vicaranti. Sace tvaṃ kassaci dassanāya upasaṅkamitukāmo ahosi, maṃ puccheyyāsi. Ahaṃ te yuttaṭṭhānaṃ pesessāmi, ayuttaṭṭhānato nivāressāmī’’ti. So taṃ kathaṃ anussaritvā ‘‘sace maṃ pesessati, gamissāmi. No ce, na gamissāmī’’ti cintetvā yena nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto, tenupasaṅkami.

Athassa vacanaṃ sutvā nigaṇṭho mahāpabbatena viya balavasokena otthaṭo ‘‘yattha dānissāhaṃ gamanaṃ na icchāmi, tattheva gantukāmo jāto, hatohamasmī’’ti anattamano hutvā ‘‘paṭibāhanupāyamassa karissāmī’’ti cintetvā kiṃ pana tvantiādimāha. Evaṃ vadanto vicarantaṃ goṇaṃ daṇḍena paharanto viya jalamānaṃ padīpaṃ nibbāpento viya bhattabharitaṃ pattaṃ nikkujjanto viya ca sīhassa uppannapītiṃ vināsesi. Gamiyābhisaṅkhāroti hatthiyānādīnaṃ yojāpanagandhamālādiggahaṇavasena pavatto payogo. So paṭippassambhīti so vūpasanto.

Dutiyampi khoti dutiyavārampi. Imasmiñca vāre buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsantā tusitabhavanato paṭṭhāya yāva mahābodhipallaṅkā dasabalassa heṭṭhā pādatalehi upari kesaggehi paricchinditvā dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇaasītianubyañjanabyāmappabhānaṃ vasena sarīravaṇṇaṃ kathayiṃsu. Dhammassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsantā ‘‘ekapadepi ekabyañjanepi avakhalitaṃ nāma natthī’’ti sukathitavaseneva dhammaguṇaṃ kathayiṃsu. Saṅghassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsantā ‘‘evarūpaṃ yasasirivibhavaṃ pahāya satthu sāsane pabbajitā na kosajjapakatikā honti, terasasu pana dhutaṅgaguṇesu paripūrakārino hutvā sattasu anupassanāsu kammaṃ karonti, aṭṭhatiṃsārammaṇavibhattiyo vaḷañjentī’’ti paṭipadāvasena saṅghaguṇe kathayiṃsu.

Tatiyavāre pana buddhassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsamānā ‘‘itipi so bhagavā’’ti suttantapariyāyeneva buddhaguṇe kathayiṃsu, ‘‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo’’tiādinā suttantapariyāyeneva dhammaguṇe, ‘‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho’’tiādinā suttantapariyāyeneva saṅghaguṇe ca kathayiṃsu. Tato sīho cintesi – ‘‘imesañca licchavirājakumārānaṃ tatiyadivasato paṭṭhāya buddhadhammasaṅghaguṇe kathentānaṃ mukhaṃ nappahoti, addhā anomaguṇena samannāgatā so bhagavā, imaṃ dāni uppannaṃ pītiṃ avijahitvāva ahaṃ ajja sammāsambuddhaṃ passissāmī’’ti. Athassa ‘‘kiṃ hi me karissanti nigaṇṭhā’’ti vitakko udapādi. Tattha kiṃ hi me karissantīti kiṃ nāma mayhaṃ nigaṇṭhā karissanti. Apalokitā vā anapalokitā vāti āpucchitā vā anāpucchitā vā. Na hi me te āpucchitā yānavāhanasampattiṃ, na ca issariyavisesaṃ dassanti, nāpi anāpucchitā harissanti, aphalaṃ etesaṃ āpucchananti adhippāyo.

Vesāliyā niyyāsīti yathā hi gimhakāle deve vuṭṭhe udakaṃ sandamānaṃ nadiṃ otaritvā thokameva gantvā tiṭṭhati nappavattati, evaṃ sīhassa paṭhamadivase ‘‘dasabalaṃ passissāmī’’ti uppannāya pītiyā nigaṇṭhena paṭibāhitakālo. Yathāpi dutiyadivase deve vuṭṭhe udakaṃ sandamānaṃ nadiṃ otaritvā thokaṃ gantvā vālikāpuñjaṃ paharitvā appavattaṃ hoti, evaṃ sīhassa dutiyadivase ‘‘dasabalaṃ passissāmī’’ti uppannāya pītiyā nigaṇṭhena paṭibāhitakālo. Yathā tatiyadivase deve vuṭṭhe udakaṃ sandamānaṃ nadiṃ otaritvā purāṇapaṇṇasukkhadaṇḍakaṭṭhakacavarādīni parikaḍḍhantaṃ vālikāpuñjaṃ bhinditvā samuddaninnameva hoti, evaṃ sīho tatiyadivase tiṇṇaṃ vatthūnaṃ guṇakathaṃ sutvā uppanne pītipāmojje ‘‘aphalā nigaṇṭhā nipphalā nigaṇṭhā, kiṃ me ime karissanti, gamissāmahaṃ satthusantika’’nti manaṃ abhinīharitvā vesāliyā niyyāsi. Niyyanto ca ‘‘cirassāhaṃ dasabalassa santikaṃ gantukāmo jāto, na kho pana me yuttaṃ aññātakavesena gantu’’nti ‘‘yekeci dasabalassa santikaṃ gantukāmā, sabbe nikkhamantū’’ti ghosanaṃ kāretvā pañcarathasatāni yojāpetvā uttamarathe ṭhito tehi ceva pañcahi rathasatehi mahatiyā ca parisāya parivuto gandhapupphacuṇṇavāsādīni gāhāpetvā niyyāsi. Divā divassāti divasassa ca divā, majjhanhike atikkantamatte.

Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamīti ārāmaṃ pavisanto dūratova asīti-anubyañjana-byāmappabhā-dvattiṃsa-mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni chabbaṇṇaghanabuddharasmiyo ca disvā ‘‘evarūpaṃ nāma purisaṃ evaṃ āsanne vasantaṃ ettakaṃ kālaṃ nāddasaṃ, vañcito vatamhi, alābhā vata me’’ti cintetvā mahānidhiṃ disvā daliddapuriso viya sañjātapītipāmojjo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami. Dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākarontīti bhotā gotamena vuttakāraṇassa anukāraṇaṃ kathenti. Kāraṇavacano hettha dhammasaddo ‘‘hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā’’tiādīsu (vibha. 720) viya. Kāraṇanti cettha tathāpavattassa saddassa attho adhippeto tassa pavattihetubhāvato. Atthappayutto hi saddappayogo. Anukāraṇanti eso eva parehi tathā vuccamāno. Sahadhammiko vādānuvādoti. Parehi vuttakāraṇehi sakāraṇo hutvā tumhākaṃ vādo vā tato paraṃ tassa anuvādo vā koci appamattakopi viññūhi garahitabbaṃ ṭhānaṃ kāraṇaṃ na āgacchati. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – kiṃ sabbākārenapi tava vāde gārayhaṃ kāraṇaṃ natthīti. Anabbhakkhātukāmāti na abhūtena vattukāmā. Atthi sīhapariyāyotiādīnaṃ attho verañjakaṇḍe āgatanayeneva veditabbo. Paramena assāsenāti catumaggacatuphalasaṅkhātena uttamena. Assāsāya dhammaṃ desemīti assāsanatthāya santhambhanatthāya dhammaṃ desemi. Iti bhagavā aṭṭhahaṅgehi sīhassa senāpatissa dhammaṃ desesi.

Anuviccakāranti anuviditvā cintetvā tulayitvā kattabbaṃ karohīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sādhu hotīti sundaro hoti. Tumhādisasmiñhi maṃ disvā maṃ saraṇaṃ gacchante nigaṇṭhaṃ disvā nigaṇṭhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchante ‘‘kiṃ ayaṃ sīho diṭṭhadiṭṭhameva saraṇaṃ gacchatī’’ti garahā uppajjati, tasmā anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ sādhūti dasseti. Paṭākaṃ parihareyyunti te kira evarūpaṃ sāvakaṃ labhitvā ‘‘asuko nāma rājā vā rājamahāmatto vā seṭṭhi vā amhākaṃ saraṇaṃ gato sāvako jāto’’ti paṭākaṃ ukkhipitvā nagare ghosentā āhiṇḍanti. Kasmā? Evaṃ no mahantabhāvo āvibhavissatīti ca. Sace panassa ‘‘kimahaṃ etesaṃ saraṇaṃ gato’’ti vippaṭisāro uppajjeyya, tampi so ‘‘etesaṃ me saraṇagatabhāvaṃ bahū jānanti, dukkhaṃ idāni paṭinivattitu’’nti vinodetvā na paṭikkamissatīti ca. Tenāha – ‘‘paṭākaṃ parihareyyu’’nti. Opānabhūtanti paṭiyattaudapāno viya ṭhitaṃ. Kulanti tava nivesanaṃ. Dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsīti pubbe dasapi vīsatipi saṭṭhipi jane āgate disvā natthīti avatvā desi, idāni maṃ saraṇaṃ gatakāraṇamatteneva mā imesaṃ deyyadhammaṃ upacchindi. Sampattānañhi dātabbamevāti ovadi. Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhanteti kuto sutanti? Nigaṇṭhānaṃ santikā. Te kira kulagharesu evaṃ pakāsenti ‘‘mayaṃ yassa kassaci sampattassa dātabbanti vadāma, samaṇo pana gotamo ‘mayhameva dānaṃ dātabbaṃ nāññesaṃ, mayhameva sāvakānaṃ dānaṃ dātabbaṃ, nāññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ, mayhameva dinnaṃ dānaṃ mahapphalaṃ, nāññesaṃ, mayhameva sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, nāññesa’nti evaṃ vadatī’’ti. Taṃ sandhāya ayaṃ ‘‘sutaṃ meta’’nti āha.

Anupubbiṃ kathanti dānānantaraṃ sīlaṃ, sīlānantaraṃ saggaṃ, saggānantaraṃ magganti evaṃ anupaṭipāṭikathaṃ. Tattha dānakathanti idaṃ dānaṃ nāma sukhānaṃ nidānaṃ, sampattīnaṃ mūlaṃ, bhogānaṃ patiṭṭhā, visamagatassa tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ, idhalokaparalokesu dānasadiso avassayo patiṭṭhā ārammaṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ natthi. Idañhi avassayaṭṭhena ratanamayasīhāsanasadisaṃ, patiṭṭhānaṭṭhena mahāpathavīsadisaṃ, ārammaṇaṭṭhena ālambanarajjusadisaṃ. Idañhi dukkhanittharaṇaṭṭhena nāvā, samassāsanaṭṭhena saṅgāmasūro, bhayaparittāṇaṭṭhena susaṅkhatanagaraṃ, maccheramalādīhi anupalittaṭṭhena padumaṃ, tesaṃ nidahanaṭṭhena aggi, durāsadaṭṭhena āsiviso, asantāsanaṭṭhena sīho, balavantaṭṭhena hatthī, abhimaṅgalasammataṭṭhena setavasabho, khemantabhūmisampāpanaṭṭhena valāhako assarājā. Dānaṃ nāmetaṃ mayā gatamaggo, mayheso vaṃso, mayā dasa pāramiyo pūrentena velāmamahāyañño, mahāgovindamahāyañño, mahāsudassanamahāyañño, vessantaramahāyaññoti, anekamahāyaññā pavattitā, sasabhūtena jalitaaggikkhandhe attānaṃ niyyādentena sampattayācakānaṃ cittaṃ gahitaṃ. Dānañhi loke sakkasampattiṃ deti mārasampattiṃ brahmasampattiṃ, cakkavattisampattiṃ, sāvakapāramīñāṇaṃ, paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ, abhisambodhiñāṇaṃ detīti evamādidānaguṇappaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ.

Yasmā pana dānaṃ dento sīlaṃ samādātuṃ sakkoti, tasmā tadanantaraṃ sīlakathaṃ kathesi. Sīlakathanti sīlaṃ nāmetaṃ avassayo patiṭṭhā ārammaṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ. Sīlaṃ nāmetaṃ mama vaṃso, ahaṃ saṅkhapālanāgarājakāle bhūridattanāgarājakāle campeyyanāgarājakāle sīlavarājakāle mātuposakahatthirājakāle chaddantahatthirājakāleti anantesu attabhāvesu sīlaṃ paripūresiṃ. Idhalokaparalokasampattīnañhi sīlasadiso avassayo patiṭṭhā ārammaṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ natthi, sīlālaṅkārasadiso alaṅkāro natthi, sīlapupphasadisaṃ pupphaṃ natthi, sīlagandhasadiso gandho natthi. Sīlālaṅkārena hi alaṅkataṃ sīlagandhānulittaṃ sadevakopi loko olokento tittiṃ na gacchatīti evamādisīlaguṇappaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ.

‘‘Idaṃ pana sīlaṃ nissāya ayaṃ saggo labbhatī’’ti dassetuṃ sīlānantaraṃ saggakathaṃ kathesi. Saggakathanti ‘‘ayaṃ saggo nāma iṭṭho kanto manāpo, niccamettha kīḷā, niccaṃ sampattiyo labbhanti, cātumahārājikā devā navutivassasatasahassāni dibbasukhaṃ dibbasampattiṃ anubhavanti, tāvatiṃsā tisso ca vassakoṭiyo saṭṭhi ca vassasatasahassānī’’ti evamādisaggaguṇappaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ. Saggasampattiṃ kathayantānañhi buddhānaṃ mukhaṃ nappahoti. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘anekapariyāyena khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saggakathaṃ katheyya’’ntiādi (ma. ni. 3.255).

Evaṃ saggakathāya palobhetvā pana hatthiṃ alaṅkaritvā tassa soṇḍaṃ chindanto viya ‘‘ayampi saggo anicco addhuvo, na ettha chandarāgo kattabbo’’ti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘appassādā kāmā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.235-236; 2.42) nayena kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ kathesi. Tattha ādīnavoti doso. Okāroti avakāro lāmakabhāvo. Saṃkilesoti tehi sattānaṃ saṃsāre saṃkilissanaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘saṃkilissanti vata, bho, sattā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.351).

Evaṃ kāmādīnavena tajjetvā nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Kallacittanti arogacittaṃ. Sāmukkaṃsikāti sāmaṃ ukkaṃsikā attanāyeva uddharitvā gahitā, sayambhuñāṇena diṭṭhā asādhāraṇā aññesanti attho. Kā pana sāti? Ariyasaccadesanā. Tenevāha – dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ magganti. Virajaṃ vītamalanti rāgarajādīnaṃ abhāvā virajaṃ, rāgamalādīnaṃ vigatattā vītamalaṃ. Dhammacakkhunti idha sotāpattimaggo adhippeto. Tassa uppattiākāradassanatthaṃ yaṃkiñci samudayadhammaṃ sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti āha. Tañhi nirodhaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā kiccavasena evaṃ sabbasaṅkhataṃ paṭivijjhantaṃ uppajjati. Diṭṭho ariyasaccadhammo etenāti diṭṭhadhammo. Esa nayo sesesupi. Tiṇṇā vicikicchā anenāti tiṇṇavicikiccho. Vigatā kathaṃkathā assāti vigatakathaṃkatho. Visārajjaṃ pattoti vesārajjappatto. Kattha? Satthusāsane. Nāssa paro paccayo, na paraṃ saddhāya ettha vattatīti aparappaccayo.

Pavattamaṃsanti pakatiyā pavattaṃ kappiyamaṃsaṃ mūlaṃ gahetvā antarāpaṇe pariyesāhīti adhippāyo. Sambahulā nigaṇṭhāti pañcasatamattā nigaṇṭhā. Thūlaṃ pasunti thūlaṃ mahāsarīraṃ gokaṇṇamahiṃsasūkarasaṅkhātaṃ pasuṃ. Uddissakatanti attānaṃ uddisitvā kataṃ, māritanti attho. Paṭiccakammanti svāyaṃ taṃ maṃsaṃ paṭicca taṃ pāṇavadhakammaṃ phusati. Tañhi akusalaṃ upaḍḍhaṃ dāyakassa, upaḍḍhaṃ paṭiggāhakassa hotīti nesaṃ laddhi. Aparo nayo – paṭiccakammanti attānaṃ paṭiccakataṃ. Atha vā paṭiccakammanti nimittakammassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, taṃ paṭiccakammaṃ ettha atthīti maṃsampi paṭiccakammanti vuttaṃ. Upakaṇṇaketi kaṇṇamūle. Alanti paṭikkhepavacanaṃ, kiṃ imināti attho. Na ca paneteti ete āyasmanto dīgharattaṃ avaṇṇakāmā hutvā avaṇṇaṃ bhāsantāpi abbhācikkhantā na jiridanti, abbhakkhānassa antaṃ na gacchantīti attho. Atha vā lajjanatthe idaṃ jiridantīti padaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, na lajjantīti attho.

12. Dutiye santhāgāraṃ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.22; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.4.243) nāma ekā mahāsālāva. Uyyogakālādīsu hi rājāno tattha ṭhatvā ‘‘ettakā purato gacchantu, ettakā pacchā’’tiādinā tattha nisīditvā santhaṃ karonti, mariyādaṃ bandhanti, tasmā taṃ ṭhānaṃ ‘‘santhāgāra’’nti vuccati. Uyyogaṭṭhānato ca āgantvā yāva gehe gomayaparibhaṇḍādivasena paṭijagganaṃ karonti, tāva ekaṃ dve divase te rājāno tattha santhambhantītipi santhāgāraṃ. Tesaṃ rājūnaṃ saha atthānusāsanaṃ agārantipi santhāgāraṃ. Gaṇarājāno hi te, tasmā uppannaṃ kiccaṃ ekassa vasena na sijjhati, sabbesaṃ chando laddhuṃ vaṭṭati, tasmā sabbe tattha sannipatitvā anusāsanti. Tena vuttaṃ **‘‘saha atthānusāsanaṃ agāra’’**nti. Yasmā vā tattha sannipatitvā ‘‘imasmiṃ kāle kasituṃ vaṭṭati, imasmiṃ kāle vapitu’’ntiādinā nayena gharāvāsakiccāni sammantayanti, tasmā chiddāvachiddaṃ gharāvāsaṃ santharantītipi santhāgāraṃ.

Puttadāradhanādiupakaraṇapariccāgo pāramiyo. Attano aṅgapariccāgo upapāramiyo. Attanova jīvitapariccāgo paramatthapāramiyo. Ñātīnaṃ atthacariyā ñātatthacariyā. Lokassa atthacariyā lokatthacariyā. Kammassakatañāṇavasena anavajjakammāyatanasippāyatanavijjāṭṭhānaparicayavasena khandhāyatanādiparicayavasena lakkhaṇattayatīraṇavasena ca ñāṇacāro buddhacariyā. Aṅganayanadhanarajjaputtadāraparijjāgavasena pañca mahāpariccāge pariccajantena. Satipi mahāpariccāgānaṃ dānapāramibhāve pariccāgavisesasabhāvadassanatthañceva sudukkarabhāvadassanatthañca pañcamahāpariccāgānaṃ visuṃ gahaṇaṃ, tatoyeva ca aṅgapariccāgato visuṃ nayanapariccāgaggahaṇaṃ. Pariccāgabhāvasāmaññepi dhanarajjapariccāgato puttadārapariccāgaggahaṇañca visuṃ kataṃ. Pabbajjāva saṅkhepo.

Sattasu anupassanāsūti aniccānupassanā, dukkhānupassanā, anattānupassanā, nibbidānupassanā, virāgānupassanā, nirodhānupassanā, paṭinissaggānupassanāti imāsu sattasu anupassanāsu.

Anuviccakāranti aveccakaraṇaṃ. Dvīhi kāraṇehi aniyyānikasāsane ṭhitā attano sāvakattaṃ upagate paggaṇhanti, tāni dassetuṃ **‘‘kasmā’’**tiādi vuttaṃ.

Anupubbiṃ kathanti (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.75-76) anupubbaṃ kathetabbakathaṃ. Kā pana sāti? Dānādikathā. Tattha dānakathā tāva pacurajanesupi pavattiyā sabbasattasādhāraṇattā sukarattā sīle patiṭṭhānassa upāyabhāvato ca ādito kathitā. Pariccāgasīlo hi puggalo pariggahavatthūsu nissaṅgabhāvato sukheneva sīlāni samādiyati, tattha ca suppatiṭṭhito hoti. Sīlena dāyakappaṭiggāhakavisuddhito parānuggahaṃ vatvā parapīḷānivattivacanato kiriyādhammaṃ vatvā akiriyādhammavacanato, bhogasampattihetuṃ vatvā bhavasampattihetuvacanato ca dānakathānantaraṃ sīlakathā kathitā. ‘‘Tañca sīlaṃ vaṭṭanissitaṃ, ayaṃ bhavasampatti tassa phala’’nti dassanatthaṃ. ‘‘Imehi ca dānasīlamayehi paṇītapaṇītatarādibhedabhinnehi puññakiriyavatthūhi etā cātumahārājikādīsu paṇītapaṇītatarādibhedabhinnā aparimeyyā dibbabhogasampattiyo laddhabbā’’ti dassanatthaṃ tadanantaraṃ saggakathā. ‘‘Svāyaṃ saggo rāgādīhi upakkiliṭṭho, sabbathānupakkiliṭṭho ariyamaggo’’ti dassanatthaṃ saggānantaraṃ maggo, maggañca kathentena tadadhigamūpāyasandassanatthaṃ saggapariyāpannāpi pageva itare sabbepi kāmā nāma bahvādīnavā aniccā addhuvā vipariṇāmadhammāti kāmānaṃ ādīnavo. ‘‘Hīnā gammā pothujjanikā anariyā anatthasaṃhitā’’ti tesaṃ okāro lāmakabhāvo. Sabbepi bhavā kilesānaṃ vatthubhūtāti tattha saṃkileso. Sabbaso saṃkilesavippamuttaṃ nibbānanti nekkhamme ānisaṃso ca kathetabboti ayamattho maggantīti ettha iti-saddena ādi-atthena dīpitoti veditabbaṃ.

Sukhānaṃ nidānanti diṭṭhadhammikānaṃ samparāyikānaṃ nibbānupasaṃhitānañcāti sabbesampi sukhānaṃ kāraṇaṃ. Yañhi kiñci loke bhogasukhaṃ nāma, taṃ sabbaṃ dānādhīnanti pākaṭoyamattho. Yaṃ pana jhānavipassanāmaggaphalanibbānappaṭisaṃyuttaṃ sukhaṃ, tassapi dānaṃ upanissayapaccayo hotiyeva. Sampattīnaṃ mūlanti yā imā loke padesarajjasirissariyasattaratanasamujjalacakkavattisampadāti evaṃpabhedā mānusikā sampattiyo, yā ca cātumahārājikādigatā dibbasampattiyo, yā vā panaññāpi sampattiyo, tāsaṃ sabbāsaṃ idaṃ mūlakāraṇaṃ. Bhogānanti bhuñjitabbaṭṭhena ‘‘bhogo’’ti laddhanāmānaṃ piyamanāpiyarūpādīnaṃ tannissayānaṃ vā upabhogasukhānaṃ patiṭṭhā niccalādhiṭṭhānatāya. Visamagatassāti byasanappattassa. Tāṇanti rakkhā, tato paripālanato. Leṇanti byasanehi paripātiyamānassa olīyanappadeso. Gatīti gantabbaṭṭhānaṃ. Parāyaṇanti paṭisaraṇaṃ. Avassayoti vinipatituṃ adento nissayo. Ārammaṇanti olubbhārammaṇaṃ.

Ratanamayasīhāsanasadisanti sabbaratanamayasattaṅgamahāsīhāsanasadisaṃ. Evaṃ hissa mahagghaṃ hutvā sabbaso vinipatituṃ appadānaṭṭho dīpito hoti. Mahāpathavīsadisaṃ gatagataṭṭhāne patiṭṭhānassa labhāpanato. Yathā dubbalassa purisassa ālambanarajju uttiṭṭhato tiṭṭhato ca upatthambho, evaṃ dānaṃ sattānaṃ sampattibhave upapattiyā ṭhitiyā ca paccayoti āha **‘‘ālambanaṭṭhena ālambanarajjusadisa’’**nti. Dukkhanittharaṇaṭṭhenāti duggatidukkhaṭṭhānanittharaṇaṭṭhena. Samassāsanaṭṭhenāti lobhamacchariyādipaṭisattupaddavato samassāsanaṭṭhena. Bhayaparittāṇaṭṭhenāti dāliddiyabhayato paripālanaṭṭhena. Maccheramalādīhīti maccheralobhadosamadaissāmicchādiṭṭhivicikicchādicittamalehi. Anupalittaṭṭhenāti anupakkiliṭṭhatāya. Tesanti maccheramalādīnaṃ. Tesaṃ eva durāsadaṭṭhena. Asantāsanaṭṭhenāti santāsahetuabhāvena. Yo hi dāyako dānapati, so sampatipi na kutoci santasati, pageva āyatiṃ. Balavantaṭṭhenāti mahābalavatāya. Dāyako hi dānapati sampati pakkhabalena balavā hoti, āyatiṃ pana kāyabalādīhipi. Abhimaṅgalasammataṭṭhenāti ‘‘vaḍḍhikāraṇa’’nti abhisammatabhāvena. Vipattibhavato sampattibhavūpanayanaṃ khemantabhūmisampāpanaṃ.

Idāni mahābodhicariyabhāvenapi dānaguṇaṃ dassetuṃ **‘‘dānaṃ nāmeta’’**ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha attānaṃ niyyātentenāti etena ‘‘dānaphalaṃ sammadeva passantā mahāpurisā attano jīvitampi pariccajanti, tasmā ko nāma viññujātiko bāhire vatthusmiṃ pageva saṅgaṃ kareyyā’’ti ovādaṃ deti. Idāni yā lokiyā lokuttarā ca ukkaṃsagatā sampattiyo, tā sabbā dānatoyeva pavattantīti dassento **‘‘dānañhī’’**tiādimāha. Tattha sakkamārabrahmasampattiyo attahitāya eva, cakkavattisampatti pana attahitāya parahitāya cāti dassetuṃ sā tāsaṃ parato cakkavattisampatti vuttā. Etā lokiyā, imā pana lokuttarāti dassetuṃ **‘‘sāvakapāramiñāṇa’’**ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tāsupi ukkaṭṭhukkaṭṭhatarukkaṭṭhatamataṃ dassetuṃ kamena ñāṇattayaṃ vuttaṃ. Tesaṃ pana dānassa paccayabhāvo heṭṭhā vuttoyeva. Eteneva tassa brahmasampattiyāpi paccayabhāvo dīpitoti veditabbo.

Dānañca nāma dakkhiṇeyyesu hitajjhāsayena pūjanajjhāsayena vā attano santakassa paresaṃ pariccajanaṃ, tasmā dāyako purisapuggalo pare hanti, paresaṃ vā santakaṃ haratīti aṭṭhānametanti āha **‘‘dānaṃ dento sīlaṃ samādātuṃ sakkotī’’**ti. Sīlālaṅkārasadiso alaṅkāro natthi sobhāvisesāvahattā sīlassa. Sīlapupphasadisaṃ pupphaṃ natthīti etthāpi eseva nayo. Sīlagandhasadiso gandho natthīti ettha ‘‘candanaṃ tagaraṃ vāpī’’tiādikā (dha. pa. 55) gāthā – ‘‘gandho isīnaṃ ciradikkhitānaṃ, kāyā cuto gacchati mālutenā’’tiādikā (jā. 2.17.55) jātakagāthāyo ca āharitvā vattabbā. Sīlañhi sattānaṃ ābharaṇañceva alaṅkāro ca gandhavilepanañca parassa dassanīyabhāvāvahañca. Tenāha **‘‘sīlālaṅkārena hī’’**tiādi.

Ayaṃ saggo labbhatīti idaṃ majjhimehi āraddhaṃ sīlaṃ sandhāyāha. Tenevāha sakko devarājā –

‘‘Hīnena brahmacariyena, khattiye upapajjati;

Majjhimena ca devattaṃ, uttamena visujjhatī’’ti. (jā. 1.8.75);

Iṭṭhoti sukho. Kantoti kamanīyo. Manāpoti manavaḍḍhanako. Taṃ pana tassa iṭṭhādibhāvaṃ dassetuṃ **‘‘niccamettha kīḷā’’**tiādi vuttaṃ.

Dosoti aniccatādinā appassādādinā ca dūsitabhāvo, yato te viññūnaṃ cittaṃ nārādhenti. Atha vā ādīnaṃ vāti pavattatīti ādīnavo, paramakapaṇatā. Tathā ca kāmā yathātathaṃ paccavekkhantānaṃ paccupatiṭṭhanti. Lāmakabhāvoti aseṭṭhehi sevitabbo, seṭṭhehi na sevitabbo nihīnabhāvo. Saṃkilissananti vibādhakatā upatāpakatā ca.

Nekkhamme ānisaṃsanti ettha ‘‘yattakā kāmesu ādīnavā, tappaṭipakkhato tattakā nekkhamme ānisaṃsā. Apica nekkhammaṃ nāmetaṃ asambādhaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ, nikkhantaṃ kāmehi, nikkhantaṃ kāmasaññāya, nikkhantaṃ kāmavitakkehi, nikkhantaṃ kāmapariḷāhehi, nikkhantaṃ byāpādasaññāyā’’tiādinā nayena nekkhamme ānisaṃse pakāsesi. Pabbajjāyaṃ jhānādīsu ca guṇe vibhāvesi vaṇṇesi. Kallacittanti kammaniyacittaṃ heṭṭhā pavattitadesanāya assaddhiyādīnaṃ cittadosānaṃ vigatattā upari desanāya bhājanabhāvūpagamena kammakkhamacittaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana yasmā assaddhiyādayo cittassa rogabhūtā, tadā te vigatā, tasmā āha **‘‘arogacitta’’**nti. Diṭṭhimānādikilesavigamena muducittaṃ. Kāmacchandādivigamena vinīvaraṇacittaṃ. Sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ uḷārapītipāmojjayogena udaggacittaṃ. Tattha saddhāsampattiyā pasannacittaṃ. Yadā bhagavā aññāsīti sambandho. Atha vā kallacittanti kāmacchandavigamena arogacittaṃ. Muducittanti byāpādavigamena mettāvasena akaṭhinacittaṃ. Vinīvaraṇacittanti uddhaccakukkuccavigamena avikkhepato tena apihitacittaṃ. Udaggacittanti thinamiddhavigamena sampaggahitavasena alīnacittaṃ. Pasannacittanti vicikicchāvigamena sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ adhimuttacittanti evamettha sesapadānaṃ attho veditabbo.

Seyyathāpītiādinā upamāvasena sīhassa kilesappahānaṃ ariyamagguppādanañca dasseti. Apagatakāḷakanti vigatakāḷakaṃ. Sammadevāti suṭṭhudeva. Rajananti nīlapītalohitādiraṅgajātaṃ. Paṭiggaṇheyyāti gaṇheyya, pabhassaraṃ bhaveyya. Tasmiṃyeva āsaneti tassaṃyeva nisajjāyaṃ. Etenassa lahuvipassakatā tikkhapaññatā sukhappaṭipadakhippābhiññatā ca dassitā hoti. Virajanti apāyagamanīyarāgarajādīnaṃ vigamena virajaṃ. Anavasesadiṭṭhivicikicchāmalāpagamena vītamalaṃ. Paṭhamamaggavajjhakilesarajābhāvena vā virajaṃ. Pañcavidhadussīlyamalavigamena vītamalaṃ. Tassa uppattiākāradassanatthanti kasmā vuttaṃ? Nanu maggañāṇaṃ asaṅkhatadhammārammaṇanti codanaṃ sandhāyāha **‘‘tañhī’’**tiādi. Tattha paṭivijjhantanti asammohappaṭivedhavasena paṭivijjhantaṃ. Tenāha **‘‘kiccavasenā’’**ti. Tatridaṃ upamāsaṃsandanaṃ – vatthaṃ viya cittaṃ, vatthassa āgantukamalehi kiliṭṭhabhāvo viya cittassa rāgādimalehi saṃkiliṭṭhabhāvo, dhovanasilātalaṃ viya anupubbīkathā, udakaṃ viya saddhā, udakena temetvā ūsagomayachārikakhārehi kāḷake sammadditvā vatthassa dhovanappayogo viya saddhāsinehena temetvā temetvā satisamādhipaññāhi dose sithile katvā sutādividhinā cittassa sodhane vīriyārambho. Tena payogena vatthe kāḷakāpagamo viya vīriyārambhena kilesavikkhambhanaṃ, raṅgajātaṃ viya ariyamaggo, tena suddhavatthassa pabhassarabhāvo viya vikkhambhitakilesassa cittassa maggena pariyodapananti.

‘‘Diṭṭhadhammo’’ti vatvā dassanaṃ nāma ñāṇadassanato aññampi atthīti tannivattanatthaṃ **‘‘pattadhammo’’**ti vuttaṃ. Patti nāma ñāṇasampattito aññāpi vijjatīti tato visesanatthaṃ **‘‘viditadhammo’’**ti vuttaṃ. Sā panesā viditadhammatā dhammesu ekadesenapi hotīti nippadesato viditabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ. **‘‘Pariyogāḷhadhammo’’**ti vuttaṃ. Tenassa saccābhisambodhaṃyeva dīpeti. Maggañāṇañhi ekābhisamayavasena pariññādikiccaṃ sādhentaṃ nippadesena catusaccadhammaṃ samantato ogāḷhaṃ nāma hoti. Tenāha **‘‘diṭṭho ariyasaccadhammo etenāti diṭṭhadhammo’’**ti. Tiṇṇā vicikicchāti sappaṭibhayakantārasadisā soḷasavatthukā aṭṭhavatthukā ca tiṇṇā nittiṇṇā vicikicchā. Vigatā kathaṃkathāti pavattiādīsu ‘‘evaṃ nu kho, na nu kho’’ti evaṃ pavattikā vigatā samucchinnā kathaṃkathā. Sārajjakarānaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ pahīnattā tappaṭipakkhesu sīlādiguṇesu patiṭṭhitattā vesārajjaṃ visāradabhāvaṃ veyyattiyaṃ patto. Attanā eva paccakkhato diṭṭhattā na paraṃ pacceti, na cassa paro paccetabbo atthīti aparappaccayo.

Uddisitvā katanti attānaṃ uddisitvā māraṇavasena kataṃ nibbattitaṃ maṃsaṃ. Paṭiccakammanti ettha kamma-saddo kammasādhano atītakāliko cāti āha **‘‘attānaṃ paṭiccakata’’**nti. Nimittakammassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ ‘‘paṭicca kammaṃ phusatī’’tiādīsu (jā. 1.4.75) viya. Nimittakammassāti nimittabhāvena laddhabbakammassa. Karaṇavasena paṭiccakammaṃ ettha atthīti maṃsaṃ paṭiccakammaṃ yathā buddhi buddhaṃ. Taṃ etassa atthīti buddho. Sesamettha uttānameva.

Sīhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Assājānīyasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Gaṅgāyamunāti idha ṭhatvā imāsaṃ nadīnaṃ uppattikathaṃ kathetuṃ vaṭṭati. Ayaṃ tāva jambudīpo dasasahassayojanaparimāṇo, tattha catusahassayojanaparimāṇo padeso udakena ajjhotthaṭo mahāsamuddoti saṅkhaṃ gato, tisahassayojanappamāṇe manussā vasanti, tisahassayojanappamāṇe himavā patiṭṭhito ubbedhena pañcayojanasatiko caturāsītikūṭasahassapaṭimaṇḍito samantato sandamānapañcasatanadīvicitto, yattha āyāmavitthārena ca gambhīrato ca paṇṇāsapaṇṇāsayojanā diyaḍḍhayojanasataparimaṇḍalā anotattadaho kaṇṇamuṇḍadaho rathakāradaho chaddantadaho kuṇāladaho mandākinidaho sīhappapātadahoti satta mahāsarā patiṭṭhahanti.

Tesu anotatto sudassanakūṭaṃ cittakūṭaṃ kāḷakūṭaṃ gandhamādanakūṭaṃ kelāsakūṭanti imehi pañcahi pabbatehi parikkhitto. Tattha sudassanakūṭaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ dviyojanasatubbedhaṃ antovaṅkaṃ kākamukhasaṇṭhānaṃ tameva saraṃ paṭicchādetvā tiṭṭhati, cittakūṭaṃ sabbaratanamayaṃ, kāḷakūṭaṃ añjanamayaṃ, gandhamādanakūṭaṃ sānumayaṃ abbhantare muggavaṇṇaṃ, mūlagandho sāragandho pheggugandho tacagandho papaṭikāgandho rasagandho pattagandho pupphagandho phalagandho gandhagandhoti imehi dasahi gandhehi ussannaṃ, nānappakāraosadhasañchannaṃ kāḷapakkhauposathadivase ādittamiva aṅgāraṃ jalantaṃ tiṭṭhati, kelāsakūṭaṃ rajatamayaṃ. Sabbāni sudassanena samānubbedhasaṇṭhānāni tameva saraṃ paṭicchādetvā ṭhitāni. Tāni sabbāni devānubhāvena nāgānubhāvena ca vassanti, nadiyo cetesu sandanti. Taṃ sabbampi udakaṃ anotattameva pavisati. Candimasūriyā dakkhiṇena vā uttarena vā gacchantā pabbatantarena tattha obhāsaṃ karonti, ujuṃ gacchantā na karonti. Tenevassa anotatto tisaṅkhā udapādi.

Tattha manoharasilātalāni nimmacchakacchapāni phalikasadisanimmalodakāni nhānatitthāni supaṭiyattāni honti, yesu buddhā khīṇāsavā ca paccekabuddhā ca iddhimantā ca isayo nhāyanti, devayakkhādayo udakakīḷaṃ kīḷanti.

Tassa catūsu passesu sīhamukhaṃ, hatthimukhaṃ, assamukhaṃ, usabhamukhanti cattāri mukhāni honti, yehi catasso nadiyo sandanti. Sīhamukhena nikkhantanadītīre sīhā bahutarā honti, hatthimukhādīhi hatthiassausabhā. Puratthimadisato nikkhantanadī anotattaṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā itarā tisso nadiyo anupagamma pācīnahimavanteneva amanussapathaṃ gantvā mahāsamuddaṃ pavisati. Pacchimadisato ca uttaradisato ca nikkhantanadiyopi tatheva padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pacchimahimavanteneva uttarahimavanteneva ca amanussapathaṃ gantvā mahāsamuddaṃ pavisanti. Dakkhiṇamukhato nikkhantanadī pana taṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā uttarena ujukaṃ pāsāṇapiṭṭheneva saṭṭhi yojanāni gantvā pabbataṃ paharitvā uṭṭhāya parikkhepena tigāvutappamāṇā udakadhārā hutvā ākāsena saṭṭhi yojanāni gantvā tiyaggaḷe nāma pāsāṇe patitā, pāsāṇo udakadhārāvegena bhinno. Tattha paññāsayojanappamāṇā tiyaggaḷā nāma mahāpokkharaṇī jātā, pokkharaṇiyā kūlaṃ bhinditvā pāsāṇaṃ pavisitvā saṭṭhi yojanāni gatā. Tato ghanapathaviṃ bhinditvā ummaṅgena saṭṭhi yojanāni gantvā giñjhaṃ nāma tiracchānapabbataṃ paharitvā hatthatale pañcaṅgulisadisā pañca dhārā hutvā pavattati. Sā tikkhattuṃ anotattaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā gataṭṭhāne āvattagaṅgāti vuccati. Ujukaṃ pāsāṇapiṭṭhena saṭṭhi yojanāni gataṭṭhāne kaṇhagaṅgā, ākāsena saṭṭhi yojanāni gataṭṭhāne ākāsagaṅgā, tiyaggaḷapāsāṇe paññāsayojanokāse ṭhitā tiyaggaḷapokkharaṇī, kūlaṃ bhinditvā pāsāṇaṃ pavisitvā saṭṭhi yojanāni gataṭṭhāne bahalagaṅgāti, umaṅgena saṭṭhi yojanāni gataṭṭhāne umaṅgagaṅgāti vuccati. Viñjhaṃ nāma tiracchānapabbataṃ paharitvā pañca dhārā hutvā pavattanaṭṭhāne pana gaṅgā, yamunā, aciravatī, sarabhū, mahīti pañca saṅkhaṃ gatā. Evametā pañca mahānadiyo himavantato pavattantīti veditabbā.

Savantiyoti yā kāci savamānā gacchantī mahānadiyo vā kunnadiyo vā. Appentīti allīyanti osaranti. Dhārāti vuṭṭhidhārā. Pūrattanti puṇṇabhāvo. Mahāsamuddassa hi ayaṃ dhammatā – ‘‘imasmiṃ kāle devo mando jāto, jālakkhipādīni ādāya macchakacchape gaṇhissāmā’’ti vā ‘‘imasmiṃ kāle mahantā vuṭṭhi, labhissāma nu kho piṭṭhipasāraṇaṭṭhāna’’nti vā vattuṃ na sakkā. Paṭhamakappikakālato paṭṭhāya hi yaṃ sinerumekhalaṃ āhacca udakaṃ ṭhitaṃ, tato ekaṅgulamattampi udakaṃ neva heṭṭhā osīdati, na uddhaṃ uttarati. Ekarasoti asambhinnaraso.

Muttāti khuddakamahantavaṭṭadīghādibhedā anekavidhā. Maṇīti rattanīlādibhedo anekavidho. Veḷuriyoti vaṃsavaṇṇasirīsapupphavaṇṇādibhedo anekavidho. Saṅkhoti dakkhiṇāvaṭṭatambakucchikadhamanasaṅkhādibhedo anekavidho. Silāti setakāḷamuggavaṇṇādibhedo anekavidhā. Pavāḷanti khuddakamahantarattaghanarattādibhedaṃ anekavidhaṃ. Masāragallanti kabaramaṇi. Nāgāti ūmipiṭṭhavāsinopi vimānaṭṭhakā nāgāpi.

Aṭṭha pahārādāti satthā aṭṭhapi dhamme vattuṃ sakkoti, soḷasapi bāttiṃsapi catusaṭṭhipi sahassampi, pahārādena pana aṭṭha kathitā, ahampi teheva sarikkhake katvā kathessāmīti cintetvā evamāha. Anupubbasikkhātiādīsu anupubbasikkhāya tisso sikkhā gahitā, anupubbakiriyāya terasa dhutaṅgāni, anupubbapaṭipadāya satta anupassanā aṭṭhārasa mahāvipassanā aṭṭhatiṃsa ārammaṇavibhattiyo sattatiṃsa bodhapakkhiyadhammā. Na āyatakeneva aññāpaṭivedhoti maṇḍūkassa uppatitvā gamanaṃ viya āditova sīlapūraṇādiṃ akatvā arahattappaṭivedho nāma natthi, paṭipāṭiyā pana sīlasamādhipaññāyo pūretvāva sakkā arahattaṃ pattunti attho.

Ārakāvāti dūreyeva. Na tena nibbānadhātuyā ūnattaṃ vā pūrattaṃ vāti asaṅkhyeyyepi kappe buddhesu anuppannesu ekasattopi parinibbātuṃ na sakkoti, tadāpi ‘‘tucchā nibbānadhātū’’ti na sakkā vattuṃ. Buddhakāle ca pana ekekasmiṃ samāgame asaṅkhyeyyāpi sattā amataṃ ārādhenti, tadāpi na sakkā vattuṃ – ‘‘pūrā nibbānadhātū’’ti.

19. Navame (udā. aṭṭha. 45; sārattha. ṭī. cūḷavagga 3.384) asurāti devā viya na suranti na kīḷanti na virocantīti asurā. Surā nāma devā, tesaṃ paṭipakkhāti vā asurā, vepacittipahārādādayo. Tesaṃ bhavanaṃ sinerussa heṭṭhābhāge. Te tattha pavisantā nikkhamantā sinerupāde maṇḍapādīni nimminitvā kīḷantā abhiramanti. Sā tattha tesaṃ abhirati. Ime guṇe disvāti āha **‘‘ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramantī’’**ti.

Yasmā lokiyā jambudīpo, himavā tattha patiṭṭhitasamuddadahapabbatā tappabhavā nadiyoti etesu yaṃ yaṃ na manussagocaraṃ, tattha sayaṃ sammūḷhā aññepi sammohayanti, tasmā tattha sammohavidhamanatthaṃ **‘‘ayaṃ tāva jambudīpo’’**tiādi āraddhaṃ. Dasasahassayojanaparimāṇo āyāmato vitthārato cāti adhippāyo. Tenāha **‘‘tatthā’’**tiādi. Udakena ajjhotthaṭo tadupabhogisattānaṃ puññakkhayena. Sundaradassanaṃ kūṭanti sudassanakūṭaṃ, yaṃ loke **‘‘hemakūṭa’’**nti vuccati. Mūlagandho kālānusāriyādi. Sāragandho candanādi. Pheggugandho salalādi. Tacagandho lavaṅgādi. Papaṭikāgandho kapitthādi. Rasagandho sajjulasādi. Pattagandho tamālahiriverādi. Pupphagandho nāgakusumādi. Phalagandho jātiphalādi. Gandhagandho sabbesaṃ gandhānaṃ gandho. ‘‘Sabbāni puthulato paññāsa yojanāni, āyāmato pana ubbedhato viya dviyojanasatānevā’’ti vadanti.

Manoharasilātalānīti ratanamayattā manuññasopānasilātalāni. Supaṭiyattānīti tadupabhogisattānaṃ sādhāraṇakammunāva suṭṭhu paṭiyattāni susaṇṭhitāni honti. Macchakacchapādīni udakaṃ malaṃ karonti, tadabhāvato phalikasadisanimmalodakāni. Tiriyato dīghaṃ uggatakūṭanti **‘‘tiracchānapabbata’’**nti āha. Purimāni nāmagottānīti ettha nadī ninnagātiādikaṃ gottaṃ, gaṅgā yamunātiādikaṃ nāmaṃ.

Savamānāti sandamānā. Pūrattanti puṇṇabhāvo. Masāragallaṃ ‘‘cittaphalika’’ntipi vadanti. Mahataṃ bhūtānanti mahantānaṃ sattānaṃ. Timī timiṅgalā timitimiṅgalāti tisso macchajātiyo. Timiṃ gilanasamatthā timiṅgalā. Timiñca timiṅgalañca gilanasamatthā timitimiṅgalāti vadanti.

Mama sāvakāti sotāpannādike ariyapuggale sandhāya vadati. Na saṃvasatīti uposathakammādivasena saṃvāsaṃ na karoti. Ukkhipatīti apaneti. Vimuttirasoti kilesehi vimuccanaraso. Sabbā hi sāsanasampatti yāvadeva anupādāya āsavehi cittassa vimuttiatthā.

Ratanānīti ratijananaṭṭhena ratanāni. Satipaṭṭhānādayo hi bhāviyamānā pubbabhāgepi anappakaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ nibbattenti, pageva aparabhāge. Vuttañhetaṃ –

‘‘Yato yato sammasati, khandhānaṃ udayabbayaṃ;

Labhatī pītipāmojjaṃ, amataṃ taṃ vijānata’’nti. (dha. pa. 374) –

Lokiyaratananibbattaṃ pana pītipāmojjaṃ na tassa kalabhāgampi agghati. Apica –

‘‘Cittīkataṃ mahagghañca, atulaṃ dullabhadassanaṃ;

Anomasattaparibhogaṃ, ratananti pavuccati’’. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.33; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.5.223; khu. pā. aṭṭha. 6.3; su. ni. aṭṭha. 1.226; mahāni. aṭṭha. 50);

Yadi ca cittīkatādibhāvena ratanaṃ nāma hoti, satipaṭṭhānādīnaṃyeva bhūtato ratanabhāvo. Bodhipakkhiyadhammānañhi so ānubhāvo, yaṃ sāvakā sāvakapāramiñāṇaṃ, paccekabuddhā paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ, sammāsambuddhā sammāsambodhiṃ adhigacchanti āsannakāraṇattā. Āsannakāraṇañhi dānādiupanissayoti evaṃ ratijananaṭṭhena cittīkatādiatthena ca ratanabhāvo bodhipakkhiyadhammānaṃ sātisayo. Tena vuttaṃ **‘‘tatrimāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ. Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā’’**tiādi.

Tattha ārammaṇe okkantitvā upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena upaṭṭhānaṃ, satiyeva upaṭṭhānanti satipaṭṭhānaṃ. Ārammaṇassa pana kāyādivasena catubbidhattā vuttaṃ **‘‘cattāro satipaṭṭhānā’’**ti. Tathā hi kāyavedanācittadhammesu subhasukhaniccaattasaññānaṃ pahānato asubhadukkhāniccānattabhāvaggahaṇato ca nesaṃ kāyānupassanādibhāvo vibhatto.

Sammā padahanti etena, sayaṃ vā sammā padahati, pasatthaṃ sundaraṃ vā padahantīti sammappadhānaṃ, puggalassa vā sammadeva padhānabhāvakaraṇato sammappadhānaṃ vīriyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tampi anuppannuppannānaṃ akusalānaṃ anuppādanappahānavasena anuppannuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādanaṭṭhāpanavasena ca catukiccasādhakattā vuttaṃ **‘‘cattāro sammappadhānā’’**ti.

Ijjhatīti iddhi, samijjhati nipphajjatīti attho. Ijjhanti vā tāya sattā iddhā vuddhā ukkaṃsagatā hontīti iddhi. Iti paṭhamena atthena iddhi eva pādoti iddhipādo, iddhikoṭṭhāsoti attho. Dutiyena atthena iddhiyā pādo patiṭṭhā adhigamupāyoti iddhipādo. Tena hi uparūparivisesasaṅkhātaṃ iddhiṃ pajjanti pāpuṇanti. Svāyaṃ iddhipādo yasmā chandādike cattāro adhipatidhamme dhure jeṭṭhake katvā nibbattīyati, tasmā vuttaṃ **‘‘cattāro iddhipādā’’**ti.

Pañcindriyānīti saddhādīni pañca indriyāni. Tattha assaddhiyaṃ abhibhavitvā adhimokkhalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti saddhindriyaṃ. Kosajjaṃ abhibhavitvā paggahalakkhaṇe, pamādaṃ abhibhavitvā upaṭṭhānalakkhaṇe, vikkhepaṃ abhibhavitvā avikkhepalakkhaṇe, aññāṇaṃ abhibhavitvā dassanalakkhaṇe indaṭṭhaṃ kāretīti paññindriyaṃ.

Tāniyeva assaddhiyādīhi anabhibhavanīyato akampiyaṭṭhena sampayuttadhammesu thirabhāvena ca balāni veditabbāni.

Satta bojjhaṅgāti bodhiyā, bodhissa vā aṅgāti bojjhaṅgā. Yā hi esā dhammasāmaggī yāya lokuttaramaggakkhaṇe uppajjamānāya līnuddhaccapatiṭṭhānāyūhanakāmasukhattakilamathānuyogaucchedasassatābhinivesādīnaṃ anekesaṃ upaddavānaṃ paṭipakkhabhūtāya satidhammavicayavīriyapītipassaddhisamādhiupekkhāsaṅkhātāya dhammasāmaggiyā ariyasāvako bujjhati, kilesaniddāya vuṭṭhahati, cattāri ariyasaccāni paṭivijjhati, nibbānameva vā sacchikarotīti **‘‘bodhī’’**ti vuccati. Tassā dhammasāmaggisaṅkhātāya bodhiyā aṅgātipi bojjhaṅgā jhānaṅgamaggaṅgādayo viya. Yopesa vuttappakārāya dhammasāmaggiyā bujjhatīti katvā ariyasāvako **‘‘bodhī’’**ti vuccati. Tassa bodhissa aṅgātipi bojjhaṅgā senaṅgarathaṅgādayo viya. Tenāhu porāṇā ‘‘bujjhanakassa puggalassa aṅgāti bojjhaṅgā’’ti (vibha. aṭṭha. 466; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.5.182; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.2.17). ‘‘Bodhāya saṃvattantīti bojjhaṅgā’’tiādinā (paṭi. ma. 2.17) nayenapi bojjhaṅgattho veditabbo.

Ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggoti taṃtaṃmaggavajjhehi kilesehi ārakattā, ariyabhāvakarattā, ariyaphalappaṭilābhakarattā ca ariyo. Sammādiṭṭhiādīni aṭṭhaṅgāni assa atthi, aṭṭha aṅgāniyeva vā aṭṭhaṅgiko. Mārento kilese gacchati nibbānatthikehi vā maggīyati, sayaṃ vā nibbānaṃ maggatīti maggoti evametesaṃ satipaṭṭhānādīnaṃ atthavibhāgo veditabbo.

Sotāpannoti maggasaṅkhātaṃ sotaṃ āpajjitvā pāpuṇitvā ṭhito, sotāpattiphalaṭṭhoti attho. Sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipannoti sotāpattiphalassa attapaccakkhakaraṇāya paṭipajjamāno paṭhamamaggaṭṭho, yo aṭṭhamakotipi vuccati. Sakadāgāmīti sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ paṭisandhiggahaṇavasena āgamanasīlo dutiyaphalaṭṭho. Anāgāmīti paṭisandhiggahaṇavasena kāmalokaṃ anāgamanasīlo tatiyaphalaṭṭho. Yo pana saddhānusārī dhammānusārī ekabījītievamādiko ariyapuggalavibhāgo, so etesaṃyeva pabhedoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayasadisameva.

Pahārādasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Atha bhagavā cintesi – ‘‘idāni bhikkhusaṅghe abbudo jāto, aparisuddhā puggalā uposathaṃ āgacchanti, na ca tathāgatā aparisuddhāya parisāya uposathaṃ karonti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisanti. Anuddisante ca bhikkhusaṅghassa uposatho pacchijjati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ ito paṭṭhāya bhikkhūnaṃyeva pātimokkhuddesaṃ anujāneyya’’nti. Evaṃ pana cintetvā bhikkhūnaṃyeva pātimokkhuddesaṃ anujāni. Tena vuttaṃ **‘‘atha kho bhagavā…pe… pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyyāthā’’**ti. Tattha na dānāhanti idāni ahaṃ uposathaṃ na karissāmi, pātimokkhaṃ na uddisissāmīti paccekaṃ na-kārena sambandho. Duvidhañhi pātimokkhaṃ – āṇāpātimokkhaṃ, ovādapātimokkhanti. Tesu ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante’’tiādikaṃ (mahāva. 134) āṇāpātimokkhaṃ. Taṃ sāvakāva uddisanti, na buddhā, yaṃ anvaddhamāsaṃ uddisīyati. ‘‘Khantī paramaṃ…pe… sabbapāpassa akaraṇaṃ…pe… anupavādo anupaghāto…pe… etaṃ buddhāna sāsana’’nti (dī. ni. 2.90; dha. pa. 183-185; udā. 36; netti. 30) imā pana tisso gāthā ovādapātimokkhaṃ nāma. Taṃ buddhāva uddisanti, na sāvakā, channampi vassānaṃ accayena uddisanti. Dīghāyukabuddhānañhi dharamānakāle ayameva pātimokkhuddeso, appāyukabuddhānaṃ pana paṭhamabodhiyaṃyeva. Tato paraṃ itaro. Tañca kho bhikkhūyeva uddisanti, na buddhā, tasmā amhākampi bhagavā vīsativassamattaṃ imaṃ ovādapātimokkhaṃ uddisitvā imaṃ antarāyaṃ disvā tato paraṃ na uddisi. Aṭṭhānanti akāraṇaṃ. Anavakāsoti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Kāraṇañhi yathā tiṭṭhati ettha phalaṃ tadāyattavuttitāyāti ‘‘ṭhāna’’nti vuccati, evaṃ ‘‘avakāso’’tipi vuccati. Yanti kiriyāparāmasanaṃ.

Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddeti ko anusandhi? Yvāyaṃ aparisuddhāya parisāya pātimokkhassa anuddeso vutto, so imasmiṃ dhammavinaye acchariyo abbhuto dhammoti taṃ aparehipi sattahi acchariyabbhutadhammehi saddhiṃ vibhajitvā dassetukāmo paṭhamaṃ tāva tesaṃ upamābhāvena mahāsamudde aṭṭha acchariyabbhutadhamme dassento satthā ‘‘aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde’’tiādimāha.

Uposathasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Mahāvaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Saṅgaṇikārāmassāti gaṇasaṅgaṇikāya ceva kilesasaṅgaṇikāya ca ratassa. Āraddhavīriyassāti kāyikacetasikavīriyavasena āraddhavīriyassa. Upaṭṭhitassatissāti catusatipaṭṭhānavasena upaṭṭhitassatissa. Samāhitassāti ekaggacittassa. Paññavatoti kammassakatapaññāya paññavato.

Sādhu sādhūti therassa vitakkaṃ sampahaṃsento evamāha. Imaṃ aṭṭhamanti satta nidhī laddhapurisassa aṭṭhamaṃ dento viya, satta maṇiratanāni, satta hatthiratanāni, satta assaratanāni laddhapurisassa aṭṭhamaṃ dento viya satta mahāpurisavitakke vitakketvā ṭhitassa aṭṭhamaṃ ācikkhanto evamāha. Nippapañcārāmassāti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhipapañcarahitattā nippapañcasaṅkhāte nibbānapade abhiratassa. Itaraṃ tasseva vevacanaṃ. Papañcārāmassāti yathāvuttesu papañcesu abhiratassa. Itaraṃ tasseva vevacanaṃ.

Yatoti yadā. Tatoti tadā. Nānārattānanti nilapītalohitodātavaṇṇehi nānārajanehi rattānaṃ. Paṃsukūlanti tevīsatiyā khettesu ṭhitapaṃsukūlacīvaraṃ. Khāyissatīti yathā tassa pubbaṇhasamayādīsu yasmiṃ samaye yaṃ icchati, tasmiṃ samaye taṃ pārupantassa so dussakaraṇḍako manāpo hutvā khāyati, evaṃ tuyhampi cīvarasantosamahāariyavaṃsena tuṭṭhassa viharato paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ khāyissati upaṭṭhahissati. Ratiyāti ratiatthāya. Aparitassāyāti taṇhādiṭṭhiparitassanāhi aparitassanatthāya. Phāsuvihārāyāti sukhavihāratthāya. Okkamanāya nibbānassāti amataṃ nibbānaṃ otaraṇatthāya.

Piṇḍiyālopabhojananti gāmanigamarājadhānīsu jaṅghābalaṃ nissāya gharapaṭipāṭiyā carantena laddhapiṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ. Khāyissatīti tassa gahapatino nānaggarasabhojanaṃ viya upaṭṭhahissati. Santuṭṭhassa viharatoti piṇḍapātasantosamahāariyavaṃsena santuṭṭhassa viharato. Rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ khāyissatīti tassa gahapatino tebhūmakapāsāde gandhakusumavāsasugandhaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ viya rukkhamūlaṃ upaṭṭhahissati. Santuṭṭhassāti senāsanasantosamahāariyavaṃsena santuṭṭhassa. Tiṇasanthārakoti tiṇehi vā paṇṇehi vā bhūmiyaṃ vā phalakapāsāṇatalāni vā aññatarasmiṃ santhatasanthato. Pūtimuttanti yaṃkiñci muttaṃ. Taṅkhaṇe gahitampi pūtimuttameva vuccati duggandhattā. Santuṭṭhassa viharatoti gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārasantosena santuṭṭhassa viharato.

Iti bhagavā catūsu ṭhānesu arahattaṃ pakkhipanto kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathetvā ‘‘katarasenāsane nu kho vasantassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ sappāyaṃ bhavissatī’’ti āvajjento ‘‘tasmiññeva vasantassā’’ti ñatvā tena hi tvaṃ, anuruddhātiādimāha. Pavivittassa viharatoti tīhi vivekehi vivittassa viharantassa. Uyyojanikapaṭisaṃyuttanti uyyojanikeheva vacanehi paṭisaṃyuttaṃ, tesaṃ upaṭṭhānagamanakaṃyevāti attho. Papañcanirodheti nibbānapade. Pakkhandatīti ārammaṇakaraṇavasena pakkhandati. Pasīdatītiādīsupi ārammaṇavaseneva pasīdanasantiṭṭhanamuccanā veditabbā. Iti bhagavā cetiraṭṭhe pācīnavaṃsadāye āyasmato anuruddhassa kathite aṭṭha mahāpurisavitakke puna bhesakaḷāvanamahāvihāre nisīditvā bhikkhusaṅghassa vitthārena kathesi.

Manomayenāti manena nibbattitakāyopi manomayoti vuccati manena gatakāyopi, idha manena gatakāyaṃ sandhāyevamāha. Yathā me ahu saṅkappoti yathā mayhaṃ vitakko ahosi, tato uttari aṭṭhamaṃ mahāpurisavitakkaṃ dassento tato uttariṃ desayi. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.

Gahapativaggo tatiyo.

30. Dasame appicchassāti na icchassa. Abhāvattho hettha appasaddo ‘‘appaḍaṃsamakasavātātapā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 10.11) viya. Paccayesu appiccho paccayappiccho, cīvarādipaccayesu icchārahito. Adhigamappicchoti jhānādiadhigamavibhāvane icchārahito. Pariyattiappicchoti pariyattiyaṃ bāhusaccavibhāvane icchārahito. Dhutaṅgappicchoti dhutaṅgesu appiccho dhutaṅgabhāvavibhāvane icchārahito. Santaguṇaniguhanenāti attani saṃvijjamānānaṃ jhānādiguṇānañceva bāhusaccaguṇassa dhutaṅgaguṇassa ca niguhanena chādanena. Sampajjatīti nipphajjati sijjhati. No mahicchassāti mahatiyā icchāya samannāgatassa no sampajjati anudhammassapi anipphajjanato. Pavivittassāti pakārehi vivittassa. Tenāha **‘‘kāyacittaupadhivivekehi vivittassā’’**ti. Ārambhavatthuvasenāti bhāvanābhiyogavasena ekībhāvova kāyavivekoti adhippeto, na gaṇasaṅgaṇikābhāvamattanti dasseti. Kammanti yogakammaṃ.

Sattehi kilesehi ca saṅgaṇanaṃ samodhānaṃ saṅgaṇikā, sā āramitabbaṭṭhena ārāmo etassāti saṅgaṇikārāmo, tassa. Tenāha **‘‘gaṇasaṅgaṇikāya cevā’’**tiādi. Āraddhavīriyassāti paggahitavīriyassa. Tañca kho upadhiviveke ninnatāvasena ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo’’ti vacanato. Esa nayo itaresupi. Vivaṭṭanissitaṃyeva hi samādhānaṃ idhādhippetaṃ, tathā paññāpi. Kammassa-katapaññāya hi ṭhito kammavasena bhavesu nānappakāro anatthoti jānanto kammakkhayakaraṃ ñāṇaṃ abhipattheti, tadatthañca ussāhaṃ karoti. Mānādayo sattasantānaṃ saṃsāre papañcenti vitthārentīti papañcāti āha **‘‘taṇhāmānadiṭṭhipapañcarahitattā’’**tiādi. Sesamettha suviññeyyameva.

Anuruddhamahāvitakkasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Gahapativaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Adantadamananti adantā anassavāpissa dānena dantā assavā honti, vase vattanti. Adānaṃ dantadūsakanti adānaṃ pubbe dantānaṃ assavānampi vighātuppādanena cittaṃ dūseti. Unnamanti dāyakā piyaṃvadā ca paresaṃ garucittīkāraṭṭhānatāya. Namantipaṭiggāhakā dānena piyavācāya ca laddhasaṅgahāsaṅgāhakānaṃ.

Cittālaṅkāradānameva uttamaṃ anupakkiliṭṭhatāya suparisuddhatāya guṇavisesapaccayatāya ca. Dutiyādīni uttānatthāneva.

Paṭhamadānasuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Paṭisambhidāyaṃ (paṭi. ma. 1.48) vuttena vipassanāmaggena cakkhuṃ aniccato dukkhato anattato vipassantassa, sotaṃ…pe… ghānaṃ…pe… jivhaṃ…pe… kāyaṃ…pe… rūpe…pe… dhamme…pe… cakkhuviññāṇaṃ…pe… manoviññāṇaṃ…pe… cakkhusamphassaṃ …pe… manosamphassaṃ…pe… cakkhusamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ…pe… manosamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ aniccato dukkhato anattato vipassantassa yā cetanā, yā ca pathavīkasiṇādīsu sabbāsu aṭṭhattiṃsāya ārammaṇesu pavattā jhānacetanā, yā ca anavajjesu kammāyatanasippāyatanavijjāṭṭhānesu paricayamanasikārādivasena pavattā cetanā, sabbā sā bhāveti etāyāti bhāvanāmayaṃ vuttanayena puññakiriyavatthu cāti bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu.

Ekamekañcettha yathārahaṃ pubbabhāgato paṭṭhāya karontassa kāyakammaṃ hoti. Tadatthaṃ vācaṃ nicchārentassa vacīkammaṃ. Kāyaṅgaṃ vācaṅgañca acopetvā manasā cintayantassa manokammaṃ. Annādīni dentassa cāpi ‘‘annadānādīni demī’’ti vā, dānapāramiṃ āvajjetvā vā dānakāle dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu hoti. Yathā hi kevalaṃ ‘‘annadānādīni demī’’ti dānakāle dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu hoti, evaṃ ‘‘idaṃ dānamayaṃ sammāsambodhiyā paccayo hotū’’ti dānapāramiṃ āvajjetvā dānakālepi dānasīseneva pavattitattā. Vattasīse ṭhatvā dadanto ‘‘etaṃ dānaṃ nāma mayhaṃ kulavaṃsahetu paveṇicāritta’’nti cārittasīsena vā dento cārittasīlattā sīlamayaṃ. Khayato vayato sammasanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā dadato bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu hoti. Yathā hi deyyadhammapariccāgavasena vattamānāpi dānacetanā vattasīse ṭhatvā dadato sīlamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu hoti pubbābhisaṅkhārassa aparabhāge cetanāya ca tathāpavattattā.

Puññakiriyavatthusuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Dānavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Kiṃ nu tvaṃ gotamīti kiṃ nu rājakulānaṃ vipatti uppannā, kena tvaṃ kāraṇena evaṃ vivaṇṇabhāvaṃ pattā, sūnehi pādehi…pe… ṭhitāti. Aññenapi pariyāyenāti aññenapi kāraṇena. Bahukārā, bhantetiādinā tassā guṇaṃ kathetvā puna pabbajjaṃ yācanto evamāha. Satthāpi ‘‘itthiyo nāma parittapaññā, ekayācitamattena pabbajjāya anuññātāya na mama sāsanaṃ garuṃ katvā gaṇhissantī’’ti tikkhattuṃ paṭikkhipitvā idāni garuṃ katvā gāhāpetukāmatāya sace, ānanda, mahāpajāpatī gotamī aṭṭha garudhamme paṭiggaṇhāti, sāva’ssā hotu upasampadātiādimāha. Tattha sāvassāti sā eva assā pabbajjāpi upasampadāpi hotu.

Tadahūpasampannassāti taṃdivasaṃ upasampannassa. Abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ kattabbanti omānātimāne akatvā pañcapatiṭṭhitena abhivādanaṃ, āsanā paccuṭṭhāya paccuggamanavasena paccuṭṭhānaṃ, dasanakhe samodhānetvā añjalikammaṃ, āsanapaññāpanabījanādikaṃ anucchavikakammasaṅkhātaṃ sāmīcikammañca katabbaṃ. Abhikkhuke āvāseti yattha vasantiyā anantarāyena ovādatthāya upasaṅkamanaṭṭhāne ovādadāyako ācariyo natthi, ayaṃ abhikkhuko āvāso nāma. Evarūpe āvāse vassaṃ na upagantabbaṃ. Anvaḍḍhamāsanti anuposathikaṃ. Ovādūpasaṅkamananti ovādatthāya upasaṅkamanaṃ. Diṭṭhenāti cakkhunā diṭṭhena. Sutenāti sotena sutena. Parisaṅkāyāti diṭṭhasutavasena parisaṅkitena. Garudhammanti garukaṃ saṅghādisesāpattiṃ. Pakkhamānattanti anūnāni pannarasa divasāni mānattaṃ. Chasu dhammesūti vikālabhojanacchaṭṭhesu sikkhāpadesu. Sikkhitasikkhāyāti ekasikkhampi akhaṇḍaṃ katvā pūritasikkhāya. Akkositabbo paribhāsitabboti dasannaṃ akkosavatthūnaṃ aññatarena akkosavatthunā na akkositabbo, bhayūpadaṃsanāya yāya kāyaci paribhāsāya na paribhāsitabbo.

Ovaṭo bhikkhunīnaṃ bhikkhūsu vacanapathoti ovādānusāsanadhammakathāsaṅkhāto vacanapatho bhikkhunīnaṃ bhikkhūsu ovarito pihito, na bhikkhuniyā koci bhikkhu ovaditabbo anusāsitabbo vā ‘‘bhante, porāṇakattherā idaṃ cīvaravattaṃ pūrayiṃsū’’ti evaṃ pana paveṇivasena kathetuṃ vaṭṭati. Anovaṭo bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīsu vacanapathoti bhikkhūnaṃ pana bhikkhunīsu vacanapatho anivārito, yathāruci ovadituṃ anusāsituṃ dhammakathaṃ kathetunti ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthārato panesā garudhammakathā samantapāsādikāya vinayasaṃvaṇṇanāya (pāci. aṭṭha. 148) vuttanayeneva veditabbā.

Ime pana aṭṭha garudhamme satthu santike uggahetvā therena attano ārociyamāne sutvāva mahāpajāpatiyā tāva mahantaṃ domanassaṃ khaṇena paṭippassambhi, anotattadahato ābhatena sītudakassa ghaṭasatena matthake parisittā viya vigatapariḷāhā attamanā hutvā garudhammapaṭiggahaṇena uppannapītipāmojjaṃ āvikarontī seyyathāpi, bhantetiādikaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.

Kumbhatthenakehīti kumbhe dīpaṃ jāletvā tena ālokena paraghare bhaṇḍaṃ vicinitvā thenakacorehi. Setaṭṭhikā nāma rogajātīti eko pāṇako nāḷamajjhagataṃ kaṇḍaṃ vijjhati, yena viddhā kaṇḍā nikkhantampi sālisīsaṃ khīraṃ gahetuṃ na sakkoti. Mañjiṭṭhikā nāma rogajātīti ucchūnaṃ antorattabhāvo.

Mahato taḷākassa paṭikacceva āḷinti iminā pana etamatthaṃ dasseti – yathā mahato taḷākassa pāḷiyā abaddhāyapi kiñci udakaṃ tiṭṭhateva, paṭhamameva baddhāya pana yaṃ abaddhapaccayā na tiṭṭheyya, tampi tiṭṭheyya, evameva ye ime anuppanne vatthusmiṃ paṭikacceva anatikkamanatthāya garudhammā paññattā, tesu apaññattesu mātugāmassa pabbajitattā pañca vassasatāni saddhammo tiṭṭheyya. Paṭikacceva paññattattā pana aparānipi pañca vassasatāni ṭhassatīti evaṃ paṭhamaṃ vuttavassasahassameva ṭhassati. Vassasahassanti cetaṃ paṭisambhidāpabhedappattakhīṇāsavānaṃ vaseneva vuttaṃ, tato pana uttaripi sukkhavipassakakhīṇāsavavasena vassasahassaṃ, anāgāmivasena vassasahassaṃ, sakadāgāmivasena vassasahassaṃ, sotāpannavasena vassasahassanti evaṃ pañcavassasahassāni paṭivedhasaddhammo ṭhassati. Pariyattidhammopi tāniyeva. Na hi pariyattiyā asati paṭivedho atthi, nāpi pariyattiyā sati paṭivedho na hoti. Liṅgaṃ pana pariyattiyā antarahitāyapi ciraṃ pavattissatīti.

Mātugāmassa pabbajitattāti idaṃ pañcavassasatato uddhaṃ aṭṭhatvā pañcasuyeva vassasatesu saddhammaṭṭhitiyā kāraṇanidassanaṃ. Paṭisambhidāpabhedappattakhīṇāsavavaseneva vuttanti ettha paṭisambhidāppattakhīṇāsavaggahaṇena jhānānipi gahitāneva honti. Na hi nijjhānakānaṃ sabbappakārasampatti ijjhatīti vadanti. Sukkhavipassakakhīṇāsavavasena vassasahassantiādinā ca yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ khandhakabhāṇakānaṃ matena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Vinayaṭṭhakathāyampi (cūḷava. aṭṭha. 403) imināva nayena vuttaṃ.

Dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.161) pana ‘‘paṭisambhidāppattehi vassasahassaṃ aṭṭhāsi, chaḷabhiññehi vassasahassaṃ, tevijjehi vassasahassaṃ, sukkhavipassakehi vassasahassaṃ, pātimokkhena vassasahassaṃ aṭṭhāsī’’ti vuttaṃ. Idhāpi sāsanantaradhānakathāyaṃ (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.130) ‘‘buddhānañhi parinibbānato vassasahassameva paṭisambhidā nibbattetuṃ sakkonti, tato paraṃ cha abhiññā, tato tāpi nibbattetuṃ asakkontā tisso vijjā nibbattenti, gacchante gacchante kāle tāpi nibbattetuṃ asakkontā sukkhavipassakā honti. Eteneva upāyena anāgāmino, sakadāgāmino, sotāpannā’’ti vuttaṃ.

Saṃyuttanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 2.2.156) pana ‘‘paṭhamabodhiyañhi bhikkhū paṭisambhidāppattā ahesuṃ. Atha kāle gacchante paṭisambhidā pāpuṇituṃ na sakkhiṃsu, chaḷabhiññā ahesuṃ. Tato cha abhiññā pattuṃ asakkontā tisso vijjā pāpuṇiṃsu. Idāni kāle gacchante tisso vijjā pāpuṇituṃ asakkontā āsavakkhayamattaṃ pāpuṇissanti, tampi asakkontā anāgāmiphalaṃ, tampi asakkontā sakadāgāmiphalaṃ, tampi asakkontā sotāpattiphalaṃ, gacchante kāle sotāpattiphalampi pattuṃ na sakkhissantī’’ti vuttaṃ. Yasmā cetaṃ sabbaṃ aññamaññappaṭiviruddhaṃ, tasmā tesaṃ tesaṃ bhāṇakānaṃ matameva ācariyena tattha tattha dassitanti gahetabbaṃ. Aññathā hi ācariyasseva pubbāparavirodhappasaṅgo siyāti.

Tāniyevāti tāniyeva pañcavassasahassāni. Pariyattimūlakaṃ sāsananti āha ‘‘na hi pariyattiyā **asati paṭivedho atthī’’**tiādi. Pariyattiyā hi antarahitāya paṭipattiantaradhāyati, paṭipattiyā antarahitāya adhigamo antaradhāyati. Kiṃkāraṇā? Ayañhi pariyatti paṭipattiyā paccayo hoti, paṭipatti adhigamassa. Iti paṭipattitopi pariyattiyeva pamāṇaṃ. Dutiyatatiyesu natthi vattabbaṃ.

Gotamīsuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Eko bahiddhā rūpāni passatīti yassa parikammampi nimittampi bahiddhā uppannaṃ, so evaṃ bahiddhā parikammassa ceva appanāya ca vasena ‘‘ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passatī’’ti vuccati. Sesamettha catutthābhibhāyatane ca vuttanayameva. Imesu pana catūsu parittaṃ vitakkacaritavasena āgataṃ, appamāṇaṃ mohacaritavasena, suvaṇṇaṃ dosacaritavasena, dubbaṇṇaṃ rāgacaritavasena. Etesañhi etāni sappāyāni. Sā ca nesaṃ sappāyatā visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.43) cariyaniddese vuttā.

Pañcamaabhibhāyatanādīsu nīlānīti sabbasaṅgāhikavasena vuttaṃ. Nīlavaṇṇānīti vaṇṇavasena. Nīlanidassanānīti nidassanavasena. Apaññāyamānavivarāni asambhinnavaṇṇāni ekanīlāneva hutvā dissantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Nīlanibhāsānīti idaṃ pana obhāsavasena vuttaṃ, nīlobhāsāni nīlappabhāyuttānīti attho. Etena nesaṃ suvisuddhataṃ dasseti. Visuddhavaṇṇavaseneva hi imāni abhibhāyatanāni vuttāni. ‘‘Nīlakasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto nīlasmiṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhāti pupphasmiṃ vā vatthasmiṃ vā vaṇṇadhātuyā vā’’tiādikaṃ panettha kasiṇakaraṇañca parikammañca appanāvidhānañca sabbaṃ visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.55) vitthārato vuttamevāti.

61-65. Sattamassa paṭhamādīni suviññeyyāni. Pañcame (dī.ni.ṭī. 2.173) abhibhavatīti abhibhu, parikammaṃ, ñāṇaṃ vā. Abhibhu āyatanaṃ etassāti abhibhāyatanaṃ, jhānaṃ. Abhibhavitabbaṃ vā ārammaṇasaṅkhātaṃ āyatanaṃ etassāti abhibhāyatanaṃ. Atha vā ārammaṇābhibhavanato abhitu ca taṃ āyatanañca yogino sukhavisesānaṃ adhiṭṭhānabhāvato manāyatanadhammāyatanabhāvato cātipi sasampayuttajjhānaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ. Tenāha **‘‘abhibhavanakāraṇānī’’**tiādi. Tāni hīti abhibhāyatanasaññitāni jhānāni. ‘‘Puggalassa ñāṇuttariyatāyā’’ti idaṃ ubhayatthāpi yojetabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Paṭipakkhabhāvena paccanīkadhamme abhibhavanti puggalassa ñāṇuttariyatāya ārammaṇāni abhibhavanti. Ñāṇabaleneva hi ārammaṇābhibhavanaṃ viya paṭipakkhābhibhavopīti.

Parikammavasena ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī, na appanāvasena. Na hi paṭibhāganimittārammaṇā appanā ajjhattavisayā sambhavati. Taṃ pana ajjhattaparikammavasena laddhaṃ kasiṇanimittaṃ avisuddhameva hoti, na bahiddhāparikammavasena laddhaṃ viya visuddhaṃ.

Parittānīti yathāladdhāni suppasarāvamattāni. Tenāha **‘‘avaḍḍhitānī’’**ti. Parittavasenevāti vaṇṇavasena ābhoge vijjamānepi parittavaseneva idaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ vuttaṃ. Parittatā hettha abhibhavanassa kāraṇaṃ. Vaṇṇābhoge satipi asatipi abhibhāyatanabhāvanā nāma tikkhapaññasseva sambhavati, na itarassāti āha **‘‘ñāṇuttariko puggalo’’**ti. Abhibhavitvā samāpajjatīti ettha abhibhavanaṃ samāpajjanañca upacārajjhānādhigamasamanantarameva appanājhānuppādananti āha **‘‘saha nimittuppādenevettha appanaṃ pāpetī’’**ti. Saha nimittuppādenāti ca appanāparivāsābhāvassa lakkhaṇavacanametaṃ. Yo ‘‘khippābhiñño’’ti vuccati, tatopi ñāṇuttarasseva abhibhāyatanabhāvanā. Etthāti etasmiṃ nimitte. Appanaṃ pāpetīti bhāvanaṃ appanaṃ neti.

Ettha ca keci ‘‘uppanne upacārajjhāne taṃ ārabbha ye heṭṭhimantena dve tayo javanavārā pavattanti, te upacārajjhānapakkhikā eva, tadanantarañca bhavaṅgaparivāsena upacārāsevanāya ca vinā appanā hoti, saha nimittuppādeneva appanaṃ pāpetī’’ti vadanti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattaṃ. Na hi pārivāsikakammena appanāvāro icchito, nāpi mahaggatappamāṇajjhānesu viya upacārajjhāne ekantato paccavekkhaṇā icchitabbā, tasmā upacārajjhānādhigamato paraṃ katipayabhavaṅgacittāvasāne appanaṃ pāpuṇanto ‘‘saha nimittuppādenevettha appanaṃ pāpetī’’ti vutto. ‘‘Saha nimittuppādenā’’ti ca adhippāyikamidaṃ vacanaṃ, na nītatthaṃ. Adhippāyo vuttanayeneva veditabbo.

Na antosamāpattiyaṃ tadā tathārūpassa ābhogassa asambhavato, samāpattito vuṭṭhitassa ābhogo pubbabhāgabhāvanāya vasena jhānakkhaṇe pavattaṃ abhibhavanākāraṃ gahetvā pavattoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Abhidhammaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 204) pana ‘‘iminā panassa pubbabhogo kathito’’ti vuttaṃ. Antosamāpattiyaṃ tathā ābhogābhāve kasmā ‘‘jhānasaññāyapī’’ti vuttanti āha **‘‘abhibhavana…pe… atthī’’**ti.

Vaḍḍhitappamāṇānīti vipulappamāṇānīti attho, na ekaṅguladvaṅgulādivasena vaḍḍhiṃ pāpitānīti tathāvaḍḍhanassevettha asambhavato. Tenāha **‘‘mahantānī’’**ti. Bhattavaḍḍhitakanti bhuñjanabhājane vaḍḍhitvā dinnaṃ bhattaṃ, ekāsane purisena bhuñjitabbabhattato upaḍḍhabhattanti attho.

Rūpe saññā rūpasaññā, sā assa atthīti rūpasaññī, na rūpasaññī arūpasaññī. Saññāsīsena jhānaṃ vadati. Rūpasaññāya anuppādanamevettha alābhitā. Bahiddhāva uppannanti bahiddhāvatthusmiṃyeva uppannaṃ. Abhidhamme (dha. sa. 204-209) pana ‘‘ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānī’’ti evaṃ catunnaṃ abhibhāyatanānaṃ āgatattā abhidhammaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘kasmā pana yathā suttante ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittānītiādi vuttaṃ, evaṃ avatvā idha catūsupi abhibhāyatanesu ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññitāva vuttā’’ti codanaṃ katvā ‘‘ajjhattarūpānaṃ anabhibhavanīyato’’ti kāraṇaṃ vatvā ‘‘tattha vā idha vā bahiddhā rūpāneva abhibhavitabbāni, tasmā tāni niyamatova vattabbānīti tatrāpi idhāpi vuttāni, ‘ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī’ti idaṃ pana satthu desanāvilāsamattamevā’’ti vuttaṃ.

Ettha ca vaṇṇābhogarahitāni sahitāni ca sabbāni ‘‘parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānī’’ti vuttāni, tathā ‘‘appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānī’’ti. Atthi hi so pariyāyo ‘‘parittāni abhibhuyya, tāni ce kadāci vaṇṇavasena ābhujitāni honti suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni abhibhuyyā’’ti. Pariyāyakathā hi suttantadesanāti. Abhidhamme pana nippariyāyadesanattā vaṇṇābhogarahitāni visuṃ vuttāni, tathā sahitāni. Atthi hi ubhayattha abhibhavanavisesoti, tathā idha pariyāyadesanattā vimokkhānampi abhibhavanapariyāyo atthīti ‘‘ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī’’tiādinā paṭhamadutiyaabhibhāyatanesu paṭhamavimokkho, tatiyacatutthaabhibhāyatanesu dutiyavimokkho, vaṇṇābhibhāyatanesu tatiyavimokkho ca abhibhavanappavattito saṅgahito. Abhidhamme (dha. sa. 204-209, 247-249) pana nippariyāyadesanattā vimokkhābhibhāyatanāni asaṅkarato dassetuṃ vimokkhe vajjetvā abhibhāyatanāni kathitāni. Sabbāni ca vimokkhakiccāni jhānāni vimokkhadesanāyaṃ vuttāni. Tadetaṃ ‘‘ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī’’ti āgatassa abhibhāyatanadvayassa abhidhamme abhibhāyatanesu avacanato ‘‘rūpī rūpāni passatī’’tiādīnañca sabbavimokkhakiccasādhāraṇavacanabhāvato vavatthānaṃ katanti viññāyati. ‘‘Ajjhattarūpānaṃ anabhibhavanīyato’’ti idaṃ abhidhamme katthacipi ‘‘ajjhattaṃ rūpāni passatī’’ti avatvā sabbattha yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘bahiddhā rūpāni passatī’’ti, tassa kāraṇavacanaṃ. Tena yaṃ aññahetukaṃ, taṃ tena hetunā vuttaṃ. Yaṃ pana desanāvilāsahetukaṃ ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññitāya eva abhidhamme vacanaṃ, na tassa aññaṃ kāraṇaṃ maggitabbanti dasseti.

Ajjhattarūpānaṃ anabhibhavanīyatā ca tesaṃ bahiddhārūpānaṃ viya avibhūtattā desanāvilāso ca yathāvuttavavatthānavasena veditabbo veneyyajjhāsayavasena vijjamānapariyāyakathābhāvato. ‘‘Suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānī’’ti eteneva siddhattā na nīlādiabhibhāyatanāni vattabbānīti ce? Taṃ na. Nīlādīsu katādhikārānaṃ nīlādibhāvasseva abhibhavanakāraṇattā. Na hi tesaṃ parisuddhāparisuddhavaṇṇānaṃ parittatā vā appamāṇatā vā abhibhavanakāraṇaṃ, atha kho nīlādibhāvo evāti. Etesu ca parittādikasiṇarūpesu yaṃ yaṃ caritassa imāni abhibhāyatanāni ijjhanti, taṃ dassetuṃ **‘‘imesu panā’’**tiādi vuttaṃ. Sabbasaṅgāhikavasenāti nīlavaṇṇanīlanidassananīlanibhāsānaṃ sādhāraṇavasena. Vaṇṇavasenāti sabhāvavaṇṇavasena. Nidassanavasenāti passitabbatāvasena cakkhuviññāṇādiviññāṇavīthiyā gahetabbatāvasena. Obhāsavasenāti sappabhāsatāya avabhāsanavasena.

Icchāsuttādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Rūpīti yenāyaṃ sasantatipariyāpannena rūpena samannāgato, taṃ yassa jhānassa hetubhāvena visiṭṭharūpaṃ hoti, yena visiṭṭhena rūpena ‘‘rūpī’’ti vucceyya rūpīsaddassa atisayatthadīpanato, tadeva sasantatipariyāpannarūpassa vasena paṭiladdhajjhānaṃ idha paramatthato rūpibhāvasādhakanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenāha **‘‘ajjhatta’’**ntiādi. Rūpajjhānaṃ rūpaṃ uttarapadalopena. Rūpānīti panettha purimapadalopo daṭṭhabbo. Tena vuttaṃ **‘‘nīlakasiṇādīni rūpānī’’**ti. Rūpe kasiṇarūpe saññā rūpasaññā, sā etassa atthīti rūpasaññī, saññāsīsena jhānaṃ vadati. Tappaṭipakkhena arūpasaññī. Tenāha **‘‘ajjhattaṃ na rūpasaññī’’**tiādi.

Anto appanāyaṃ ‘‘subha’’nti ābhogo natthīti iminā pubbābhogavasena tathā adhimutti siyāti dasseti. Evañhettha tathāvattabbatāpatticodanā anavaṭṭhānā hoti. Yasmā suvisuddhesu nīlādīsu vaṇṇakasiṇesu tattha katādhikārānaṃ abhirativasena suṭṭhu adhimuccanaṭṭho sambhavati, tasmā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ tathā tatiyo vimokkho saṃvaṇṇito. Yasmā pana mettādivasena pavattamānā bhāvanā satte appaṭikūlato dahanti, te subhato adhimuccitvā pavattati, tasmā paṭisambhidāmagge (paṭi. ma. 1.212-213) brahmavihārabhāvanā ‘‘subhavimokkho’’ti vuttā. Tayidaṃ ubhayampi tena tena pariyāyena vuttattā na virujjhatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.

Sabbasoti anavasesato. Na hi catunnaṃ arūpakkhandhānaṃ ekadesopi tattha avasissati. Vissaṭṭhattāti yathāparicchinnakāle nirodhitattā. Uttamo vimokkho nāma ariyeheva samāpajjitabbato ariyaphalapariyosānattā diṭṭheva dhamme nibbānappattibhāvato ca.

Vimokkhasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Parisāsuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Tattha viyattāti maggavasena byattā, tatheva vinītā, tathā visāradā. Bahussutāti tepiṭakavasena bahu sutaṃ etesanti bahussutā. Tameva dhammaṃ dhārentīti dhammadharā. Atha vā pariyattibahussutā ceva paṭivedhabahussutā ca. Pariyattipaṭivedhadhammānaṃyeva dhāraṇato dhammadharāti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Dhammānudhammappaṭipannāti ariyadhammassa anudhammabhūtaṃ vipassanādhammaṃ paṭipannā. Sāmīcippaṭipannāti anucchavikapaṭipadaṃ paṭipannā. Anudhammacārinoti anudhammaṃ caraṇasīlā. Sakaṃ ācariyakanti attano ācariyavādaṃ. Ācikkhissantītiādīni sabbāni aññamaññavevacanāni. Sahadhammenāti sahetukena sakāraṇena vacanena. Sappāṭihāriyanti yāva niyyānikaṃ katvā dhammaṃ desessanti.

Brahmacariyanti sikkhāttayasaṅgahitaṃ sakalaṃ sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ. Iddhanti samiddhaṃ jhānassādavasena. Phītanti vuddhipattaṃ sabbapāliphullaṃ viya abhiññāsampattivasena. Vitthārikanti vitthataṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ disābhāge patiṭṭhitavasena. Bāhujaññanti bahūhi ñātaṃ paṭividdhaṃ mahājanābhisamayavasena. Puthubhūtanti sabbākārena puthulabhāvappattaṃ. Kathaṃ? Yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitanti, yattakā viññujātikā devā ceva manussā ca atthi, sabbehi suṭṭhu pakāsitanti attho. Appossukkoti nirālayo. Tvañhi pāpima aṭṭhamasattāhato paṭṭhāya ‘‘parinibbātu dāni, bhante bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato’’ti viravanto āhiṇḍittha. Ajja dāni paṭṭhāya vigatussāho hohi, mā mayhaṃ parinibbānatthaṃ vāyāmaṃ karohīti vadati.

Sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossajjīti satiṃ sūpaṭṭhitaṃ katvā ñāṇena paricchinditvā āyusaṅkhāraṃ vissajji pajahi. Tattha na bhagavā hatthena leḍḍuṃ viya āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossaji, temāsamattameva pana phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā tato paraṃ na samāpajjissāmīti cittaṃ uppādesi. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘ossajī’’ti. Ussajītipi pāṭho. Mahābhūmicāloti mahanto pathavīkampo. Tadā kira dasasahassī lokadhātu kampittha. Bhiṃsanakoti bhayajanako. Devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsūti devabheriyo phaliṃsu, devo sukkhagajjitaṃ gajji, akālavijjulatā nicchariṃsu, khaṇikavassaṃ vassīti vuttaṃ hoti.

Udānaṃ udānesīti kasmā udānesi? Koci nāma vadeyya ‘‘bhagavā pacchato pacchato anubandhitvā ‘parinibbātu, bhante’ti upadduto bhayena āyusaṅkhāraṃ vissajjesī’’ti, tassokāso mā hotu, bhītassa hi udānaṃ nāma natthīti pītivegavissaṭṭhaṃ udānaṃ udānesi.

Tattha sabbesaṃ soṇasiṅgālādīnampi paccakkhabhāvato tulitaṃ paricchinnanti tulaṃ. Kiṃ taṃ? Kāmāvacarakammaṃ. Na tulaṃ, na vā tulaṃ sadisamassa aññaṃ lokiyaṃ kammaṃ atthīti atulaṃ. Kiṃ taṃ? Mahaggatakammaṃ. Atha vā kāmāvacaraṃ rūpāvacaraṃ tulaṃ, arūpāvacaraṃ atulaṃ. Appavipākaṃ vā tulaṃ, bahuvipākaṃ atulaṃ. Sambhavanti sambhavahetubhūtaṃ, rāsikārakaṃ piṇḍakārakanti attho. Bhavasaṅkhāranti punabbhavasaṅkhāraṇakaṃ. Avassajīti vissajjesi. Munīti buddhamuni. Ajjhattaratoti niyakajjhattarato. Samāhitoti upacārappanāsamādhivasena samāhito. Abhindi kavacamivāti kavacaṃ viya abhindi. Attasambhavanti attani sañjātaṃ kilesaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – savipākaṭṭhena sambhavaṃ, bhavābhisaṅkharaṇaṭṭhena bhavasaṅkhāranti ca laddhanāmaṃ tulātulasaṅkhātaṃ lokiyakammañca ossaji, saṅgāmasīse mahāyodho kavacaṃ viya attasambhavaṃ kilesañca ajjhattarato hutvā samāhito hutvā abhindīti.

Atha vā tulanti tulento tīrento. Atulañca sambhavanti nibbānañceva sambhavañca. Bhavasaṅkhāranti bhavagāmikammaṃ. Avassaji munīti ‘‘pañcakkhandhā aniccā, pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ nirodho nibbānaṃ nicca’’ntiādinā (paṭi. ma. 3.37-38) nayena tulayanto buddhamuni bhave ādīnavaṃ, nibbāne ca ānisaṃsaṃ disvā taṃ khandhānaṃ mūlabhūtaṃ bhavasaṅkhāraṃ kammaṃ ‘‘kammakkhayāya saṃvattatī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.81; a. ni. 4.232-233) evaṃ vuttena kammakkhayakarena ariyamaggena avassaji. Kathaṃ? Ajjhattarato samāhito, abhindi kavacamivattasambhavaṃ. So hi vipassanāvasena ajjhattarato, samathavasena samāhitoti evaṃ pubbabhāgato paṭṭhāya samathavipassanābalena kavacamiva attabhāvaṃ pariyonandhitvā ṭhitaṃ, attani sambhavattā ‘‘attasambhava’’nti laddhanāmaṃ sabbakilesajālaṃ abhindi. Kilesābhāvena ca kataṃ kammaṃ appaṭisandhikattā avassaṭṭhaṃ nāma hotīti evaṃ kilesappahānena kammaṃ pajahi. Pahīnakilesassa ca bhayaṃ nāma natthi, tasmā abhītova āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossajji, abhītabhāvañāpanatthañca udānaṃ udānesīti veditabbo.

Yaṃ mahāvātāti yena samayena yasmiṃ vā samaye mahāvātā. Vāyantīti upakkhepakavātā nāma uṭṭhahanti, te vāyantā saṭṭhisahassādhikanavayojanasatasahassabahalaṃ udakasandhārakavātaṃ upacchindanti, tato ākāse udakaṃ bhassati, tasmiṃ bhassante pathavī bhassati, puna vāto attano balena antodhammakaraṇe viya udakaṃ ābandhitvā gaṇhāti, tato udakaṃ uggacchati, tasmiṃ uggacchante pathavī uggacchati. Evaṃ udakaṃ kampitaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti. Etañca kampanaṃ yāvajjakālāpi hotiyeva, bahubhāvena pana ogacchanuggacchanaṃ na paññāyati.

Mahiddhikā mahānubhāvāti ijjhanassa mahantatāya mahiddhikā, anubhavitabbassa mahantatāya mahānubhāvā. Parittāti dubbalā. Appamāṇāti balavā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ kampetīti so iddhiṃ nibbattetvā saṃvejento mahāmoggallāno viya, vīmaṃsanto vā mahānāgattherassa bhāgineyyo saṅgharakkhitasāmaṇero viya pathaviṃ kampeti. Saṅkampetīti samantato kampeti. Sampakampetīti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Iti imesu aṭṭhasu pathavikampesu paṭhamo dhātukopena, dutiyo iddhānubhāvena, tatiyacatutthā puññatejena, pañcamo ñāṇatejena, chaṭṭho sādhukāradānavasena, sattamo kāruññasabhāvena, aṭṭhamo ārodanena. Mātukucchiṃ okkamante ca tato nikkhamante ca mahāsatte tassa puññatejena pathavī akampittha, abhisambodhiyaṃ ñāṇatejābhihatā hutvā akampittha, dhammacakkappavattane sādhukārabhāvasaṇṭhitā sādhukāraṃ dadamānā akampittha, āyusaṅkhāraossajjane kāruññasabhāvasaṇṭhitā cittasaṅkhobhaṃ asahamānā akampittha, parinibbāne ārodanavegatunnā hutvā akampittha. Ayaṃ panattho pathavidevatāya vasena veditabbo. Mahābhūtapathaviyā panetaṃ natthi acetanattā. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānatthamevāti.

Bhūmicālavaggo sattamo.

70. Dasame (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.167; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.5.822) udenayakkhassa cetiyaṭṭhāneti udenassa nāma yakkhassa āyatanabhāvena iṭṭhakāhi kate mahājanassa cittīkataṭṭhāne. Katavihāroti bhagavantaṃ uddissa katavihāro. Vuccatīti purimavohārena ‘‘udenaṃ cetiya’’nti vuccati. Gotamakādīsupīti ‘‘gotamakaṃ cetiya’’ntiādīsupi. Eseva nayoti cetiyaṭṭhāne katavihārabhāvaṃ atidisati. Tathā hi sattambanti kikissa rañño dhītaro satta kumāriyo saṃvegajātā gehato nikkhamitvā tattha padhānaṃ padahiṃsu, taṃ ṭhānaṃ **‘‘sattambaṃ cetiya’’**nti vadanti. Bahuputtakanti ca bahupāroho eko nigrodharukkho, tasmiṃ adhivatthaṃ devataṃ bahū manussā putte patthenti, tadupādāya taṃ ṭhānaṃ **‘‘bahuputtakaṃ cetiya’’**nti paññāyittha. Sārandadassa nāma yakkhassa vasitaṭṭhānaṃ, cāpālassa nāma yakkhassa vasitaṭṭhānaṃ, iti sabbānevetāni buddhuppādato pubbadevatā pariggahetvā cetiyavohārena voharitāni, bhagavato vihāre katepi tatheva sañjānanti. Ramaṇīyāti ettha vesāliyā tāva bhūmibhāgasampattiyā sulabhapiṇḍatāya ramaṇīyabhāvo veditabbo. Vihārānaṃ pana nagarato nātidūratāya naccāsannatāya gamanāgamanasampattiyā anākiṇṇavihāraṭṭhānatāya chāyudakasampattiyā pavivekapatirūpatāya ca ramaṇīyatā daṭṭhabbā.

Vaḍḍhitāti bhāvanāpāripūrivasena paribrūhitā. Punappunaṃ katāti bhāvanāya bahulīkaraṇena aparāparaṃ pavattitā. Yuttayānaṃ viya katāti yathā yuttamājaññayānaṃ chekena sārathinā adhiṭṭhitaṃ yathāruci pavattati, evaṃ yathāruci pavattirahataṃ gamitā. Patiṭṭhānaṭṭhenāti adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena. Vatthu viya katāti sabbaso upakkilesavisodhanena iddhivisayatāya patiṭṭhānabhāvato suvisodhitaparissayavatthu viya katā. Adhiṭṭhitāti paṭipakkhadūrībhāvato subhāvitabhāvena taṃtaṃadhiṭṭhānayogyatāya ṭhapitā. Samantato citāti sabbabhāgena bhāvanupacayaṃ gamitā. Tenāha **‘‘suvaḍḍhitā’’**ti. Suṭṭhu samāraddhāti iddhibhāvanāya sikhāppattiyā sammadeva saṃsevitā.

Aniyamenāti ‘‘yassa kassacī’’ti aniyamavacanena. Niyametvāti ‘‘tathāgatassā’’ti sarūpadassanena niyametvā. Āyuppamāṇanti (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.40; dī. ni. abhi. ṭī. 1.40) paramāyuppamāṇaṃ vadati. Kiṃ panettha paramāyu nāma, kathaṃ vā taṃ paricchinnappamāṇanti? Vuccate – yo tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ bhavavisese purimasiddhabhavapatthanūpanissayavasena sarīrāvayavavaṇṇasaṇṭhānappamāṇādivisesā viya taṃtaṃgatinikāyādīsu yebhuyyena niyataparicchedo gabbhaseyyakakāmāvacaradevarūpāvacarasattānaṃ sukkasoṇitautubhojanādiutuādipaccuppannapaccayūpatthambhito vipākappabandhassa ṭhitikālaniyamo. So yathāsakaṃ khaṇamattāvaṭṭhāyīnampi attano sahajātānaṃ rūpārūpadhammānaṃ ṭhapanākāravuttitāya pavattanakāni rūpārūpajīvitindriyāni yasmā na kevalaṃ tesaṃ khaṇaṭhitiyā eva kāraṇabhāvena anupālakāni, atha kho yāva bhavaṅgupacchedā anupabandhassa avicchedahetubhāvenapi, tasmā āyuhetukattā kāraṇūpacārena āyu, ukkaṃsaparicchedavasena paramāyūti ca vuccati. Taṃ pana devānaṃ nerayikānaṃ uttarakurukānañca niyataparicchedaṃ. Uttarakurukānaṃ pana ekantaniyataparicchedameva, avasiṭṭhamanussapetatiracchānānaṃ pana ciraṭṭhitisaṃvattanikakammabahule kāle taṃkammasahitasantānajanitasukkasoṇitapaccayānaṃ taṃmūlakānañca candasūriyasamavisamaparivattanādijanitautuāhārādisamavisamapaccayānañca vasena cirācirakālato aniyataparicchedaṃ, tassa ca yathā purimasiddhabhavapatthanāvasena taṃtaṃgatinikāyādīsu vaṇṇasaṇṭhānādivisesaniyamo siddho dassanānussavādīhi, tathā ādito gahaṇasiddhiyā. Evaṃ tāsu tāsu upapattīsu nibbattasattānaṃ yebhuyyena samappamāṇaṭṭhitikālaṃ dassanānussavehi labhitvā taṃparamataṃ ajjhosāya pavattitabhavapatthanāvasena ādito paricchedaniyamo veditabbo. Yasmā pana kammaṃ tāsu tāsu upapattīsu yathā taṃtaṃupapattiniyatavaṇṇādinibbattane samatthaṃ, evaṃ niyatāyuparicchedāsu upapattīsu paricchedātikkamena vipākanibbattane samatthaṃ na hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ **‘‘tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kāle yaṃ manussānaṃ āyuppamāṇaṃ, taṃ paripuṇṇaṃ karonto tiṭṭheyyā’’**ti.

Mahāsīvatthero pana ‘‘mahābodhisattānaṃ carimabhave paṭisandhidāyino kammassa asaṅkhyeyyāyukatāsaṃvattanasamatthataṃ hadaye ṭhapetvā buddhānañca āyusaṅkhārassa parissayavikkhambhanasamatthatā pāḷiyaṃ āgatā evāti imaṃ bhaddakappameva tiṭṭheyyā’’ti avoca. Khaṇḍiccādīhi abhibhuyyatīti etena yathā iddhibalena jarāya na paṭighāto, evaṃ tena maraṇassapi na paṭighātoti atthato āpannamevāti. ‘‘Kva saro khitto, kva ca nipatito’’ti aññathā vuṭṭhitenapi theravādena aṭṭhakathāvacanameva samatthitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tenāha **‘‘yo pana vuccati…pe… niyāmita’’**nti.

Oḷārike nimitteti thūle saññuppādane. Thūlasaññuppādanañhetaṃ ‘‘tiṭṭhatu bhagavā kappa’’nti sakalaṃ kappaṃ avaṭṭhānayācanāya, yadidaṃ ‘‘yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā’’tiādinā aññāpadesena attano caturiddhipādabhāvanānubhāvena kappaṃ avaṭṭhānasamatthatāvibhāvanaṃ. Obhāseti pākaṭavacane. Pākaṭavacanañhetaṃ, yadidaṃ pariyāyaṃ muñcitvā ujukameva attano adhippāyavibhāvanaṃ. Pariyuṭṭhitacittoti yathā kiñci atthānatthaṃ sallakkhetuṃ na sakkā, evaṃ abhibhūtacitto. So pana abhibhavo mahatā udakoghena appakassa udakassa ajjhottharaṇaṃ viya ahosīti vuttaṃ **‘‘ajjhotthaṭacitto’’**ti. Aññoti therato, ariyehi vā aññopi yo koci puthujjano. Puthujjanaggahaṇañcettha yathā sabbena sabbaṃ appahīnavipallāso mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto kiñci atthānatthaṃ sallakkhetuṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ thero bhagavatā katanimittobhāsaṃ sabbaso na sallakkhesīti dassanatthaṃ. Tenāha **‘‘māro hī’’**tiādi.

Cattāro vipallāsāti asubhe ‘‘subha’’nti saññāvipallāso, cittavipallāso, dukkhe ‘‘sukha’’nti saññāvipallāso, cittavipallāsoti ime cattāro vipallāsā. Tenāti yadipi itare aṭṭha vipallāsā pahīnā, tathāpi yathāvuttānaṃ catunnaṃ vipallāsānaṃ appahīnabhāvena. Assāti therassa. Maddatīti phusanamattena maddanto viya hoti, aññathā tena maddite sattānaṃ maraṇameva siyā. Kiṃ sakkhissati, na sakkhissatīti adhippāyo. Kasmā na sakkhissati, nanu esa aggasāvakassa kucchiṃ paviṭṭhoti? Saccaṃ paviṭṭho, tañca kho attano ānubhāvadassanatthaṃ, na vibādhanādhippāyena. Vibādhanādhippāyena pana idha ‘‘kiṃ sakkhissatī’’ti vuttaṃ hadayamaddanassa adhikatattā. Nimittobhāsanti ettha ‘‘tiṭṭhatu bhagavā kappa’’nti sakalakappaṃ avaṭṭhānayācanāya ‘‘yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā’’tiādinā aññāpadesena attano caturiddhipādabhāvanānubhāvena kappaṃ avaṭṭhānasamatthatāvasena saññuppādanaṃ nimittaṃ. Tathā pana pariyāyaṃ muñcitvā ujukameva attano adhippāyavibhāvanaṃ obhāso. Jānantoyevāti mārena pariyuṭṭhitabhāvaṃ jānantoyeva. Attano aparādhahetuto sattānaṃ soko tanuko hoti, na balavāti āha **‘‘dosāropanena sokatanukaraṇattha’’**nti. Kiṃ pana thero mārena pariyuṭṭhitacittakāle pavattiṃ pacchā jānātīti? Na jānāti sabhāvena, buddhānubhāvena pana jānāti.

Gaccha tvaṃ, ānandāti yasmā divāvihāratthāya idhāgato, tasmā, ānanda, gaccha tvaṃ yathārucitaṭṭhānaṃ divāvihārāya. Tenāha **‘‘yassadāni kālaṃ maññasī’’**ti. Anatthe niyojento guṇamāraṇena māreti, virāgavibandhanena vā jātinimittatāya tattha tattha jātaṃ mārento viya hotīti **‘‘māretīti māro’’**ti vuttaṃ. Ati viya pāpatāya pāpimā. Kaṇhadhammehi samannāgato kaṇho. Virāgādiguṇānaṃ antakaraṇato antako. Sattānaṃ anatthāvahaṃ paṭipattiṃ na muñcatīti namuci. Attano mārapāsena pamatte bandhati, pamattā vā bandhū etassāti pamattabandhu. Sattamasattāhato paraṃ satta ahāni sandhāyāha **‘‘aṭṭhame sattāhe’’**ti na pana pallaṅkasattāhādi viya niyatakiccassa aṭṭhamasattāhassa nāma labbhanato. Sattamasattāhassa hi parato ajapālanigrodhamūle mahābrahmuno sakkassa ca devarañño paṭiññātadhammadesanaṃ bhagavantaṃ ñatvā ‘‘idāni satte dhammadesanāya mama visayaṃ samatikkamāpessatī’’ti sañjātadomanasso hutvā ṭhito cintesi – ‘‘handa dānāhaṃ naṃ upāyena parinibbāpessāmi, evamassa manoratho aññathattaṃ gamissati, mama ca manoratho ijjhissatī’’ti. Evaṃ pana cintetvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ ṭhito ‘‘parinibbātu dāni, bhante, bhagavā’’tiādinā parinibbānaṃ yāci. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ **‘‘aṭṭhame sattāhe’’**tiādi. Tattha ajjāti āyusaṅkhārossajjanadivasaṃ sandhāyāha. Bhagavā cassa atibandhanādhippāyaṃ jānantopi taṃ anāvikatvā parinibbānassa akālabhāvameva pakāsento yācanaṃ paṭikkhipi. Tenāha **‘‘na tāvāha’’**ntiādi.

Maggavasena byattāti saccasampaṭivedhaveyyattiyena byattā. Tatheva vinītāti maggavaseneva kilesānaṃ samucchedavinayena vinītā. Tathā visāradāti ariyamaggādhigameneva satthusāsane vesārajjappattiyā visāradā, sārajjakarānaṃ diṭṭhivicikicchādipāpadhammānaṃ vigamena visāradabhāvaṃ pattāti attho. Yassa sutassa vasena vaṭṭadukkhato nissaraṇaṃ sambhavati, taṃ idha ukkaṭṭhaniddesena sutanti adhippetanti āha **‘‘tepiṭakavasenā’’**ti. Tiṇṇaṃ piṭakānaṃ samūho tepiṭakaṃ, tīṇi vā piṭakāni tipiṭakaṃ, tipiṭakameva tepiṭakaṃ, tassa vasena. Tamevāti yaṃ taṃ tepiṭakaṃ sotabbabhāvena ‘‘suta’’nti vuttaṃ, tameva. Dhammanti pariyattidhammaṃ. Dhārentīti suvaṇṇabhājane pakkhittasīhavasaṃ viya avinassantaṃ katvā suppaguṇasuppavattibhāvena dhārenti hadaye ṭhapenti. Iti pariyattidhammavasena bahussutadhammadharabhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni paṭivedhadhammavasenapi taṃ dassetuṃ **‘‘atha vā’’**tiādi vuttaṃ. Ariyadhammassāti maggaphaladhammassa, navavidhassapi vā lokuttaradhammassa. Anudhammabhūtanti adhigamāya anurūpadhammabhūtaṃ. Anucchavikappaṭipadanti ca tameva vipassanādhammamāha, chabbidhā visuddhiyo vā. Anudhammanti tassā yathāvuttappaṭipadāya anurūpaṃ abhisallekhitaṃ appichatādidhammaṃ. Caraṇasīlāti samādāya vattanasīlā. Anumaggaphaladhammo etissāti vā anudhammā, vuṭṭhānagāminī vipassanā. Tassā caraṇasīlā. Attano ācariyavādanti attano ācariyassa sammāsambuddhassa vādaṃ. Sadevakassa lokassa ācārasikkhāpanena ācariyo, bhagavā, tassa vādo, catusaccadesanā.

Ācikkhissantīti ādito kathessanti, attanā uggahitaniyāmena pare uggaṇhāpessantīti attho. Desessantīti vācessanti, pāḷiṃ sammā pabodhessantīti attho. Paññapessantīti pajānāpessanti, saṅkāsessantīti attho. Paṭṭhapessantīti pakārehi ṭhapessanti, pakāsessantīti attho. Vivarissantīti vivaṭaṃ karissanti. Vibhajissantīti vibhattaṃ karissanti. Uttānīkarissantīti anuttānaṃ gambhīraṃ uttānaṃ pākaṭaṃ karissanti. Sahadhammenāti ettha dhamma-saddo kāraṇapariyāyo ‘‘hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā’’tiādīsu (vibha. 720) viyāti āha **‘‘sahetukena sakāraṇena vacanenā’’**ti. Sappāṭihāriyanti sanissaraṇaṃ. Yathā paravādaṃ bhañjitvā sakavādo patiṭṭhahati, evaṃ hetudāharaṇehi yathādhigatamatthaṃ sampādetvā dhammaṃ kathessanti. Tenāha **‘‘niyyānikaṃ katvā dhammaṃ desessantī’’**ti, navavidhaṃ lokuttaradhammaṃ pabodhessantīti attho. Ettha ca ‘‘paññapessantī’’tiādīhi chahi padehi cha atthapadāni dassitāni, ādito pana dvīhi padehi cha byañjanapadāni. Ettāvatā tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ saṃvaṇṇanānayena saṅgahetvā dassitaṃ hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ nettiyaṃ (netti. saṅgahavāro) ‘‘dvādasa padāni suttaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ byañjanañca attho cā’’ti.

Sikkhāttayasaṅgahitanti adhisīlasikkhādisikkhāttayasaṅgahaṃ. Sakalaṃ sāsanabrahmacariyanti anavasesaṃ satthusāsanabhūtaṃ seṭṭhacariyaṃ. Samiddhanti sammadeva vaḍḍhitaṃ. Jhānassādavasenāti tehi tehi bhikkhūhi samadhigatajjhānasukhavasena. Vuddhippattanti uḷārapaṇītabhāvūpagamena sabbaso parivuddhimupagataṃ. Sabbapāliphullaṃ viya abhiññāsampattivasena abhiññāsampadāhi sāsanābhivuddhiyā matthakappattito. Patiṭṭhitavasenāti patiṭṭhānavasena, patiṭṭhappattiyāti attho. Paṭivedhavasena bahuno janassa hitanti bāhujaññaṃ. Tenāha **‘‘mahājanābhisamayavasenā’’**ti. Puthu puthulaṃ bhūtaṃ jātaṃ, puthu vā puthuttaṃ pattanti puthubhūtaṃ. Tenāha **‘‘sabbā…pe... patta’’**nti. Suṭṭhu pakāsitanti suṭṭhu sammadeva ādikalyāṇādibhāvena paveditaṃ.

Satiṃ sūpaṭṭhitaṃ katvāti ayaṃ kāyādivibhāgo attabhāvasaññito dukkhabhāro mayā ettakaṃ kālaṃ vahito, idāni pana na vahitabbo, etassa avahanatthañhi cirataraṃ kālaṃ ariyamaggasambhāro sambhato, svāyaṃ ariyamaggo paṭividdho. Yato ime kāyādayo asubhādito sabhāvādito sammadeva pariññātāti catubbidhampi sammāsatiṃ yatātathaṃ visaye suṭṭhu upaṭṭhitaṃ katvā. Ñāṇena paricchinditvāti imassa attabhāvasaññitassa dukkhabhārassa vahane payojanabhūtaṃ attahitaṃ tāva bodhimūle eva parisamāpitaṃ, parahitaṃ pana buddhaveneyyavinayaṃ parisamāpitabbaṃ, taṃ idāni māsattayeneva parisamāpanaṃ pāpuṇissati, ahampi visākhāpuṇṇamāyaṃ parinibbāyissāmīti evaṃ buddhañāṇena paricchinditvā sabbabhāgena nicchayaṃ katvā. Āyusaṅkhāraṃ vissajjīti āyuno jīvitassa abhisaṅkhārakaṃ phalasamāpattidhammaṃ na samāpajjissāmīti vissajji. Taṃvissajjaneneva tena abhisaṅkhariyamānaṃ jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ ‘‘na pavattessāmī’’ti vissajji. Tenāha **‘‘tatthā’’**tiādi.

Ṭhānamahantatāyapi pavattiākāramahantatāyapi mahanto pathavīkampo. Tattha ṭhānamahantatāya bhūmicālassa mahantattaṃ dassetuṃ **‘‘tadā kira…pe… kampitthā’’**ti vuttaṃ. Sā pana jābhikkhettabhūtā dasasahassī lokadhātu eva, na yā kāci. Yā mahābhinīhāramahābhijātiādīsupi kampittha, tadāpi tattikāya eva kampane kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Jātikkhettabhāvena tasseva ādito pariggahassa katattā, pariggahakaraṇaṃ cassa dhammatāvasena veditabbaṃ. Tathā hi purimabuddhānampi tāvattakameva jātikkhettaṃ ahosi. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘dasasahassī lokadhātu, nissaddā hoti nirākulā…pe… mahāsamuddo ābhujati, dasasahassī pakampatī’’ti (bu. vaṃ. 2.84-91) ca ādi. Udakapariyantaṃ katvā chappakārapavedhanena avītarāge bhiṃsetīti bhiṃsano, so eva bhiṃsanakoti āha **‘‘bhayajanako’’**ti. Devabheriyoti devadundubhisaddassa pariyāyavacanamattaṃ. Na cettha kāci bherī ‘‘dundubhī’’ti adhippetā, atha kho uppātabhāvena labbhamāno ākāsagato nigghosasaddo. Tenāha **‘‘devo’’**tiādi. Devoti megho. Tassa hi gajjabhāvena ākāsassa vassābhāvena sukkhagajjitasaññite sadde niccharante devadundubhisamaññā. Tenāha **‘‘devo sukkhagajjitaṃ gajjī’’**ti.

Pītivegavissaṭṭhanti ‘‘evaṃ cirataraṃ kālaṃ vahito ayaṃ attabhāvasaññito dukkhabhāro, idāni na cirasseva nikkhipissāmī’’ti sañjātasomanasso bhagavā sabhāveneva pītivegavissaṭṭhaṃ udānaṃ udānesi. Evaṃ pana udānentena ayampi attho sādhito hotīti dassanatthaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ **‘‘kasmā’’**tiādi vuttaṃ.

Tulīyatīti tulanti tula-saddo kammasādhanoti dassetuṃ **‘‘tulita’’**ntiādi vuttaṃ. Appānubhāvatāya paricchinnaṃ. Tathā hi taṃ parito khaṇḍitabhāvena ‘‘paritta’’nti vuccati. Paṭipakkhavikkhambhanato dīghasantānatāya vipulaphalatāya ca na tulaṃ na paricchinnaṃ. Yehi kāraṇehi pubbe avisesato mahaggataṃ ‘‘atula’’nti vuttaṃ, tāni kāraṇāni rūpāvacarato arūpassa sātisayāni vijjantīti arūpāvacaraṃ ‘‘atula’’nti vuttaṃ itarañca ‘‘tula’’nti. Appavipākanti tīsupi kammesu yaṃ tanuvipākaṃ hīnaṃ, taṃ tulaṃ. Bahuvipākanti yaṃ mahāvipākaṃ paṇītaṃ, taṃ atulaṃ. Yaṃ panettha majjhimaṃ, taṃ hīnaṃ ukkaṭṭhanti dvidhā bhinditvā dvīsupi bhāgesu pakkhipitabbaṃ. Hīnattikavaṇṇanāyaṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 14) vuttanayena vā appabahuvipākataṃ niddhāretvā tassa vasena tulātulabhāvo veditabbo. Sambhavati etasmāti sambhavoti āha **‘‘sambhavahetubhūta’’**nti. Niyakajjhattaratoti sasantānadhammesu vipassanāvasena gocarāsevanāya ca nirato. Savipākampi samānaṃ pavattivipākamattadāyikammaṃ savipākaṭṭhena sambhavaṃ, na ca taṃ kāmādibhavābhisaṅkhārakanti tato visesanatthaṃ ‘‘sambhava’’nti vatvā **‘‘bhavasaṅkhāra’’**nti vuttaṃ. Ossajīti ariyamaggena avassaji. Kavacaṃ viya attabhāvaṃ pariyonandhitvā ṭhitaṃ attani sambhūtattā attasambhavaṃ kilesañca abhindīti kilesabhedasahabhāvikammossajjanaṃ dassento tadubhayassa kāraṇamavoca **‘‘ajjhattarato samāhito’’**ti.

Paṭhamavikappe avasajjanameva vuttaṃ, ettha avasajjanākāroti taṃ dassento **‘‘atha vā’’**tiādimāha. Tattha tīrentoti ‘‘uppādo bhayaṃ, anuppādo khema’’ntiādinā (paṭi. ma. 1.10) vīmaṃsanto. **‘‘Tulento tīrento’’**tiādinā saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ **‘‘pañcakkhandhā’’**tiādiṃ vatvā bhavasaṅkhārassa avasajjanākāraṃ sarūpato dasseti. Evantiādinā pana udānagāthāvaṇṇanāyaṃ ādito vuttamatthaṃ nigamavasena dasseti.

Yanti (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.171) karaṇe, adhikaraṇe vā paccattavacananti āha **‘‘yena samayena, yasmiṃ vā samaye’’**ti. Ukkhepakavātāti udakasandhārakavātaṃ upacchinditvā ṭhitaṭṭhānato khepakavātā. Saṭṭhi…pe… bahalanti idaṃ tassa vātassa ubbedhappamāṇameva gahetvā vuttaṃ, āyāmavitthārato pana dasasahassacakkavāḷappamāṇaṃ koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷappamāṇampi udakasandhārakavātaṃ upacchindatiyeva. Ākāseti pubbe vātena patiṭṭhitākāse. Puna vātoti ukkhepakavāte tathā katvā vigate udakasandhārakavāto puna ābandhitvā gaṇhāti. Yathā taṃ udakaṃ na bhassati, evaṃ upatthambhentaṃ ābandhanavitānavasena bandhitvā gaṇhāti. Tato udakaṃ uggacchatīti tato ābandhitvā gahaṇato tena vātena uṭṭhāpitaṃ udakaṃ uggacchati upari gacchati. Hotiyevāti antarantarā hotiyeva. Bahubhāvenāti mahāpathaviyā mahantabhāvena. Sakalā hi mahāpathavī tadā oggacchati ca uggacchati ca, tasmā kampanaṃ na paññāyati.

Ijjhanassāti icchitatthasijjhanassa anubhavitabbassa issariyasampattiādikassa. Parittāti paṭiladdhamattā nātisubhāvitā. Tathā ca bhāvanā balavatī na hotīti āha **‘‘dubbalā’’**ti. Saññāsīsena hi bhāvanā vuttā. Appamāṇāti paguṇā subhāvitā. Sā hi thirā daḷhatarā hotīti āha **‘‘balavā’’**ti. **‘‘Parittā pathavīsaññā, appamāṇā āposaññā’’**ti desanāmattametaṃ, āposaññāya pana subhāvitāya pathavīkampo sukheneva ijjhatīti ayamettha adhippāyo veditabbo. Saṃvejento vā dibbasampattiyā pamattaṃ sakkaṃ devarājānaṃ, vīmaṃsanto vā tāvadeva samadhigataṃ attano iddhibalaṃ. So kirāyasmā (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.171) khuragge arahattaṃ patvā cintesi – ‘‘atthi nu kho koci bhikkhu yena pabbajitadivaseyeva arahattaṃ patvā vejayanto pāsādo kampitapubbo’’ti. Tato ‘‘natthi kocī’’ti ñatvā ‘‘ahaṃ kampessāmī’’ti abhiññābalena vejayantamatthake ṭhatvā pādena paharitvā kampetuṃ nāsakkhi. Atha naṃ sakkassa nāṭakitthiyo āhaṃsu – ‘‘putta saṅgharakkhita, tvaṃ pūtigandheneva sīsena vejayantaṃ kampetuṃ icchasi, suppatiṭṭhito, tāta, pāsādo, kathaṃ kampetuṃ sakkhissasī’’ti.

Sāmaṇero ‘‘imā devatā mayā saddhiṃ keḷiṃ karonti, ahaṃ kho pana ācariyaṃ nālatthaṃ, kahaṃ nu kho me ācariyo sāmuddikamahānāgatthero’’ti āvajjetvā ‘‘mahāsamudde udakaleṇaṃ māpetvā divāvihāraṃ nisinno’’ti ñatvā tattha gantvā theraṃ vanditvā aṭṭhāsi. Tato naṃ thero, ‘‘tāta saṅgharakkhita, asikkhitvāva yuddhaṃ paviṭṭhosī’’ti vatvā ‘‘nāsakkhi, tāta, vejayantaṃ kampetu’’nti pucchi. Ācariyaṃ, bhante, nālatthanti. Atha naṃ thero, ‘‘tāta, tumhādise akampente añño ko kampessati, diṭṭhapubbaṃ te, tāta, udakapiṭṭhe gomayakhaṇḍaṃ pilavantaṃ, tāta, kapallapūvaṃ paccantaṃ antantena paricchinnanti iminā opammena jānāhī’’ti āha. So ‘‘vaṭṭissati, bhante, ettakenā’’ti vatvā ‘‘pāsādena patiṭṭhitokāsaṃ udakaṃ hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāya vejayantābhimukho agamāsi. Devadhītaro taṃ disvā ‘‘ekavāraṃ lajjitvā gato, punapi sāmaṇero eti, punapi etī’’ti vadiṃsu. Sakko devarājā ‘‘mā mayhaṃ puttena saddhiṃ kathayittha, idāni tena ācariyo laddho khaṇena pāsādaṃ kampessatī’’ti āha. Sāmaṇeropi pādaṅguṭṭhena pāsādathūpikaṃ pahari, pāsādo catūhi disāhi oṇamati. Devatā ‘‘patiṭṭhātuṃ dehi, tāta, pāsādassa, patiṭṭhātuṃ dehi, tāta, pāsādassā’’ti viraviṃsu. Sāmaṇero pāsādaṃ yathāṭhāne ṭhapetvā pāsādamatthake ṭhatvā udānaṃ udānesi –

‘‘Ajjevāhaṃ pabbajito, ajja pattāsavakkhayaṃ;

Ajja kampemi pāsādaṃ, aho buddhassuḷāratā.

‘‘Ajjevāhaṃ pabbajito, ajja pattāsavakkhayaṃ;

Ajja kampemi pāsādaṃ, aho dhammassuḷāratā.

‘‘Ajjevāhaṃ pabbajito, ajja pattāsavakkhayaṃ;

Ajja kampemi pāsādaṃ, aho saṅghassuḷāratā’’ti.

‘‘Dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto tusitakāyā cavitvā mātukucchiṃ okkamatī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.18) vatvā ‘‘ayañca dasasahassī lokadhātu saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.18), tathā ‘‘dhammatā esā, bhikkhave, yadā bodhisatto mātukucchimhā nikkhamatī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.32) vatvā ‘‘ayañca dasasahassī lokadhātu saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.32) ca mahāsattassa gabbhokkantiyaṃ abhijātiñca dhammatāvasena mahāpadāne pathavīkampassa vuttattā itaresupi catūsu ṭhānesu pathavīkampo dhammatāvasenevāti atthato vuttametanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.

Idāni nesaṃ pathavīkampānaṃ kāraṇato pavattiākārato ca vibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ **‘‘iti imesū’’**tiādi vuttaṃ. Dhātukopenāti ukkhepakavātasaṅkhātāya vāyodhātuyā pakopena. Iddhānubhāvenāti ñāṇiddhiyā, kammavipākajiddhiyā vā sabhāvena, tejenāti attho. Puññatejenāti puññānubhāvena, mahābodhisattassa puññabalenāti attho. Ñāṇatejenāti anaññasādhāraṇena paṭivedhañāṇānubhāvena. Sādhukāradānavasenāti yathā anaññasādhāraṇappaṭivedhañāṇānubhāvena abhihatā mahāpathavī abhisambodhiyaṃ kampittha, evaṃ anaññasādhāraṇena desanāñāṇānubhāvena abhihatā mahāpathavī kampittha, taṃ panassā sādhukāradānaṃ viya hotīti ‘‘sādhukāradānavasenā’’ti vuttaṃ.

Yena pana bhagavā asītianubyañjanappaṭimaṇḍitadvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇavicitrarūpakāyo sabbākāraparisuddhasīlakkhandhādiguṇaratanasamiddhidhammakāyo puññamahattathāmamahattaiddhimahattayasamahattapaññāmahattānaṃ paramukkaṃsagato asamo asamasamo appaṭipuggalo arahaṃ sammāsambuddho attano attabhāvasaññitaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ kappaṃ vā kappāvasesaṃ vā ṭhapetuṃ samatthopi saṅkhatadhammaparijigucchanākārappavattena ñāṇavisesena tiṇāyapi amaññamāno āyusaṅkhārossajjanavidhinā nirapekkho ossajji. Tadanubhāvābhihatā mahāpathavī āyusaṅkharossajjane akampittha. Taṃ panassā kāruññasabhāvasaṇṭhitā viya hotīti vuttaṃ **‘‘kāruññabhāvenā’’**ti.

Yasmā bhagavā parinibbānasamaye catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasaṅkhā samāpattiyo samāpajji, antarantarā phalasamāpattisamāpajjanena tassa pubbabhāge sātisayaṃ tikkhaṃ sūraṃ vipassanāñāṇañca pavattesi. ‘‘Yadatthañca mayā evaṃ sucirakālaṃ anaññasādhāraṇo paramukkaṃsagato ñāṇasambhāro sambhato, anuttaro ca vimokkho samadhigato, tassa vata me sikhāppattaphalabhūtā accantaniṭṭhā anupādisesaparinibbānadhātu ajja samijjhatī’’ti bhiyyo ativiya somanassappattassa bhagavato pītivipphārādiguṇavipulatarānubhāvo parehi asādhāraṇañāṇātisayo udapādi, yassa samāpattibalasamupabrūhitassa ñāṇātisayassa ānubhāvaṃ sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘dveme piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samasamavipākā’’tiādi (udā. 75), tasmā tassānubhāvena samabhihatā mahāpathavī akampittha, taṃ panassā tassaṃ velāyaṃ ārodanākārappatti viya hotīti **‘‘aṭṭhamo ārodanenā’’**ti vuttaṃ.

Idāni saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivaranto **‘‘mātukucchiṃ okkamante’’**tiādimāha. Ayaṃ panatthoti ‘‘sādhukāradānavasenā’’tiādinā vutta attho. Pathavīdevatāya vasenāti ettha samuddadevatā viya mahāpathaviyā adhidevatā kira nāma atthi, tādise kāraṇe sati tassā cittavasena ayaṃ mahāpathavī saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Yathā vātavalāhakadevatānaṃ cittavasena vātā vāyanti, sītuṇhaabbhavassavalāhakadevatānaṃ cittavasena sītādayo bhavanti, tathā hi visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ abhisambodhiatthaṃ bodhirukkhamūle nisinnassa lokanāthassa antarāyakaraṇatthaṃ upaṭṭhitaṃ mārabalaṃ vidhamituṃ –

‘‘Acetanāyaṃ pathavī, aviññāya sukhaṃ dukhaṃ;

Sāpi dānabalā mayhaṃ, sattakkhattuṃ pakampathā’’ti. (cariyā. 1.124) –

Vacanasamanantaraṃ mahāpathavī bhijjitvā saparisaṃ māraṃ parivattesi. Etanti sādhukāradānādi. Yadipi natthi acetanattā, dhammatāvasena pana vuttanayena siyāti sakkā vattuṃ. Dhammatā pana atthato dhammabhāvo, so puññadhammassa vā ñāṇadhammassa vā ānubhāvasabhāvoti. Tayidaṃ sabbaṃ vicāritameva. Evañca katvā –

‘‘Ime dhamme sammasato, sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇe;

Dhammatejena vasudhā, dasasahassī pakampathā’’ti. (bu. vaṃ. 2.166) –

Ādivacanañca samatthitaṃ hoti.

Ayaṃ pana (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.149) mahāpathavī aparesupi aṭṭhasu ṭhānesu akampittha mahābhinikkhamane bodhimaṇḍūpasaṅkamane paṃsukūlaggahaṇe paṃsukūladhovane kāḷakārāmasutte gotamakasutte vessantarajātake brahmajāleti. Tattha mahābhinikkhamanabodhimaṇḍūpasaṅkamanesu vīriyabalena akampittha. Paṃsukūlaggahaṇe ‘‘dvisahassadīpaparivāre nāma cattāro mahādīpe pahāya pabbajitvā susānaṃ gantvā paṃsukūlaṃ gaṇhantena dukkaraṃ bhagavatā kata’’nti acchariyavegābhihatā akampittha. Paṃsukūladhovanavessantarajātakesu akālakampanena akampittha. Kāḷakārāmagotamakasuttesu (a. ni. 4.24; 3.126) ‘‘ahaṃ sakkhī bhagavā’’ti sakkhibhāvena akampittha. Brahmajāle (dī. ni. 1.147) pana dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatesu vijaṭetvā niggumbaṃ katvā desiyamānesu sādhukāradānavasena akampitthāti veditabbā.

Na kevalañca etesuyeva ṭhānesu pathavī akampittha, atha kho tīsu saṅgahesupi mahāmahindattherassa imaṃ dīpaṃ āgantvā jotivane nisīditvā dhammaṃ desitadivasepi akampittha. Kalyāṇiyamahāvihāre ca piṇḍapātiyattherassa cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ sammajjitvā tattheva nisīditvā buddhārammaṇaṃ pītiṃ gahetvā imaṃ suttantaṃ āraddhassa suttapariyosāne udakapariyantaṃ katvā akampittha. Lohapāsādassa pācīnaambalaṭṭhikaṭṭhānaṃ nāma ahosi, tattha nisīditvā dīghabhāṇakattherā brahmajālasuttaṃ ārabhiṃsu. Tesaṃ sajjhāyapariyosānepi udakapariyantameva katvā pathavī akampittha.

Yadi evaṃ ‘‘aṭṭhime, ānanda, hetū aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti kasmā aṭṭheva hetū vuttāti? Niyamahetubhāvato. Imeyeva hi aṭṭha hetū niyamanti, nāññe. Te hi kadāci sambhavantīti aniyamabhāvato na gaṇitā. Vuttañhetaṃ nāgasenattherena milindapañhe (mi. pa. 4.1.4) –

‘‘Aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, hetū aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyāti. Yaṃ vessantarena raññā mahādāne dīyamāne sattakkhattuṃ mahāpathavī kampitā, tañca pana akālikaṃ kadācuppattikaṃ aṭṭhahi hetūhi vippamuttaṃ, tasmā agaṇitaṃ aṭṭhahi hetūhi.

‘‘Yathā, mahārāja, loke tayoyeva meghā gaṇīyanti vassiko, hemantiko, pāvusakoti. Yadi te muñcitvā añño megho pavassati, na so megho gaṇīyati sammatehi meghehi, akālameghotveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati, evameva kho, mahārāja, vessantarena raññā mahādāne dīyamāne yaṃ sattakkhattuṃ mahāpathavī kampitā, akālikaṃ etaṃ kadācuppattikaṃ aṭṭhahi hetūhi vippamuttaṃ, na taṃ gaṇīyati aṭṭhahi hetūhi.

‘‘Yathā vā pana, mahārāja, himavantā pabbatā pañca nadisatāni sandanti, tesaṃ, mahārāja, pañcannaṃ nadisatānaṃ daseva nadiyo nadigaṇanāya gaṇīyanti. Seyyathidaṃ – gaṅgā, yamunā, aciravatī, sarabhū, mahī, sindhu, sarassatī, vetravatī, vītaṃsā, candabhāgāti. Avasesā nadiyo nadigaṇanāya agaṇitā. Kiṃkāraṇā? Na tā nadiyo dhuvasalilā, evameva kho, mahārāja, vessantarena raññā mahādāne dīyamāne yaṃ sattakkhattuṃ mahāpathavī kampitā, akālikaṃ etaṃ kadācuppattikaṃ aṭṭhahi hetūhi vippamuttaṃ, na taṃ gaṇīyati aṭṭhahi hetūhi.

‘‘Yathā vā pana, mahārāja, rañño satampi dvisatampi tisatampi amaccā honti, tesaṃ chayeva janā amaccagaṇanāya gaṇīyanti. Seyyathidaṃ – senāpati, purohito, akkhadasso, bhaṇḍāgāriko, chattaggāhako, khaggaggāhako, eteyeva amaccagaṇanāya gaṇīyanti. Kiṃkāraṇā? Yuttattā rājaguṇehi. Avasesā agaṇitā, sabbe amaccātveva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti, evameva kho, mahārāja, vessantarena raññā mahādāne dīyamāne yaṃ sattakkhattuṃ mahāpathavī kampitā, akālikaṃ etaṃ kadācuppattikaṃ aṭṭhahi hetūhi vippamuttaṃ, na taṃ gaṇīyati aṭṭhahi hetūhī’’ti.

Bhūmicālasuttavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

Cāpālavaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.

  1. Anguttara Nikaya
  2. Sutta Pitaka
  3. Tipitaka Mula
  4. Tipiṭaka